2013 Infiniti G37 Convertible Brochure - Infiniti of Naperville
infiniti G37-09-Coupe5
Transcript of infiniti G37-09-Coupe5
DRIVER CONTROLS
C
D
E
SECTION INLA
B
INTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
NL
N
O
P
CONTENTS
I
BASIC INSPECTION .................................... 3
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW .......... 3Work Flow .................................................................3
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 5
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM ..... 5
System Diagram ........................................................5System Description ...................................................5Component Parts Location ........................................7Component Description ............................................8
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM .............................................................. 9
System Diagram ........................................................9System Description ...................................................9Component Parts Location ......................................10Component Description ..........................................10
ILLUMINATION CONTROL SYSTEM ................12System Diagram ......................................................12System Description .................................................12Component Parts Location ......................................13Component Description ...........................................13
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) ............................14
COMMON ITEM .........................................................14COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) .....................................................14
INT LAMP ..................................................................15INT LAMP : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INT LAMP) .....................................................................16
BATTERY SAVER .....................................................17BATTERY SAVER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BATTERY SAVER) ...............................................17
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS .........................19
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ....19
BCM ...........................................................................19BCM : Diagnosis Procedure ....................................19
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT ............................................................20
Description ...............................................................20Component Function Check ....................................20Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................20
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL CIRCUIT ...22
Description ...............................................................22Component Function Check ....................................22Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................22
STEP LAMP CIRCUIT .......................................24Description ...............................................................24Component Function Check ....................................24Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................24
TRUNK ROOM LAMP CIRCUIT .......................26Description ...............................................................26Component Function Check ....................................26Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................26
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ILLUMI-NATION CIRCUIT .............................................28
Description ...............................................................28Component Function Check ....................................28Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................28
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM ...30
Wiring Diagram - INTERIOR ROOM LAMP - ..........30
ILLUMINATION .................................................37Wiring Diagram - ILLUMINATION - .........................37
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ..............47
INL-1Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) .................. 47Reference Value ..................................................... 47Wiring Diagram - BCM - ......................................... 70Fail-safe .................................................................. 75DTC Inspection Priority Chart .............................. 77DTC Index .............................................................. 79
COMBINATION METER .................................... 82Reference Value ..................................................... 82Wiring Diagram - METER - ..................................... 85Fail-safe .................................................................. 94DTC Index .............................................................. 95
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................. 96
INTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ... 96Symptom Table ...................................................... 96
PRECAUTION ............................................. 97
PRECAUTIONS ................................................. 97Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-SIONER" ................................................................. 97Precaution for Battery Service ................................ 97
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............... 98
MAP LAMP ........................................................ 98Exploded View ........................................................ 98Removal and Installation ........................................ 98
Replacement ........................................................... 98
VANITY MIRROR LAMP ................................... 99Exploded View ........................................................ 99Replacement ........................................................... 99
CIGARETTE LIGHTER ILLUMINATION ..........100Exploded View ...................................................... 100Replacement ......................................................... 100
GLOVE BOX LAMP ..........................................101Exploded View ...................................................... 101Replacement ......................................................... 101
STEP LAMP ......................................................102Exploded View ...................................................... 102Removal and Installation ....................................... 102Replacement ......................................................... 102
TRUNK ROOM LAMP ......................................103Exploded View ...................................................... 103Removal and Installation ....................................... 103Replacement ......................................................... 103
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .........................................................104
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................104
Bulb Specifications ................................................ 104
INL-2Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< BASIC INSPECTION >
I
BASIC INSPECTIONDIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000004248990
OVERALL SEQUENCE
DETAILED FLOW
1.INTERVIEW FOR MALFUNCTION
Interview the symptom to the customer.
JPLIA0313GB
INL-3Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION >>> GO TO 2.
2.SYMPTOM CHECK
Check the symptom from the customer's information.
>> GO TO 3.
3.BASIC INSPECTION
Check the operation of each part. Check that any symptom occurs other than the interviewed symptom.
>> GO TO 4.
4.SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III
Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III. Check that any DTC is detected.Is any DTC detected?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> GO TO 6.
5.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BY DTC
Perform the trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC. Specify the malfunctioning part.
>> GO TO 9.
6.FAIL-SAFE ACTIVATION CHECK
Check that the symptom is applied to the fail-safe activation.Does the fail-safe activate?YES >> GO TO 7.NO >> GO TO 8.
7.SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS
Perform the system diagnosis for the system that the fail-safe activates. Specify the malfunctioning part.
>> GO TO 9.
8.SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Perform the symptom diagnosis. Specify the malfunctioning part.
>> GO TO 9.
9.MALFUNCTION PART REPAIR
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
>> GO TO 10.
10.REPAIR CHECK (SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III)
Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III. Check that any DTC is not detected. Erase DTC if DTC isdetected before the repair. Check that DTC is not detected again.Is any DTC detected?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> GO TO 11.
11.REPAIR CHECK (OPERATION CHECK)
Check the operation of each part.Does it operate normally?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> GO TO 3.
INL-4Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
I
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONINTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004248991
System Description INFOID:0000000004248992
OUTLINE• Interior room lamps* are controlled by interior room lamp timer control function of BCM.
*: Map lamp (when map lamp switch is in DOOR position).• Trunk room lamp is controlled by trunk room lamp control function of BCM.• Step lamp is controlled by step lamp control function of BCM.• Push-button ignition switch illumination is controlled by the push-button ignition switch illumination control
function of BCM.
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP TIMER CONTROL
Interior Room Lamp Timer Basic Operation
JSLIA0133GB
JPLIA0093GB
INL-5Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >• The interior room lamp turns ON and OFF (gradual brightening and dimming) by the interior room timer.• BCM judges the vehicle condition with the following items. It activates the interior room timer.- Ignition switch status- Door switch signal (ALL)- Door lock/unlock signal (Remote keyless entry receiver, each request switch, key cylinder lock/unlockswitch, central door lock/unlock switch)NOTE:Each function of interior room lamp timer can be set by CONSULT-III. Refer to INL-16, "INT LAMP : CON-SULT-III Function (BCM - INT LAMP)".
Interior Room Lamp ON Operation• BCM always turns the interior room lamp ON when any door opens.• BCM activates the interior room lamp timer in any of the following conditions to turn the interior room lamp
ON for a period of time.- Any door opens before all doors close.- Ignition switch is turned ON → OFF.- Any door unlock signal is detected when all doors close with ignition switch OFF. NOTE:Restart the timer if new condition is input during the timer operating time.
Interior Room Lamp OFF OperationBCM stops the timer in any of the following conditions to turns the interior room lamp OFF.• The timer operating time is expired.• Ignition switch position is other than OFF with all doors close.• Any door lock operation is detected with all doors close.
TRUNK ROOM LAMP CONTROLBCM controls the trunk room lamp (ground-side) to turn ON with the trunk room lamp switch ON.
STEP LAMP CONTROLBCM controls the step lamp (ground-side) to turn ON with any door switch ON.
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ILLUMINATION CONTROL
Push-button Ignition Switch Illumination Basic Operation• BCM provides the power supply and the ground to turn the push-button ignition switch illumination ON.• BCM cuts the ground supply while the each illumination (tail lamp) ON. BCM switches to the ground control
with the meter illumination control function.
Push-button Ignition Switch Illumination ON OperationBCM turns the push-button ignition switch illumination ON in the following conditions.• Ignition switch ON• Each illumination (tail lamp) ON• Any of the following conditions with ignition switch OFF- Engine start permission is entered.- Intelligent Key inserted into the key slot. - Driver door is LOCK → UNLOCK.- Driver door is open.
Push-button Ignition Switch Illumination OFF OperationBCM turns the push-button ignition switch illumination OFF in any of the following conditions.• The push-button ignition switch illumination ON conditions do not satisfy.• All of the following conditions with ignition switch OFF- Each illumination (tail lamp) OFF- The push-button ignition switch illumination ON conditions do not change (15 seconds after the ignition
switch OFF) or the driver door is UNLOCK → LOCK.
INL-6Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
I
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004248993
1. Key cylinder switch 2. Request switch 3. Step lamp
4. Door switch 5. Door lock and unlock switch 6. Push-button ignition switch(Push-button ignition switch illumination)
7. Map lamp 8. Remote keyless entry receiver 9. BCM
10. Trunk room lamp switch 11. Trunk room lamp
A. Behind the glove box B. Dash side lower (passenger side) C. Trunk lid lock assembly
D. Trunk room upward
JPLIA0589ZZ
INL-7Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >Component Description INFOID:0000000004248994
Part Description
BCM
• Activates the interior room lamp timer depending on the vehicle condition to turn the interior room lamp ON/OFF.
• Turns the trunk room lamp ON /OFF according to the trunk room lamp switch status.• Turns the step lamp ON /OFF according to any door switch status.
Remote keyless entry receiver Transmits the lock/unlock signal to BCM.
• Door lock and unlock switch• Key cylinder switch
Transmits a switch signal by power window switch serial link.
• Request switch• Door switch• Trunk room lamp switch
Inputs a switch signal to BCM.
INL-8Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
I
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004248995
System Description INFOID:0000000004248996
OUTLINE• Interior room lamp battery saver is controlled by BCM.• BCM turns applicable lamps OFF depending on the vehicle condition. This function prevents the battery
from over-discharging if the driver neglect turning OFF the any lamps.
Applicable lamps• Map lamp• Step lamp• Trunk room lamp• Vanity mirror lamp
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP BATTERY SAVER FUNCTION• When the ignition switch is turned OFF, BCM operates the timer for a period of time to cut the interior room
lamp power supply.• BCM restart the timer when any of the following signals changes while operating the timer.- Ignition switch status- Door switch signal (ALL)- Door lock/unlock signal (Remote keyless entry receiver, each request switch, key cylinder lock/unlock
switch, central door lock/unlock switch)- Trunk loom lamp switch signal- Key switch signal (Key slot)• BCM provides the interior room lamp power supply continuously when the ignition switch position is other
than OFF.NOTE:Each function of interior room lamp battery saver can be set by CONSULT-III. Refer to INL-17, "BATTERYSAVER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BATTERY SAVER)".
JSLIA0134GB
INL-9Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004248997
Component Description INFOID:0000000004248998
1. Key cylinder switch 2. Request switch 3. Step lamp
4. Door switch 5. Door lock and unlock switch 6. Push-button ignition switch
7. Map lamp 8. Vanity mirror lamp 9. Remote keyless entry receiver
10. BCM 11. Trunk room lamp switch 12. Trunk room lamp
A. Behind the glove box B. Dash side lower (passenger side) C. Trunk lid lock assembly
D. Trunk room upward
JPLIA0590ZZ
Part Description
BCMOperates the interior room lamp battery saver depending on the vehicle condition to cut the interior room lamp power supply.
Remote keyless entry receiver Transmits the lock/unlock signal to BCM.
INL-10Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
I
• Door lock and unlock switch• Key cylinder switch
Transmits a switch signal by power window switch serial link.
• Request switch• Door switch• Trunk room lamp switch
Inputs a switch signal to BCM.
Key slot Inputs the key switch status to BCM.
Part Description
INL-11Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ILLUMINATION CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >ILLUMINATION CONTROL SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004248999
System Description INFOID:0000000004249000
OUTLINEEach illumination lamp is controlled by each function of BCM, IPDM E/R and combination meter.
Control by BCM• Combination switch reading function• Headlamp control function
Control by IPDM E/R• Relay control function
Control by combination meter• Meter illumination control function (Refer to MWI-25, "METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : System Dia-
gram".)
ILLUMINATION CONTROL• BCM detects the combination switch condition by the combination switch reading function.• BCM transmits position light request signal to IPDM E/R and combination meter (through the unified meter
and A/C amp.) according to tail lamp ON condition.
Tail lamp ON condition- Lighting switch 1ST- Lighting switch 2ND- Lighting switch AUTO, and the auto light function ON judgment (With auto light system)• IPDM E/R turns the integrated tail lamp relay ON according to position light request signal. It provides the
power supply to each illumination lamp. • Combination meter enters in the nighttime mode according to position light request signal. Under the night-
time mode the combination meter controls the illuminance by controlling the each illumination lamp (groundside).
JPLIA0092GB
INL-12Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ILLUMINATION CONTROL SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
I
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004249001
Component Description INFOID:0000000004249002
1. Combination switch 2. Illumination control switch 3. Combination meter
4. BCM 5. IPDM E/R 6. Unified meter and A/C amp.
A Dash side lower (passenger side) B. Engine room dash panel (RH) C. Behind the cluster lid C
JPLIA0591ZZ
Part Description
BCM
• Detects each switch condition by the combination switch reading function.• Judges the illumination lamp ON/OFF status depending on the vehicle condition.
And then it transmits position light request signal to IPDM E/R and combination meter [with CAN communication (through the unified meter and A/C amp.)] .
IPDM E/RControls the integrated relay according to the request from BCM (with CAN communi-cation).
Combination meter
• Enters in nighttime mode according to the request from BCM (with CAN communi-cation).
• Controls the each illumination in the nighttime mode.Refer to MWI-25, "METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : System Diagram".
Combination switch(Lighting & turn signal switch)
Refer to BCS-6, "System Diagram".
INL-13Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) INFOID:0000000004684063
APPLICATION ITEMCONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.
SYSTEM APPLICATIONBCM can perform the following functions for each system.NOTE:It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
×: Applicable item
NOTE:
*: This item is displayed, but is not used.
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)The BCM records the following vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays onCONSULT-III.
Diagnosis mode Function Description
Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
CAN Diag Support MonitorMonitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM. Refer to CONSULT-III opera-tion manual.
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed.
Configuration This function is not used even though it is displayed.
System Sub system selection itemDiagnosis mode
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
Door lock DOOR LOCK × × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × ×
Warning chime BUZZER × ×
Interior room lamp timer INT LAMP × × ×
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × × ×
— AIR CONDITONER*
• Intelligent Key system• Engine start system
INTELLIGENT KEY × × ×
Combination switch COMB SW ×
Body control system BCM ×
IVIS - NATS IMMU × ×
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER × × ×
Trunk lid open TRUNK × ×
Vehicle security system THEFT ALM × × ×
RAP system RETAINED PWR* ×
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × ×
TPMS TPMS (AIR PRESSURE MONITOR) × × ×
INL-14Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
I
INT LAMP
CONSULT screen item Indication/Unit Description
Vehicle Speed km/h Vehicle speed of the moment a particular DTC is detected
Odo/Trip Meter km Total mileage (Odometer value) of the moment a particular DTC is detected
Vehicle Condition
SLEEP>LOCK
Power position status of the moment a particular DTC is detected
While turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to normal mode (Power supply position is “LOCK”)
SLEEP>OFFWhile turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to normal mode (Power supply position is “OFF”.)
LOCK>ACC While turning power supply position from “LOCK” to “ACC”
ACC>ON While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “IGN”
RUN>ACCWhile turning power supply position from “RUN” to “ACC” (Vehicle is stopping and selector lever is except P position.)
CRANK>RUNWhile turning power supply position from “CRANKING” to “RUN” (From cranking up the engine to run it)
RUN>URGENTWhile turning power supply position from “RUN“ to “ACC” (Emer-gency stop operation)
ACC>OFF While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “OFF”
OFF>LOCK While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “LOCK”
OFF>ACC While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “ACC”
ON>CRANK While turning power supply position from “IGN” to “CRANKING”
OFF>SLEEPWhile turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply posi-tion is “OFF”.) to low power consumption mode
LOCK>SLEEPWhile turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply posi-tion is “LOCK”.) to low power consumption mode
LOCKPower supply position is “LOCK” (Ignition switch OFF with steer-ing is locked.)
OFFPower supply position is “OFF” (Ignition switch OFF with steering is unlocked.)
ACC Power supply position is “ACC” (Ignition switch ACC)
ONPower supply position is “IGN” (Ignition switch ON with engine stopped)
ENGINE RUNPower supply position is “RUN” (Ignition switch ON with engine running)
CRANKING Power supply position is “CRANKING” (At engine cranking)
IGN Counter 0 - 39
The number of times that ignition switch is turned ON after DTC is detected• The number is 0 when a malfunction is detected now.• The number increases like 1 → 2 → 3...38 → 39 after returning to the normal condition
whenever ignition switch OFF → ON.• The number is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39.
INL-15Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >INT LAMP : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INT LAMP) INFOID:0000000004249004
WORK SUPPORT
*: Factory setting
DATA MONITOR
JPLIA0093GB
Service item Setting item Setting
SET I/L D-UNLCK INTCONON* With the interior room lamp timer function
OFF Without the interior room lamp timer function
ROOM LAMP TIMER SET
MODE 2 7.5 sec.
Sets the interior room lamp ON time. (Timer operating time)MODE 3* 15 sec.
MODE 4 30 sec.
ROOM LAMP ON TIME SET
MODE 1 0.5 sec.
Sets the interior room lamp gradual brightening time.
MODE 2* 1 sec.
MODE 3 2 sec.
MODE 4 3 sec.
MODE 5 0 sec.
ROOM LAMP OFF TIME SET
MODE 1 0.5 sec.
Sets the interior room lamp gradual dimming time.MODE 2 1 sec.
MODE 3 2 sec.
MODE 4* 3 sec.
R LAMP TIMER LOGIC SET
MODE 1* Interior room lamp timer activates with synchronizing all doors.
MODE 2Interior room lamp timer activates with synchronizing the driver door only.
Monitor item[Unit]
Description
REQ SW-DR[On/Off]
The switch status input from request switch (driver side)
REQ SW-AS[On/Off]
The switch status input from front request switch (passenger side)
PUSH SW[On/Off]
The switch status input from push-button ignition switch
ACC RLY-F/B[On/Off]
NOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
KEY SW-SLOT[On/Off]
Key switch status input from key slot
INL-16Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
I
ACTIVE TEST
BATTERY SAVER
BATTERY SAVER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BATTERY SAVER) INFOID:0000000004249005
WORK SUPPORT
*: Factory setting
DATA MONITOR
DOOR SW-DR[On/Off]
The switch status input from driver side door switch
DOOR SW-AS[On/Off]
The switch status input from passenger side door switch
DOOR SW-RR[On/Off]
NOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
DOOR SW- RL[On/Off]
DOOR SW-BK[On/Off]
CDL LOCK SW[On/Off]
Lock switch status received from the door lock and unlock switch by power window switch serial link
CDL UNLOCK SW[On/Off]
Unlock switch status received from the door lock and unlock switch by power window switch serial link
KEY CYL LK-SW[On/Off]
Lock switch status received from key cylinder switch by power window switch serial link
KEY CYL UN-SW[On/Off]
Unlock switch status received from key cylinder switch by power window switch serial link
TRNK/HAT MNTR[On/Off]
The switch status input from trunk room lamp switch
RKE-LOCK[On/Off]
Lock signal status received from remote keyless entry receiver
RKE-UNLOCK[On/Off]
Unlock signal status received from remote keyless entry receiver
Monitor item[Unit]
Description
Test item Operation Description
INT LAMPOn
Outputs the interior room lamp control signal to turn map lamp ON (Map lamp switch is in DOOR position).
Off Stops the interior room lamp control signal to turn map lamp OFF.
STEP LAMP TESTOn Outputs the step lamp control signal to turn step lamp ON.
Off Stops the step lamp control signal to turn step lamp OFF.
LUGGAGE LAMP TESTOn Outputs the trunk room lamp control signal to turn the trunk room lamp ON.
Off Stops the trunk room lamp control signal to turn the trunk room lamp OFF.
Service item Setting item Setting
BATTERY SAVER SETOn* With the exterior lamp battery saver function
Off Without the exterior lamp battery saver function
ROOM LAMP BAT SAV SETOn* With the interior room lamp battery saver function
Off Without the interior room lamp battery saver function
ROOM LAMP TIMER SETMODE 1* 30 min. Sets the interior room lamp battery saver timer operating
time. MODE 2 60 min.
INL-17Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >ACTIVE TEST
*: Each lamp switch is in ON position.
Monitor item[Unit]
Description
REQ SW-DR[On/Off]
The switch status input from request switch (driver side)
REQ SW-AS[On/Off]
The switch status input from front request switch (passenger side)
REQ SW-RR[On/Off] NOTE:
The item is indicated, but not monitored.REQ SW-RL[On/Off]
PUSH SW[On/Off]
The switch status input from push-button ignition switch
ACC RLY-F/B[On/Off]
NOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
KEY SW-SLOT[On/Off]
Key switch status input from key slot
UNLK SEN-DR[On/Off]
Driver door unlock status input from unlock sensor
DOOR SW-DR[On/Off]
The switch status input driver side front door switch
DOOR SW-AS[On/Off]
The switch status input from passenger side door switch
DOOR SW-RR[On/Off]
NOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
DOOR SW- RL[On/Off]
DOOR SW-BK[On/Off]
CDL LOCK SW[On/Off]
Lock switch status received from the door lock and unlock switch by power window switch serial link
CDL UNLOCK SW[On/Off]
Unlock switch status received from the door lock and unlock switch by power window switch serial link
KEY CYL LK-SW[On/Off]
Lock switch status received from key cylinder switch by power window switch serial link
KEY CYL UN-SW[On/Off]
Unlock switch status received from key cylinder switch by power window switch serial link
TRNK/HAT MNTR[On/Off]
The switch status input from trunk room lamp switch
RKE-LOCK[On/Off]
Lock signal status received from remote keyless entry receiver
RKE-UNLOCK[On/Off]
Unlock signal status received from remote keyless entry receiver
Test item Operation Description
BATTERY SAVEROff Cuts the interior room lamp power supply to turn interior room lamp OFF.
On Outputs the interior room lamp power supply to turn interior room lamp ON.*
INL-18Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
I
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISPOWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITBCM
BCM : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004684064
1.CHECK FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK
Check that the following fuse and fusible link are not blown.
Is the fuse fusing?YES >> Replace the blown fuse or fusible link after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse or fusible link is
blown.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect BCM connectors.3. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
Is the measurement value normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
Does continuity exist?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Repair harness or connector.
Signal name Fuse and fusible link No.
Battery power supplyK
10
Terminals
Voltage(Approx.)
(+) (−)
BCM
GroundConnector Terminal
M118 1Battery voltage
M119 11
BCM
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M119 13 Existed
INL-19Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >INTERIOR ROOM LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004249007
Provides the interior room lamp power supply. Also cuts the power supply when the interior room lamp batterysaver activating.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004249008
1.CHECK INTERIOR ROOM LAMP POWER SUPPLY FUNCTION
CONSULT-III ACTIVE TEST1. Turn the ignition switch ON.2. Turn each interior room lamp ON.- Map lamp- Step lamp- Vanity mirror lamp- Trunk room lamp3. Select "BATTERY SAVER" of BCM (BATTERY SAVER) active test item.4. With operating the test items, check that each interior room lamp turns ON/OFF.
Does the interior room lamp turn ON/OFF?YES >> Interior room lamp power supply circuit is normal.NO >> Refer to INL-20, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004249009
1.CHECK INTERIOR ROOM LAMP POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT
CONSULT-III ACTIVE TEST1. Turn the ignition switch ON.2. Select “BATTERY SAVER” of BCM (BATTERY SAVER) active test item.3. With operating the test item, check voltage between BCM harness connector and the ground.
Is the measurement value normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Replace BCM.
2.CHECK INTERIOR ROOM LAMP POWER SUPPLY OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the following connectors.- Map lamp- Vanity mirror lamp (LH)- Vanity mirror lamp (RH)- Trunk room lamp- Step lamp (driver side)- Step lamp (passenger side)3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and each interior room lamp harness connector.
Off : Interior room lamp OFFOn : Interior room lamp ON
TerminalsTest item
Voltage(Approx.)
(+) (–)
BCM
Ground
BATTERY SAVERConnector Terminal
M119 4
Off 0 V
OnBatteryvoltage
INL-20Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
I
Does continuity exist?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.
3.CHECK INTERIOR ROOM LAMP POWER SUPPLY SHORT CIRCUIT
Check continuity between BCM harness connector and the ground.
Does continuity exist?YES >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.NO >> Check that each interior room lamp has no internal short circuit.
BCM Each interior room lampContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M119 4
Map lamp R15 1
Existed
Vanity mirror lamp (LH)
R12 2
Vanity mirror lamp (RH)
R13 2
Trunk room lamp B47 1
Step lamp(driver side)
D12 1
Step lamp(passenger side)
D42 1
BCM
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M119 4 Not existed
INL-21Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004249010
Controls each interior room lamp (ground side) by PWM signal.NOTE:PWM signal control period is approximately 250 Hz (in the gradual brightening/dimming).
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004249011
CAUTION: Before performing the diagnosis, check that the following is normal.• Interior room lamp power supply• Map lamp bulb
1.CHECK INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL FUNCTION
CONSULT-III ACTIVE TEST1. Switch the map lamp switch to DOOR.2. Turn the ignition switch ON.3. Select “INT LAMP” of BCM (INT LAMP) active test item.4. With operating the test items, check that each interior room lamp turns ON/OFF (gradual brightening/dim-
ming).
Does the interior room lamp turns ON/OFF (gradual brightening/dimming)?YES >> Interior room lamp control circuit is normal.NO >> Refer to INL-22, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004249012
1.CHECK INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL OUTPUT
CONSULT-III ACTIVE TEST1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Remove all the bulbs of map lamp.3. Select “INT LAMP” of BCM (INT LAMP) active test item.4. With operating the test item, check continuity between BCM harness connector and the ground.
Is the measurement value normal?YES >> GO TO 2.Fixed ON>>GO TO 3.Fixed OFF>>Replace BCM.
2.CHECK INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect BCM connector and map lamp connector.3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and map lamp harness connector.
Does continuity exist?
On : Interior room lamp gradual brighteningOff : Interior room lamp gradual dimming
BCM
Ground
Test itemContinuity
Connector Terminal INT LAMP
M119 19On Existed
Off Not existed
BCM Map lampContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M119 19 R15 2 Existed
INL-22Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL CIRCUIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
I
YES >> Replace the map lamp.NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.
3.CHECK INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SHORT CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect BCM connector and map lamp connector.3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and the ground.
Does continuity exist?YES >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.NO >> Replace BCM.
BCM
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M119 19 Not existed
INL-23Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
STEP LAMP CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >STEP LAMP CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004249013
Controls the step lamp (ground side) to turn the step lamp ON and OFF.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004249014
CAUTION: Before performing the diagnosis, check that the following is normal.• Interior room lamp power supply• Step lamp bulb
1.CHECK STEP LAMP OPERATION
CONSULT-III ACTIVE TEST1. Turn the ignition switch ON.2. Select "STEP LAMP TEST" of BCM (INT LAMP) active test item.3. With operating the test items, check that step lamp turns ON/OFF.
Does the step lamp turn ON/OFF?YES >> Step lamp circuit is normal.NO >> Refer to INL-24, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004249015
1.CHECK STEP LAMP OUTPUT
CONSULT-III ACTIVE TEST1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Remove the step lamp bulbs (driver side and passenger side).3. Turn the ignition switch ON.4. Select “STEP LAMP TEST” of BCM (INT LAMP) active test item.5. With operating the test item, check continuity between BCM harness connector and the ground.
Is the measurement value normal?YES >> GO TO 2.Fixed ON>>GO TO 3.Fixed OFF>>Replace BCM.
2.CHECK STEP LAMP OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect BCM connector, and step lamp connector.3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and step lamp harness connector.
On : Step lamp ONOff : Step lamp OFF
BCM
Ground
Test item
ContinuityConnector Terminal
STEP LAMP TEST
M119 7On Existed
Off Not existed
BCM Step lampContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M119 7
Driver side
D12 2
ExistedPassen-ger side
D42 2
INL-24Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
STEP LAMP CIRCUIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
I
Does continuity exist?YES >> Replace the step lamp.NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.
3.CHECK STEP LAMP SHORT CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and the ground.
Does continuity exist?YES >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.NO >> Replace BCM.
BCM
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M119 7 Not existed
INL-25Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
TRUNK ROOM LAMP CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >TRUNK ROOM LAMP CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004249016
Controls the trunk room lamp (ground side) to turn the trunk room lamp ON and OFF.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004249017
CAUTION: Before performing the diagnosis, check that the following is normal.• Interior room lamp power supply• Trunk room lamp bulb
1.CHECK TRUNK ROOM LAMP OPERATION
CONSULT-III ACTIVE TEST1. Turn the ignition switch ON.2. Select “LUGGAGE LAMP TEST” of BCM (INT LAMP) active test item.3. With operating the test items, check that trunk room lamp turns ON/OFF.
Does the trunk room lamp turn ON/OFF?YES >> Trunk room lamp circuit is normal.NO >> Refer to INL-24, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004249018
1.CHECK TRUNK ROOM LAMP OUTPUT
CONSULT-III ACTIVE TEST1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Remove trunk room lamp bulb.3. Turn the ignition switch ON.4. Select “LUGGAGE LAMP TEST” of BCM (INT LAMP) active test item.5. With operating the test item, check continuity between BCM harness connector and the ground.
Is the measurement value normal?YES >> GO TO 2.Fixed ON>>GO TO 3.Fixed OFF>>Replace BCM.
2.CHECK TRUNK ROOM LAMP OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect BCM connector and trunk room lamp connector.3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and trunk room lamp harness connector.
Does continuity exist?YES >> Replace the trunk room lamp.
On : Trunk room lamp ONOff : Trunk room lamp OFF
BCM
Ground
Test item
ContinuityConnector Terminal
LUGGAGE LAMP TEST
M120 30On Existed
Off Not existed
BCM Trunk room lampContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M120 30 B47 2 Existed
INL-26Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
TRUNK ROOM LAMP CIRCUIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
I
NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.
3.CHECK TRUNK ROOM LAMP SHORT CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect BCM connector and trunk room lamp connector.3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and the ground.
Does continuity exist?YES >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.NO >> Replace BCM.
BCM
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M120 30 Not existed
INL-27Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ILLUMINATION CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ILLUMINATION CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004249019
Provides the power supply and the ground to control the push-button ignition switch illumination.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004249020
1.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ILLUMINATION OPERATION
CONSULT-III ACTIVE TEST1. Turn the ignition switch ON.2. Select “ENGINE SW ILLUMI” of BCM (INTELLIGENT KEY) active test item.3. With operating the test items, check that the push-button ignition switch illumination turns ON/OFF
Does the push-button ignition switch illumination turn ON/OFF?YES >> Push-button ignition switch illumination circuit is normal.NO >> Refer to INL-28, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004249021
1.CHECK ILLUMINATION CONTROL SWITCHING OPERATION
1. Turn the ignition switch ON.2. With operating the lighting switch, check that the push-button ignition switch illumination turns ON/OFF
Does the push-button ignition switch illumination turn ON/OFF?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ILLUMINATION GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect BCM connector and the push-button ignition switch connector.3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and the push-button ignition switch harness connector.
Does the continuity exist?YES >> Replace BCM.NO >> Repair the harness or the connector.
3.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ILLUMINATION POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT
CONSULT-III ACTIVE TEST1. Turn the ignition switch ON.2. Select “ENGINE SW ILLUMI” of BCM (INTELLIGENT KEY) active test item.3. With operating the test item, check voltage between BCM harness connector and the ground.
On : Push-button ignition switch illumination ONOff : Push-button ignition switch illumination OFF
Condition Push-button ignition switch illumination
• Ignition switch ON• Lighting switch 1ST
ON
• Ignition switch OFF• Lighting switch OFF• Driver door LOCK
OFF
BCM Push-button ignition switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M119 14 M50 2 Existed
INL-28Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ILLUMINATION CIRCUIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
I
Is the measurement value normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> GO TO 5.
4.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ILLUMINATION POWER SUPPLY OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect BCM connector and the push-button ignition switch connector.3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and the push-button ignition switch harness connector.
Does the continuity exist?YES >> Replace the push-button ignition switch.NO >> Repair the harness or the connector.
5.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ILLUMINATION POWER SUPPLY SHORT CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect BCM connector and the push-button ignition switch connector.3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and the ground.
Does the continuity exist?YES >> Repair the harness or the connector.NO >> Replace BCM.
TerminalsTest item
Voltage(Approx.)
(+) (–)
BCM
Ground
ENGINE SW ILLUMIConnector Terminal
M123 133ON 5 V
OFF 0 V
BCM Push-button ignition switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M123 133 M50 3 Existed
BCM
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M123 133 Not existed
INL-29Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram - INTERIOR ROOM LAMP - INFOID:0000000004249022
JCLWM2705GB
INL-30Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
I
JCLWM2706GB
INL-31Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >JCLWM2707GB
INL-32Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
I
JCLWM2708GB
INL-33Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >JCLWM2709GB
INL-34Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
I
JCLWM2710GB
INL-35Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >JCLWM2711GB
INL-36Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ILLUMINATION
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
I
ILLUMINATION
Wiring Diagram - ILLUMINATION - INFOID:0000000004249023
JCLWM2712GB
INL-37Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ILLUMINATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >JCLWM2713GB
INL-38Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ILLUMINATION
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
I
JCLWM2714GB
INL-39Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ILLUMINATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >JCLWM2715GB
INL-40Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ILLUMINATION
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
I
JCLWM2716GB
INL-41Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ILLUMINATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >JCLWM2717GB
INL-42Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ILLUMINATION
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
I
JCLWM2718GB
INL-43Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ILLUMINATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >JCLWM2719GB
INL-44Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ILLUMINATION
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
I
JCLWM2720GB
INL-45Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ILLUMINATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >JCLWM2721GB
INL-46Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONBCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004684065
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL
CONSULT-III MONITOR ITEM
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
FR WIPER HIOther than front wiper switch HI Off
Front wiper switch HI On
FR WIPER LOWOther than front wiper switch LO Off
Front wiper switch LO On
FR WASHER SWFront washer switch OFF Off
Front washer switch ON On
FR WIPER INTOther than front wiper switch INT Off
Front wiper switch INT On
FR WIPER STOPFront wiper is not in STOP position Off
Front wiper is in STOP position On
INT VOLUME Wiper intermittent dial is in a dial position 1 - 7Wiper intermittent dial
position
TURN SIGNAL ROther than turn signal switch RH Off
Turn signal switch RH On
TURN SIGNAL LOther than turn signal switch LH Off
Turn signal switch LH On
TAIL LAMP SWOther than lighting switch 1ST and 2ND Off
Lighting switch 1ST or 2ND On
HI BEAM SWOther than lighting switch HI Off
Lighting switch HI On
HEAD LAMP SW 1Other than lighting switch 2ND Off
Lighting switch 2ND On
HEAD LAMP SW 2Other than lighting switch 2ND Off
Lighting switch 2ND On
PASSING SWOther than lighting switch PASS Off
Lighting switch PASS On
AUTO LIGHT SWOther than lighting switch AUTO Off
Lighting switch AUTO On
FR FOG SWFront fog lamp switch OFF Off
Front fog lamp switch ON On
RR FOG SWNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
DOOR SW-DRDriver door closed Off
Driver door opened On
DOOR SW-ASPassenger door closed Off
Passenger door opened On
DOOR SW-RRNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
INL-47Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >DOOR SW-RLNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
DOOR SW-BKNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
CDL LOCK SWOther than power door lock switch LOCK Off
Power door lock switch LOCK On
CDL UNLOCK SWOther than power door lock switch UNLOCK Off
Power door lock switch UNLOCK On
KEY CYL LK-SWOther than driver door key cylinder LOCK position Off
Driver door key cylinder LOCK position On
KEY CYL UN-SWOther than driver door key cylinder UNLOCK position Off
Driver door key cylinder UNLOCK position On
KEY CYL SW-TRNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
HAZARD SWHazard switch is OFF Off
Hazard switch is ON On
REAR DEF SWNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
H/L WASH SWNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
TR CANCEL SWTrunk lid opener cancel switch OFF Off
Trunk lid opener cancel switch ON On
TR/BD OPEN SWTrunk lid opener switch OFF Off
While the trunk lid opener switch is turned ON On
TRNK/HAT MNTRTrunk lid closed Off
Trunk lid opened On
RKE-LOCKLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed Off
LOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed On
RKE-UNLOCKUNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed Off
UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed On
RKE-TR/BDTRUNK OPEN button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed Off
TRUNK OPEN button of the Intelligent Key is pressed On
RKE-PANICPANIC button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed Off
PANIC button of the Intelligent Key is pressed On
RKE-P/W OPENUNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed Off
UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed and held On
RKE-MODE CHG
LOCK/UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed and held simulta-neously
Off
LOCK/UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed and held simultaneously On
OPTICAL SENSORBright outside of the vehicle Close to 5 V
Dark outside of the vehicle Close to 0 V
REQ SW -DRDriver door request switch is not pressed Off
Driver door request switch is pressed On
REQ SW -ASPassenger door request switch is not pressed Off
Passenger door request switch is pressed On
REQ SW -RRNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
INL-48Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
REQ SW -RLNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
REQ SW -BD/TRTrunk lid opener request switch is not pressed Off
Trunk lid opener request switch is pressed On
PUSH SWPush-button ignition switch (push switch) is not pressed Off
Push-button ignition switch (push switch) is pressed On
IGN RLY2 -F/BIgnition switch in OFF or ACC position Off
Ignition switch in ON position On
ACC RLY -F/BNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
CLUCH SWThe clutch pedal is not depressed Off
The clutch pedal is depressed On
BRAKE SW 1
The brake pedal is depressed when No. 7 fuse is blown Off
The brake pedal is not depressed when No. 7 fuse is blown, or No. 7 fuse is nor-mal
On
BRAKE SW 2The brake pedal is not depressed Off
The brake pedal is depressed On
DETE/CANCL SW
• Selector lever in P position (Except M/T models)• The clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models)
Off
• Selector lever in any position other than P (Except M/T models)• The clutch pedal is not depressed (M/T models)
On
SFT PN/N SWSelector lever in any position other than P and N Off
Selector lever in P or N position On
S/L -LOCKSteering is unlocked Off
Steering is locked On
S/L -UNLOCKSteering is locked Off
Steering is unlocked On
S/L RELAY-F/BIgnition switch in OFF or ACC position Off
Ignition switch in ON position On
UNLK SEN -DRDriver door is unlocked Off
Driver door is locked On
PUSH SW -IPDMPush-button ignition switch (push-switch) is not pressed Off
Push-button ignition switch (push-switch) is pressed On
IGN RLY1 -F/BIgnition switch in OFF or ACC position Off
Ignition switch in ON position On
DETE SW -IPDMSelector lever in any position other than P Off
Selector lever in P position On
SFT PN -IPDM
• Selector lever in any position other than P and N (Except M/T models)• The clutch pedal is not depressed (M/T models)
Off
• Selector lever in P or N position• The clutch pedal is depressed
On
SFT P -METSelector lever in any position other than P Off
Selector lever in P position On
SFT N -METSelector lever in any position other than N Off
Selector lever in N position On
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
INL-49Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >ENGINE STATE
Engine stopped Stop
While the engine stalls Stall
At engine cranking Crank
Engine running Run
S/L LOCK-IPDMSteering is unlocked Off
Steering is locked On
S/L UNLK-IPDMSteering is locked Off
Steering is unlocked On
S/L RELAY-REQ
Steering lock system is not the LOCK condition and the changing condition from LOCK to UNLOCK
Off
Steering lock system are not the LOCK condition or the changing condition from LOCK to UNLOCK
On
VEH SPEED 1 While drivingEquivalent to speed-
ometer reading
VEH SPEED 2 While drivingEquivalent to speed-
ometer reading
DOOR STAT-DR
Driver door is locked LOCK
Wait with selective UNLOCK operation (60 seconds) READY
Driver door is unlocked UNLOCK
DOOR STAT-AS
Passenger door is locked LOCK
Wait with selective UNLOCK operation (60 seconds) READY
Passenger door is unlocked UNLOCK
ID OK FLAGSteering is locked Reset
Steering is unlocked Set
PRMT ENG STRTThe engine start is prohibited Reset
The engine start is permitted Set
PRMT RKE STRTNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Reset
KEY SW -SLOTThe Intelligent Key is not inserted into key slot Off
The Intelligent Key is inserted into key slot On
RKE OPE COUN1 During the operation of the Intelligent KeyOperation frequency of
the Intelligent Key
RKE OPE COUN2NOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
—
CONFRM ID ALL
The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by any key ID registered to BCM.
Yet
The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by any key ID registered to BCM.
Done
CONFIRM ID4
The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the fourth key ID regis-tered to BCM.
Yet
The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the fourth key ID registered to BCM.
Done
CONFIRM ID3
The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the third key ID regis-tered to BCM.
Yet
The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the third key ID registered to BCM.
Done
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
INL-50Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
CONFIRM ID2
The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the second key ID reg-istered to BCM.
Yet
The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the second key ID regis-tered to BCM.
Done
CONFIRM ID1
The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the first key ID regis-tered to BCM.
Yet
The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the first key ID registered to BCM.
Done
TP 4The ID of fourth Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM Yet
The ID of fourth Intelligent Key is registered to BCM Done
TP 3The ID of third Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM Yet
The ID of third Intelligent Key is registered to BCM Done
TP 2The ID of second Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM Yet
The ID of second Intelligent Key is registered to BCM Done
TP 1The ID of first Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM Yet
The ID of first Intelligent Key is registered to BCM Done
AIR PRESS FL Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received)Air pressure of front LH
tire
AIR PRESS FR Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received)Air pressure of front RH
tire
AIR PRESS RR Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received)Air pressure of rear RH
tire
AIR PRESS RL Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received)Air pressure of rear LH
tire
ID REGST FL1ID of front LH tire transmitter is registered Done
ID of front LH tire transmitter is not registered Yet
ID REGST FR1ID of front RH tire transmitter is registered Done
ID of front RH tire transmitter is not registered Yet
ID REGST RR1ID of rear RH tire transmitter is registered Done
ID of rear RH tire transmitter is not registered Yet
ID REGST RL1ID of rear LH tire transmitter is registered Done
ID of rear LH tire transmitter is not registered Yet
WARNING LAMPTire pressure indicator OFF Off
Tire pressure indicator ON On
BUZZERTire pressure warning alarm is not sounding Off
Tire pressure warning alarm is sounding On
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
INL-51Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >TERMINAL LAYOUT
PHYSICAL VALUES
JPMIA0062ZZ
INL-52Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
1(W)
Ground Battery power supply Input Ignition switch OFF Battery voltage
2(Y)
GroundP/W power supply (BAT)
Output Ignition switch OFF 12 V
3(O)
GroundP/W power supply (RAP)
Output Ignition switch ON 12 V
4(LG)
GroundInterior room lamp power supply
Output
Interior room lamp battery saver is activated.(Cuts the interior room lamp power supply)
0 V
Interior room lamp battery saver is not acti-vated.(Outputs the interior room lamp power sup-ply)
12 V
5(P)
GroundPassenger door UN-LOCK
OutputPassenger door
UNLOCK (Actuator is acti-vated)
12 V
Other than UNLOCK (Ac-tuator is not activated)
0 V
7(SB)
Ground Step lamp Output Step lampON 0 V
OFF 12 V
8(V)
GroundAll doors, fuel lid LOCK
OutputAll doors, fuel lid
LOCK(Actuator is activated)
12 V
Other than LOCK(Actuator is not activated)
0 V
9(G)
GroundDriver door, fuel lid UNLOCK
OutputDriver door, fuel lid
UNLOCK(Actuator is activated)
12 V
Other than UNLOCK(Actuator is not activated)
0 V
11(R)
Ground Battery power supply Input Ignition switch OFF Battery voltage
13(B)
Ground Ground — Ignition switch ON 0 V
14(W)
GroundPush-button ignition switch illumination ground
Output Tail lamp
OFF 0 V
ON
NOTE:When the illumination brighten-
ing/dimming level is in the neutral position.
15(O)
Ground ACC indicator lamp Output Ignition switch
OFF (LOCK indicator is not illuminated)
Battery voltage
ACC 0 V
JSNIA0010GB
INL-53Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >17(W)
GroundTurn signal RH (Front)
OutputIgnition switch ON
Turn signal switch OFF 0 V
Turn signal switch RH
6.5 V
18(O)
Ground Turn signal LH (Front) OutputIgnition switch ON
Turn signal switch OFF 0 V
Turn signal switch LH
6.5 V
19(V)
GroundRoom lamp timer control
OutputInterior room lamp
OFF 12 V
ON 0 V
20(V)
Ground Turn signal RH (Rear) OutputIgnition switch ON
Turn signal switch OFF 0 V
Turn signal switch RH
6.5 V
23(L)
Ground Trunk lid open Output Trunk lid
OPEN(Trunk lid opener actuator is activated)
12 V
Other than OPEN(Trunk lid opener actuator is not activated)
0 V
25(Y)
Ground Turn signal LH (Rear) OutputIgnition switch ON
Turn signal switch OFF 0 V
Turn signal switch LH
6.5 V
30(P)
Ground Trunk room lamp OutputTrunk room lamp
ON 0 V
OFF 12 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
PKID0926E
PKID0926E
PKID0926E
PKID0926E
INL-54Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
34(SB)
GroundTrunk room antenna (−)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
35(V)
GroundTrunk room antenna (+)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
38(B)
GroundRear bumper anten-na (−)
Output
When the trunk lid opener re-quest switch is operated with ignition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
INL-55Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >39(W)
GroundRear bumper anten-na (+)
Output
When the trunk lid opener re-quest switch is operated with ignition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
47(Y)
GroundIgnition relay (IPDM E/R) control
Output Ignition switchOFF or ACC 12 V
ON 0 V
50(R)
GroundTrunk room lamp switch
InputTrunk room lamp switch
OFF (Trunk lid is closed)
11.8 V
ON (Trunk lid is opened) 0 V
52(SB)
Ground Starter relay control Output
Ignition switch ON (A/T mod-els)
When selector lever is in P or N position
12 V
When selector lever is not in P or N position
0 V
Ignition switch ON (M/T mod-els)
When the clutch pedal is depressed
Battery voltage
When the clutch pedal is not depressed
0 V
61(SB)
GroundTrunk lid opener re-quest switch
InputTrunk lid open-er request switch
ON (Pressed) 0 V
OFF (Not pressed)
1.0 V
64(L)
GroundIntelligent Key warn-ing buzzer (Engine room)
OutputIntelligent Key warning buzzer (Engine room)
Sounding 0 V
Not sounding 12 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JPMIA0011GB
JPMIA0016GB
INL-56Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
67(GR)
GroundTrunk lid opener switch
InputTrunk lid open-er switch
Pressed 0 V
Not pressed
11.8 V
72(R)
GroundRoom antenna 2 (−) (Center console)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
73(G)
GroundRoom antenna 2 (+) (Center console)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0011GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
INL-57Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >74(SB)
GroundPassenger door an-tenna (−)
Output
When the pas-senger door re-quest switch is operated with ignition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
75(BR)
GroundPassenger door an-tenna (+)
Output
When the pas-senger door re-quest switch is operated with ignition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
76(V)
GroundDriver door antenna (−)
Output
When the driv-er door request switch is oper-ated with igni-tion switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
INL-58Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
77(LG)
GroundDriver door antenna (+)
Output
When the driv-er door request switch is oper-ated with igni-tion switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
78(Y)
GroundRoom antenna 1 (−) (Instrument panel)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
79(BR)
GroundRoom antenna 1 (+) (Instrument panel)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
INL-59Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >80(GR)
GroundNATS antenna amp (Built in key slot)
Input/Output
During waitingIgnition switch is pressed while inserting the Intelli-gent Key into the key slot.
Just after pressing ignition switch. Pointer of tester should
move.
81(W)
GroundNATS antenna amp (Built in key slot)
Input/Output
During waitingIgnition switch is pressed while inserting the Intelli-gent Key into the key slot.
Just after pressing ignition switch. Pointer of tester should
move.
82(R)
GroundIgnition relay [Fuse block (J/B)] control
Output Ignition switchOFF or ACC 0 V
ON 12 V
83(Y)
GroundRemote keyless entry receiver communica-tion
Input/Output
During waiting
When operating either button on the Intelli-gent Key
87(Y)
GroundCombination switch INPUT 5
InputCombination switch
All switches OFF(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.4 V
Front fog lamp switch ON(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.3 V
Any of the conditions be-low with all switches OFF• Wiper intermittent dial 1• Wiper intermittent dial 2• Wiper intermittent dial 6• Wiper intermittent dial 7
1.3 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0064GB
JMKIA0065GB
JPMIA0041GB
JPMIA0037GB
JPMIA0040GB
INL-60Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
88(O)
GroundCombination switch INPUT 3
InputCombination switch
All switches OFF(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.4 V
Lighting switch HI(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.3 V
Lighting switch 2ND(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.3 V
Any of the conditions be-low with all switches OFF• Wiper intermittent dial 1• Wiper intermittent dial 2• Wiper intermittent dial 3
1.3 V
89(BR)
GroundPush-button ignition switch (Push switch)
InputPush-button ig-nition switch (push switch)
Pressed 0 V
Not pressed Battery voltage
90(P)
Ground CAN-LInput/ Output
— —
91(L)
Ground CAN-HInput/ Output
— —
92(LG)
Ground Key slot illumination OutputKey slot illumi-nation
OFF 0 V
Blinking
6.5 V
ON 12 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0041GB
JPMIA0036GB
JPMIA0037GB
JPMIA0040GB
JPMIA0015GB
INL-61Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >93(Y)
Ground ON indicator lamp Output Ignition switch
OFF (LOCK indicator is not illuminated)
Battery voltage
ON 0 V
95(O)
Ground ACC relay control Output Ignition switchOFF 0 V
ACC or ON 12 V
96(GR)
GroundA/T shift selector (De-tention switch) power supply
Output — 12 V
97(L)
GroundSteering lock condi-tion No. 1
Input Steering lockLOCK status 0 V
UNLOCK status 12 V
98(P)
GroundSteering lock condi-tion No. 2
Input Steering lockLOCK status 12 V
UNLOCK status 0 V
99(R)
Ground
Selector lever P posi-tion switch
Input
Selector leverP position 0 V
Any position other than P 12 V
ASCD clutch switch (M/T models without ICC)
ASCD clutch switch
OFF (Clutch pedal is de-pressed)
0 V
ON (Clutch pedal is not depressed)
12 V
ICC clutch switch (M/T models with ICC)
ICC clutch switch
OFF (Clutch pedal is de-pressed)
0 V
ON (Clutch pedal is not depressed)
12 V
100(Y)
GroundPassenger door re-quest switch
InputPassenger door request switch
ON (Pressed) 0 V
OFF (Not pressed)
1.0 V
101(P)
GroundDriver door request switch
InputDriver door re-quest switch
ON (Pressed) 0 V
OFF (Not pressed)
1.0 V
102(O)
GroundBlower fan motor re-lay control
Output Ignition switchOFF or ACC 0 V
ON 12 V
103(LG)
GroundRemote keyless entry receiver power sup-ply
Output Ignition switch OFF 12 V
106(W)
GroundSteering lock unit power supply
Output Ignition switchOFF or ACC 12 V
ON 0 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0016GB
JPMIA0016GB
INL-62Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
107(LG)
GroundCombination switch INPUT 1
Input
Combination switch(Wiper intermit-tent dial 4)
All switches OFF
1.4 V
Turn signal switch LH
1.3 V
Turn signal switch RH
1.3 V
Front wiper switch LO
1.3 V
Front washer switch ON
1.3 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0041GB
JPMIA0037GB
JPMIA0036GB
JPMIA0038GB
JPMIA0039GB
INL-63Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >108(R)
GroundCombination switch INPUT 4
InputCombination switch
All switches OFF(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.4 V
Lighting switch AUTO(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.3 V
Lighting switch 1ST(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.3 V
Any of the conditions be-low with all switches OFF• Wiper intermittent dial 1• Wiper intermittent dial 5• Wiper intermittent dial 6
1.3 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0041GB
JPMIA0038GB
JPMIA0036GB
JPMIA0039GB
INL-64Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
109(W)
GroundCombination switch INPUT 2
Input
Combination switch(Wiper intermit-tent dial 4)
All switches OFF
1.4 V
Lighting switch PASS
1.3 V
Lighting switch 2ND
1.3 V
Front wiper switch INT
1.3 V
Front wiper switch HI
1.3 V
110(G)
Ground Hazard switch Input Hazard switch
ON 0 V
OFF
1.1 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0041GB
JPMIA0037GB
JPMIA0036GB
JPMIA0038GB
JPMIA0040GB
JPMIA0012GB
INL-65Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >111(Y)
GroundSteering lock unit communication
Input/Output
Steering lock
LOCK status 12 V
LOCK or UNLOCK
For 15 seconds after UN-LOCK
12 V
15 seconds or later after UNLOCK
0 V
113(O)
Ground Optical sensor InputIgnition switch ON
When bright outside of the vehicle
Close to 5 V
When dark outside of the vehicle
Close to 0 V
114(R)
GroundClutch interlock switch
InputClutch interlock switch
OFF (Clutch pedal is not depressed)
0 V
ON (Clutch pedal is de-pressed)
Battery voltage
116(SB)
Ground Stop lamp switch 1 Input — Battery voltage
118(BR)
Ground
Stop lamp switch 2 (Without ICC)
Input
Stop lamp switch
OFF (Brake pedal is not depressed)
0 V
ON (Brake pedal is de-pressed)
Battery voltage
Stop lamp switch 2 (With ICC)
Stop lamp switch OFF (Brake pedal is not depressed) and ICC brake hold relay OFF
0 V
Stop lamp switch ON (Brake pedal is de-pressed) or ICC brake hold relay ON
Battery voltage
119(SB)
GroundDriver side door lock assembly (Unlock sensor)
Input Driver door
LOCK status(Unlock sensor switch OFF)
1.1 V
UNLOCK status(Unlock switch sensor ON)
0 V
121(SB)
Ground Key slot switch Input
When the Intelligent Key is inserted into key slot
12 V
When the Intelligent Key is not inserted into key slot
0 V
123(W)
Ground IGN feedback Input Ignition switchOFF or ACC 0 V
ON Battery voltage
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0066GB
JPMIA0012GB
INL-66Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
124(LG)
GroundPassenger door switch
InputPassenger door switch
OFF (Door close)
11.8 V
ON (Door open) 0 V
129(O)
GroundTrunk lid opener can-cel switch
InputTrunk lid open-er cancel switch
CANCEL
1.1 V
ON 0 V
132(V)
GroundPower window switch communication
Input/Output
Ignition switch ON
10.2 V
Ignition switch OFF or ACC 12 V
133(L)
GroundPush-button ignition switch illumination
OutputPush-button ig-nition switch il-lumination
ON (Tail lamps OFF) 9.5 V
ON (Tail lamps ON)
NOTE:The pulse width of this wave is
varied by the illumination bright-ening/dimming level.
OFF 0 V
134(LG)
Ground LOCK indicator lamp OutputLOCK indicator lamp
OFF Battery voltage
ON 0 V
137(O)
GroundReceiver and sensor ground
Input Ignition switch ON 0 V
138(V)
GroundReceiver and sensor power supply
Output Ignition switchOFF 0 V
ACC or ON 5.0 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0011GB
JPMIA0012GB
JPMIA0013GB
JPMIA0159GB
INL-67Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >139(L)
GroundTire pressure receiv-er communication
Input/Output
Ignition switch ON
Standby state
When receiving the signal from the transmitter
140(GR)
GroundSelector lever P/N position (A/T models)
Input Selector leverP or N position 12 V
Except P and N positions 0 V
141(R)
Ground Security indicator OutputSecurity indica-tor
ON 0 V
Blinking
11.3 V
OFF 12 V
142(BR)
GroundCombination switch OUTPUT 5
Output
Combination switch(Wiper intermit-tent dial 4)
All switches OFF 0 V
Lighting switch 1ST
10.7 V
Lighting switch HI
Lighting switch 2ND
Turn signal switch RH
143(V)
GroundCombination switch OUTPUT 1
OutputCombination switch
All switches OFF(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
0 V
Front wiper switch HI(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
10.7 V
Any of the conditions be-low with all switches OFF• Wiper intermittent dial 1• Wiper intermittent dial 2• Wiper intermittent dial 3• Wiper intermittent dial 6• Wiper intermittent dial 7
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
OCC3881D
OCC3880D
JPMIA0014GB
JPMIA0031GB
JPMIA0032GB
INL-68Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
144(G)
GroundCombination switch OUTPUT 2
OutputCombination switch
All switches OFF(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
0 V
Front washer switch ON(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
10.7 V
Any of the conditions be-low with all switches OFF• Wiper intermittent dial 1• Wiper intermittent dial 5• Wiper intermittent dial 6
145(L)
GroundCombination switch OUTPUT 3
Output
Combination switch(Wiper intermit-tent dial 4)
All switches OFF 0 V
Front wiper switch INT
10.7 V
Front wiper switch LO
Lighting switch AUTO
146(SB)
GroundCombination switch OUTPUT 4
Output
Combination switch(Wiper intermit-tent dial 4)
All switches OFF 0 V
Front fog lamp switch ON
10.7 V
Lighting switch 2ND
Lighting switch PASS
Turn signal switch LH
149(W)
GroundTire pressure warning check switch
Input — 12 V
150(R)
Ground Driver door switch InputDriver door switch
OFF (Door close)
11.8 V
ON (Door open) 0 V
151(G)
GroundRear window defog-ger relay control
OutputRear window defogger
Active 0 V
Not activated Battery voltage
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0033GB
JPMIA0034GB
JPMIA0035GB
JPMIA0011GB
INL-69Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >Wiring Diagram - BCM - INFOID:0000000004684066
JCMWM3046GB
INL-70Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
JCMWM3047GB
INL-71Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCMWM3048GB
INL-72Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
JCMWM3049GB
INL-73Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCMWM3050GB
INL-74Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000004684067
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTCBCM performs fail-safe control when any DTC are detected.
JCMWM3051GB
INL-75Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >Display contents of CONSULT Fail-safe Cancellation
B2013: ID DISCORD BCM-S/L Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2014: CHAIN OF S/L-BCM Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2190: NATS ANTENNA AMP Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2191: DIFFERENCE OF KEY Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2192: ID DISCORD BCM-ECM Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2193: CHAIN OF BCM-ECM Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2195: ANTI SCANNING Inhibit engine cranking Ignition switch ON → OFF
B2557: VEHICLE SPEED Inhibit steering lockWhen normal vehicle speed signals are received from ABS actua-tor and electric unit (control unit) for 500 ms
B2560: STARTER CONT RELAY Inhibit engine cranking
500 ms after the following CAN signal communication status be-comes consistent• Starter control relay signal• Starter relay status signal
B2601: SHIFT POSITION Inhibit steering lock
500 ms after the following signal reception status becomes consis-tent• Selector lever P position switch signal• P range signal (CAN)
B2602: SHIFT POSITION Inhibit steering lock
5 seconds after the following BCM recognition conditions are ful-filled• Ignition switch is in the ON position• Selector lever P position switch signal: Except P position (battery
voltage)• Vehicle speed: 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more
B2603: SHIFT POSI STATUS Inhibit steering lock
500 ms after the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled• Ignition switch is in the ON position• Selector lever P position switch signal: Except P position (battery
voltage)• Selector lever P/N position signal: Except P and N positions (0 V)
B2604: PNP SW Inhibit steering lock
500 ms after any of the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled• Status 1- Ignition switch is in the ON position- Selector lever P/N position signal: P and N position (battery volt-
age)- P range signal or N range signal (CAN): ON• Status 2- Ignition switch is in the ON position- Selector lever P/N position signal: Except P and N positions (0 V)- P range signal and N range signal (CAN): OFF
B2605: PNP SW Inhibit steering lock
500 ms after any of the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled• Status 1- Ignition switch is in the ON position- Selector lever P/N position signal: Except P and N positions (0 V)- Interlock/PNP switch signal (CAN): OFF• Status 2- Ignition switch is in the ON position- Selector lever P/N position signal: P or N position (battery volt-
age)- PNP switch signal (CAN): ON
B2606: S/L RELAY Inhibit engine cranking
500 ms after the following CAN signal communication status be-comes consistent• Steering lock relay signal (Request signal)• Steering lock relay signal (Condition signal)
INL-76Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
HIGH FLASHER OPERATIONBCM detects the turn signal lamp circuit status by the current value.BCM increases the turn signal lamp blinking speed if the bulb or harness open is detected with the turn signallamp operating.NOTE:The blinking speed is normal while activating the hazard warning lamp.
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000004684068
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following prioritychart.
B2607: S/L RELAY Inhibit engine cranking
500 ms after the following CAN signal communication status has becomes consistent• Steering lock relay signal (Request signal)• Steering lock relay signal (Condition signal)
B2608: STARTER RELAY Inhibit engine cranking
500 ms after the following signal communication status becomes consistent• Starter motor relay control signal• Starter relay status signal (CAN)
B2609: S/L STATUS• Inhibit engine cranking• Inhibit steering lock
When the following steering lock conditions agree• BCM steering lock control status• Steering lock condition No. 1 signal status• Steering lock condition No. 2 signal status
B260A: IGNITION RELAY Inhibit engine cranking
500 ms after the following conditions are fulfilled• IGN relay (IPDM E/R) control signal: OFF (Battery voltage)• Ignition ON signal (CAN to IPDM E/R): OFF (Request signal)• Ignition ON signal (CAN from IPDM E/R): OFF (Condition signal)
B260F: ENG STATE SIG LOSTMaintains the power supply position attained at the time of DTC detection
When any of the following conditions are fulfilled• Power position changes to ACC• Receives engine status signal (CAN)
B2612: S/L STATUS• Inhibit engine cranking• Inhibit steering lock
When any of the following conditions are fulfilled• Steering lock unit status signal (CAN) is received normally• The BCM steering lock control status matches the steering lock
status recognized by the steering lock unit status signal (CAN from IPDM E/R)
B2617: STARTER RELAY CIRC Inhibit engine cranking1 second after the starter motor relay control inside BCM becomes normal
B2618: BCM Inhibit engine cranking1 second after the ignition relay (IPDM E/R) control inside BCM be-comes normal
B2619: BCM Inhibit engine cranking1 second after the steering lock unit power supply output control in-side BCM becomes normal
B261E: VEHICLE TYPE Inhibit engine cranking BCM initialization
B26E8: CLUTCH SW Inhibit engine cranking
When any of the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled• Status 1- Clutch switch signal (CAN from ECM): ON- Clutch interlock switch signal: OFF (0 V)• Status 2- Clutch switch signal (CAN from ECM): OFF- Clutch interlock switch signal: ON (Battery voltage)
B26E9: S/L STATUS• Inhibit engine cranking• Inhibit steering lock
When BCM transmits the LOCK request signal to steering lock unit, and receives LOCK response signal from steering lock unit, the fol-lowing conditions are fulfilled• Steering condition No. 1 signal: LOCK (0 V)• Steering condition No. 2 signal: LOCK (Battery voltage)
Display contents of CONSULT Fail-safe Cancellation
INL-77Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >Priority DTC
1 B2562: LOW VOLTAGE
2• U1000: CAN COMM• U1010: CONTROL UNIT(CAN)
3
• B2190: NATS ANTENNA AMP• B2191: DIFFERENCE OF KEY• B2192: ID DISCORD BCM-ECM• B2193: CHAIN OF BCM-ECM• B2195: ANTI SCANNING
4
• B2013: ID DISCORD BCM-S/L• B2014: CHAIN OF S/L-BCM• B2553: IGNITION RELAY• B2555: STOP LAMP • B2556: PUSH-BTN IGN SW• B2557: VEHICLE SPEED• B2560: STARTER CONT RELAY• B2601: SHIFT POSITION• B2602: SHIFT POSITION• B2603: SHIFT POSI STATUS• B2604: PNP SW• B2605: PNP SW• B2606: S/L RELAY• B2607: S/L RELAY• B2608: STARTER RELAY• B2609: S/L STATUS• B260A: IGNITION RELAY• B260B: STEERING LOCK UNIT• B260C: STEERING LOCK UNIT• B260D: STEERING LOCK UNIT• B260F: ENG STATE SIG LOST• B2612: S/L STATUS• B2614: ACC RELAY CIRC• B2615: BLOWER RELAY CIRC• B2616: IGN RELAY CIRC• B2617: STARTER RELAY CIRC• B2618: BCM• B2619: BCM• B261A: PUSH-BTN IGN SW• B261E: VEHICLE TYPE• B26E8: CLUTCH SW• B26E9: S/L STATUS• B26EA: KEY REGISTRATION• C1729: VHCL SPEED SIG ERR• U0415: VEHICLE SPEED SIG
INL-78Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
DTC Index INFOID:0000000004684069
NOTE:The details of time display are as follows.• CRNT: A malfunction is detected now.• PAST: A malfunction was detected in the past.IGN counter is displayed on Freeze Frame Data. For details of Freeze Frame Data, refer to INL-14, "COM-MON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)".
5
• C1704: LOW PRESSURE FL• C1705: LOW PRESSURE FR• C1706: LOW PRESSURE RR• C1707: LOW PRESSURE RL• C1708: [NO DATA] FL• C1709: [NO DATA] FR• C1710: [NO DATA] RR• C1711: [NO DATA] RL• C1712: [CHECKSUM ERR] FL• C1713: [CHECKSUM ERR] FR• C1714: [CHECKSUM ERR] RR• C1715: [CHECKSUM ERR] RL• C1716: [PRESSDATA ERR] FL• C1717: [PRESSDATA ERR] FR• C1718: [PRESSDATA ERR] RR• C1719: [PRESSDATA ERR] RL• C1720: [CODE ERR] FL• C1721: [CODE ERR] FR• C1722: [CODE ERR] RR• C1723: [CODE ERR] RL• C1724: [BATT VOLT LOW] FL• C1725: [BATT VOLT LOW] FR• C1726: [BATT VOLT LOW] RR• C1727: [BATT VOLT LOW] RL• C1734: CONTROL UNIT
6• B2621: INSIDE ANTENNA • B2622: INSIDE ANTENNA • B2623: INSIDE ANTENNA
Priority DTC
CONSULT display Fail-safe
Freeze Frame Data•Vehicle Speed•Odo/Trip Meter
•Vehicle condition
Intelligent Key warning lamp ON
Tire pressure monitor warning
lamp ON
Refer-ence page
No DTC is detected.further testingmay be required.
— — — — —
U1000: CAN COMM — — — — BCS-35
U1010: CONTROL UNIT(CAN) — — — — BCS-36
U0415: VEHICLE SPEED SIG — — — — BCS-37
B2013: ID DISCORD BCM-S/L × × — — SEC-55
B2014: CHAIN OF S/L-BCM × × — — SEC-56
B2190: NATS ANTENNA AMP × — — — SEC-47
B2191: DIFFERENCE OF KEY × — — — SEC-50
B2192: ID DISCORD BCM-ECM × — — — SEC-51
B2193: CHAIN OF BCM-ECM × — — — SEC-53
B2195: ANTI SCANNING × — — — SEC-54
B2553: IGNITION RELAY — × — — PCS-48
B2555: STOP LAMP — × — — SEC-59
INL-79Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >B2556: PUSH-BTN IGN SW — × × — SEC-61
B2557: VEHICLE SPEED × × × — SEC-63
B2560: STARTER CONT RELAY × × × — SEC-64
B2562: LOW VOLTAGE — × — — BCS-38
B2601: SHIFT POSITION × × × — SEC-65
B2602: SHIFT POSITION × × × — SEC-68
B2603: SHIFT POSI STATUS × × × — SEC-70
B2604: PNP SW × × × — SEC-73
B2605: PNP SW × × × — SEC-75
B2606: S/L RELAY × × × — SEC-77
B2607: S/L RELAY × × × — SEC-78
B2608: STARTER RELAY × × × — SEC-80
B2609: S/L STATUS × × × — SEC-82
B260A: IGNITION RELAY × × × — PCS-50
B260B: STEERING LOCK UNIT — × × — SEC-86
B260C: STEERING LOCK UNIT — × × — SEC-87
B260D: STEERING LOCK UNIT — × × — SEC-88
B260F: ENG STATE SIG LOST × × × — SEC-89
B2612: S/L STATUS × × × — SEC-94
B2614: ACC RELAY CIRC — × × — PCS-52
B2615: BLOWER RELAY CIRC — × × — PCS-54
B2616: IGN RELAY CIRC — × × — PCS-56
B2617: STARTER RELAY CIRC × × × — SEC-98
B2618: BCM × × × — PCS-58
B2619: BCM × × × — SEC-100
B261A: PUSH-BTN IGN SW — × × — PCS-59
B261E: VEHICLE TYPE × × × (Turn ON for 15 seconds)
— SEC-101
B2621: INSIDE ANTENNA — × — — DLK-55
B2622: INSIDE ANTENNA — × — — DLK-57
B2623: INSIDE ANTENNA — × — — DLK-59
B26E8: CLUTCH SW × × × — SEC-90
B26E9: S/L STATUS × × × (Turn ON for 15 seconds)
— SEC-92
B26EA: KEY REGISTRATION — × × (Turn ON for 15 seconds)
— SEC-93
C1704: LOW PRESSURE FL — — — ×
WT-17C1705: LOW PRESSURE FR — — — ×
C1706: LOW PRESSURE RR — — — ×
C1707: LOW PRESSURE RL — — — ×
CONSULT display Fail-safe
Freeze Frame Data•Vehicle Speed•Odo/Trip Meter
•Vehicle condition
Intelligent Key warning lamp ON
Tire pressure monitor warning
lamp ON
Refer-ence page
INL-80Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
C1708: [NO DATA] FL — — — ×
WT-19C1709: [NO DATA] FR — — — ×
C1710: [NO DATA] RR — — — ×
C1711: [NO DATA] RL — — — ×
C1712: [CHECKSUM ERR] FL — — — ×
WT-21C1713: [CHECKSUM ERR] FR — — — ×
C1714: [CHECKSUM ERR] RR — — — ×
C1715: [CHECKSUM ERR] RL — — — ×
C1716: [PRESSDATA ERR] FL — — — ×
WT-24C1717: [PRESSDATA ERR] FR — — — ×
C1718: [PRESSDATA ERR] RR — — — ×
C1719: [PRESSDATA ERR] RL — — — ×
C1720: [CODE ERR] FL — — — ×
WT-26C1721: [CODE ERR] FR — — — ×
C1722: [CODE ERR] RR — — — ×
C1723: [CODE ERR] RL — — — ×
C1724: [BATT VOLT LOW] FL — — — ×
WT-29C1725: [BATT VOLT LOW] FR — — — ×
C1726: [BATT VOLT LOW] RR — — — ×
C1727: [BATT VOLT LOW] RL — — — ×
C1729: VHCL SPEED SIG ERR — — — × WT-32
C1734: CONTROL UNIT — — — × WT-33
CONSULT display Fail-safe
Freeze Frame Data•Vehicle Speed•Odo/Trip Meter
•Vehicle condition
Intelligent Key warning lamp ON
Tire pressure monitor warning
lamp ON
Refer-ence page
INL-81Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >COMBINATION METER
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004684070
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLRefer to MWI-82, "Reference Value".
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PHYSICAL VALUES
JSNIA0457ZZ
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)+ – Signal name
Input/Output
1(V)
Ground Battery power supply InputIgnition switch OFF
— Battery voltage
2(LG)
GroundCommunication signal (METER→ AMP.)
OutputIgnition switch ON
—
3(GR)
GroundCommunication signal (AMP.→ METER)
InputIgnition switch ON
—
5(B)
Ground Ground —Ignition switch ON
— 0 V
6(W)
Ground Alternator signal InputIgnition switch ON
Charge warning lamp ON 0 V
Charge warning lamp OFF 12 V
7(LG)
Ground Air bag signal InputIgnition switch ON
Air bag warning lamp ON 4 V
Air bag warning lamp OFF 0 V
10(R)
Ground Security signal InputIgnition switch OFF
Security warning lamp ON 0 V
Security warning lamp OFF 12 V
15(B)
Ground Ground —Ignition switch ON
— 0 V
JSNIA0027GB
JSNIA0027GB
INL-82Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
16(B)
Ground Meter control switch ground —Ignition switch ON
— 0 V
21(R)
Ground Ignition signal InputIgnition switch ON
— 12 V
22(B)
Ground Ground —Ignition switch ON
— 0 V
24(BR)
GroundCommunication signal (LCD→ AMP.)
OutputIgnition switch ON
—
25(Y)
GroundCommunication signal (AMP.→ LCD)
InputIgnition switch ON
—
26(R)
GroundVehicle speed signal(8-pulse)
InputIgnition switch ON
Speedometer operated[When vehicle speed is ap-prox. 40 km/h (25 MPH)]
NOTE:The maximum voltage varies de-pending on the specification (destination unit).
27(O)
Ground Parking brake switch signal InputIgnition switch ON
Parking brake applied 0 V
Parking brake released
28(LG)
GroundBrake fluid level switch sig-nal
InputIgnition switch ON
Brake fluid level is normal.
The brake fluid level is low-er than the low level
0 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)+ – Signal name
Input/Output
JSNIA0028GB
JSNIA0027GB
JSNIA0012GB
JSNIA0007GB
JSNIA0008GB
INL-83Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >29(LG)
GroundSeat belt buckle switch sig-nal (driver side)
InputIgnition switch ON
When driver seat belt is fas-tened
12 V
When driver seat belt is un-fastened
0 V
30(G)
GroundSeat belt buckle switch sig-nal (passenger side)
InputIgnition switch ON
• When getting in the pas-senger seat
• When passenger seat belt is fastened
12 V
• When getting in the pas-senger seat
• When passenger seat belt is unfastened
0 V
31(L)
Ground Washer level switch signal InputIgnition switch ON
Washer level switch ON 0 V
Washer level switch OFF 5 V
33(R)
Ground Illumination control signal OutputIgnition switch ON
Lighting switch ON, then operate the illumination control switch.
NOTE:When brightness level is midway
36(LG)
16(B)
Select switch signal InputIgnition switch ON
When is pressed 0 V
Other than the above 5 V
37(SB)
16(B)
Enter switch signal InputIgnition switch ON
When is pressed 0 V
Other than the above 5 V
38(L)
16(B)
Trip A/B reset switch signal InputIgnition switch ON
When trip A/B reset switch is pressed
0 V
Other than the above 5 V
39(P)
16(B)
Illumination control switch signal (–)
InputIgnition switch ON
When switch is pressed
0 V
Other than the above 5 V
40(O)
16(B)
Illumination control switch signal (+)
InputIgnition switch ON
When switch is pressed
0 V
Other than the above 5 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)+ – Signal name
Input/Output
JSNIA0010GB
INL-84Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
Wiring Diagram - METER - INFOID:0000000004684071
JCNWM1749GB
INL-85Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCNWM1750GB
INL-86Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
JCNWM1751GB
INL-87Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCNWM1752GB
INL-88Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
JCNWM1753GB
INL-89Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCNWM1754GB
INL-90Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
JCNWM1755GB
INL-91Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCNWM1756GB
INL-92Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
JCNWM1757GB
INL-93Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >Fail-safe INFOID:0000000004684072
FAIL SAFECombination meter performs fail-safe operation when unified meter and A/C amp. communication is malfunc-tion.Solution for communication error between the unified meter and A/C amp. and combination meter.
JCNWM1758GB
INL-94Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
I
DTC Index INFOID:0000000004684073
Refer to MWI-99, "DTC Index".
Function Specifications
Speedometer
Reset to zero by suspending communication.Tachometer
Fuel gauge
Water temperature gauge
Illumination control When suspending communication, change to nighttime mode.
Information display The display turns off by suspending communication.
Buzzer The buzzer turns off by suspending communication.
Warning lamp/indicator lamp
ABS warning lamp
The lamp turns on by suspending communication.
VDC OFF indicator lamp
SLIP indicator lamp
Brake warning lamp
CRUISE warning lamp
High beam indicator
The lamp turns off by suspending communication.
Turn signal indicator lamp
Oil pressure warning lamp
Malfunction indicator lamp
A/T CHECK warning lamp
Low tire pressure warning lamp
Key warning lamp
AFS OFF indicator lamp
4WAS warning lamp
Master warning lamp
AWD warning lamp
INL-95Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISINTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000004249033
CAUTION:Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III before the symptom diagnosis. Perform the trouble diag-nosis if any DTC is detected.
Symptom Possible cause Inspection item
All the following lamps do not turn ON.• Map lamp• Trunk room lamp• Step lamp• Vanity mirror lamp
• Harness between BCM and each interior room lamp
• BCM
Interior room lamp power supply circuitRefer to INL-20.
• Interior room lamp does not turn ON even though the door is open.(It turns ON when turning the interior room lamp ON.)
• Interior room lamp does not turn OFF even though the door is closed.
• Harness between BCM and each door switch
• Harness between BCM and each interior room lamp
• BCM
Door switch circuitRefer to DLK-62.
Interior room lamp control circuitRefer to INL-22.
Interior room lamp timer does not activate.(It turns ON/ OFF when the door opens/closes.)
—Check the interior room lamp setting.Refer to INL-16.
Step lamps (driver side and passenger side) do not turn ON.(Map lamp is turned ON.) • Harness between BCM and each
step lamp• BCM
Step lamp circuitRefer to INL-24.Step lamps (driver side and passenger side) do
not turn OFF.(Map lamp is turned OFF.)
• Trunk room lamp does not turn ON.(Bulb is normal.)
• Trunk room lamp does not turn OFF.
• Harness between BCM and trunk room lamp switch
• Harness between BCM and trunk room lamp
• BCM
Trunk room lamp switch circuitRefer to DLK-71.
Trunk room lamp circuitRefer to INL-26.
Push-button ignition switch illumination does not illuminate.
• Harness between BCM and push-button ignition switch
• BCM
Push-button ignition switch illumination circuitRefer to INL-28.
Interior room lamp battery saver does not acti-vate.
—Check the interior room lamp battery saver setting.Refer to INL-17.
INL-96Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< PRECAUTION >
I
PRECAUTIONPRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000004684074
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used alongwith a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certaintypes of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRSsystem uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one frontair bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT” of thisService Manual.WARNING:• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed byan authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personalinjury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air BagModule, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in thisService Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSWARNING:• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possiblycausing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect thebattery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Battery Service INFOID:0000000004684075
Before disconnecting the battery, lower both the driver and passenger windows. This will prevent any interfer-ence between the window edge and the vehicle when the door is opened/closed. During normal operation, thewindow slightly raises and lowers automatically to prevent any window to vehicle interference. The automaticwindow function will not work with the battery disconnected.
INL-97Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
MAP LAMP
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONMAP LAMP
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004249036
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004249037
Refer to INL-98, "Exploded View" for the map lamp assembly installation/removal.
Replacement INFOID:0000000004249038
CAUTION:• Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove the fuse.• Never touch the glass of bulb directly by hand. Keep grease and other oily matters away from it.• Never touch bulb by hand while it is lit or right after being turned off.• Never leave bulb out of lamp reflector for a long time because dust, moisture smoke, etc. may affect
the performance of lamp. When replacing bulb, be sure to replace it with new one.
MAP LAMP BULB1. Insert any appropriate tool into the gap between the lens. Remove the lens.2. Remove the bulb.
1. Map lamp assembly 2. Bulb 3. Lens
JPLIA0059ZZ
INL-98Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
VANITY MIRROR LAMP
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
I
VANITY MIRROR LAMP
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004249039
Replacement INFOID:0000000004249040
CAUTION:• Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove the fuse.• Never touch the glass of bulb directly by hand. Keep grease and other oily matters away from it.• Never touch bulb by hand while it is lit or right after being turned off.• Never leave bulb out of lamp reflector for a long time because dust, moisture smoke, etc. may affect
the performance of lamp. When replacing bulb, be sure to replace it with new one.
VANITY MIRROR LAMP BULB1. Insert any appropriate tool into the gap between the lens. Remove the lens.2. Remove the bulb.
1. Lens 2. Bulb
JPLIA0061ZZ
INL-99Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CIGARETTE LIGHTER ILLUMINATION
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >CIGARETTE LIGHTER ILLUMINATION
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004249041
Replacement INFOID:0000000004249042
CAUTION:• Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove the fuse.• Never touch the glass of bulb directly by hand. Keep grease and other oily matters away from it.• Never touch bulb by hand while it is lit or right after being turned off.• Never leave bulb out of lamp reflector for a long time because dust, moisture smoke, etc. may affect
the performance of lamp. When replacing bulb, be sure to replace it with new one.
CIGARETTE LIGHTER ILLUMINATION BULB1. Remove the console finisher. Refer to IP-23, "Exploded View".2. Insert any appropriate tool into the gap of the bulb socket. Widen the hook and remove the bulb socket.3. Remove the bulb.
1. Bulb socket 2. Bulb(Share with the ashtray illumination)
A Hook
JPLIA0068ZZ
INL-100Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
GLOVE BOX LAMP
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
I
GLOVE BOX LAMP
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004249043
Replacement INFOID:0000000004249044
CAUTION:• Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove the fuse.• Never touch the glass of bulb directly by hand. Keep grease and other oily matters away from it.• Never touch bulb by hand while it is lit or right after being turned off.• Never leave bulb out of lamp reflector for a long time because dust, moisture smoke, etc. may affect
the performance of lamp. When replacing bulb, be sure to replace it with new one.
GLOVE BOX LAMP BULB1. Remove the instrument assist lower panel. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".2. Rotate the bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it.3. Remove the bulb.
1. Bulb 2. Bulb socket
JPLIA0066ZZ
INL-101Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
STEP LAMP
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >STEP LAMP
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004249045
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004249046
CAUTION:Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove the fuse.
REMOVAL1. Insert any appropriate tool into the gap between the step lamp and the door trim. Remove the step lamp.2. Disconnect the connector.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.
Replacement INFOID:0000000004249047
CAUTION:• Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove the fuse.• Never touch the glass of bulb directly by hand. Keep grease and other oily matters away from it.• Never touch bulb by hand while it is lit or right after being turned off.• Never leave bulb out of lamp reflector for a long time because dust, moisture smoke, etc. may affect
the performance of lamp. When replacing bulb, be sure to replace it with new one.
STEP LAMP BULB1. Remove the step lamp. Refer to INL-102, "Exploded View".2. Remove the lens.3. Remove the bulb.
1. Step lamp case 2. Bulb 3. Lens
A Metal clip
JPLIA0062ZZ
INL-102Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
TRUNK ROOM LAMP
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
M
A
B
NL
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
I
TRUNK ROOM LAMP
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004249048
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004249049
CAUTION:Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove the fuse.
REMOVAL1. Widen the pawl (A). Open the lens (1).2. Remove the bulb.
3. Pressing the pawl (B) to the arrow direction ( ). Pull out thetrunk room lamp.
4. Disconnect the connector.5. Remove the trunk room lamp.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.
Replacement INFOID:0000000004249050
CAUTION:• Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove the fuse.• Never touch the glass of bulb directly by hand. Keep grease and other oily matters away from it.• Never touch bulb by hand while it is lit or right after being turned off.• Never leave bulb out of lamp reflector for a long time because dust, moisture smoke, etc. may affect
the performance of lamp. When replacing bulb, be sure to replace it with new one.
TRUNK ROOM LAMP BULB1. Widen the lens pawl. Open the lens.2. Remove the bulb.
1. Trunk room lamp 2. Bulb
A Pawl (for lens fixing) B. Pawl (for case installation)
JPLIA0065ZZ
SKIB8336J
INL-103Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Bulb Specifications INFOID:0000000004249051
Item Type Wattage (W)
Push-button ignition switch illumination LED —
Map lamp Wedge 8
Center console indirect illumination(Integrated into the map lamp assembly)
LED —
Vanity mirror lamp — 2
Glove box lamp — 1.4
Cigarette lighter illumination(Shared with ash tray illumination)
— 1.4
Step lamp Wedge 8
Trunk room lamp Wedge 3.4
INL-104Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BODY INTERIOR
C
D
E
SECTION INTA
B
INTERIOR
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
NT
N
O
P
CONTENTS
I
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................... 2
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAG-NOSES ................................................................ 2
Work Flow .................................................................2Inspection Procedure ................................................4Diagnostic Worksheet ...............................................6
PRECAUTION ............................................... 8
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 8Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-SIONER" ...................................................................8Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota-tion after Battery Disconnect .....................................8Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover ......9Precaution for Battery Service ..................................9Precaution for Work ..................................................9
PREPARATION ...........................................10
PREPARATION ..................................................10Special Service Tools ..............................................10Commercial Service Tools ......................................10
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ...............11
DOOR FINISHER ...............................................11Exploded View ........................................................11
Removal and Installation .........................................11
BODY SIDE TRIM .............................................14Exploded View .........................................................14Removal and Installation .........................................14
REAR PARCEL SHELF FINISHER ..................17Exploded View .........................................................17Removal and Installation .........................................17
FLOOR TRIM ....................................................19Exploded View .........................................................19Removal and Installation .........................................19
HEADLINING ....................................................21
NORMAL ROOF ........................................................21NORMAL ROOF : Exploded View ...........................21NORMAL ROOF : Removal and Installation ...........22
SUNROOF ..................................................................23SUNROOF : Exploded View ....................................24SUNROOF : Removal and Installation ....................24
TRUNK ROOM TRIM ........................................27Exploded View .........................................................27Removal and Installation .........................................27
TRUNK LID TRIM ..............................................29Exploded View .........................................................29Removal and Installation .........................................29
INT-1Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISSQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Work Flow INFOID:0000000004676912
CUSTOMER INTERVIEWInterview the customer if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. Use the Diag-nostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and anycustomer comments. Refer to INT-6, "Diagnostic Worksheet". This information is necessary to duplicate theconditions that exist when the noise occurs.• The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to obtain
all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur).• If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, perform a diagnosis and repair the noise that the customer is
concerned about. This can be accomplished by performing a test drive with the customer.• After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics
are provided so that the customer, service adviser, and technician use the same language when describingthe noise.
• Squeak – (Like tennis shoes on a clean floor)Squeak characteristics include the light contact / fast movement / brought on by road conditions / hard sur-faces = high-pitched noise / softer surfaces = low-pitched noises / edge to surface = chirping
• Creak – (Like walking on an old wooden floor)Creak characteristics include firm contact / slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement / pitchdependent on materials / often brought on by activity.
• Rattle – (Like shaking a baby rattle)Rattle characteristics include fast repeated contact / vibration or similar movement / loose parts/missing clipor fastener / incorrect clearance.
• Knock – (Like a knock on a door)Knock characteristics include hollow sounds / sometimes repeating / often brought on by driver action.
• Tick – (Like a clock second hand)Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials / loose components / can be caused by driveraction or road conditions.
• Thump – (Heavy, muffled knock noise)Thump characteristics include softer knock / dull sounds often brought on by activity.
• Buzz – (Like a bumblebee)Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle / firm contact.
• Often the degree of acceptable noise level varies depending upon the person. A noise that a technician mayjudge as acceptable may be very irritating to a customer.
• Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level.
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE
SBT842
INT-2Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
NT
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
I
If possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information onthe Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used toduplicate the same conditions when the repair is reconfirmed.If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, do the following with the vehicle stopped to helpidentify the source of the noise.1) Close a door.2) Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from.3) Rev the engine.4) Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle “twist”.5) At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T models, drive position on A/T models).6) Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer.• Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs.• If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the
vehicle body.
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINSAfter verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) relatedto the concern or symptom.If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise.
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE1. Narrow down the noise to a general area. To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool
(Chassis ear: J-39570, engine ear, and mechanics stethoscope).2. Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by:• Removing the component(s) in the area(s) that is / are suspected to be the cause of the noise.
Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fasteners can be brokenor lost during the repair, creating a new noise.
• Tapping or pushing/pulling the component(s) that is / are suspected to be the cause of the noise.Do not tap or push/pull the component(s) with excessive force, otherwise the noise is eliminated only tempo-rarily.
• Feeling for a vibration by hand by touching the component(s) that is / are suspected to be the cause of thenoise.
• Placing a piece of paper between components that are suspected to be the cause of the noise.• Looking for loose components and contact marks.
Refer to INT-4, "Inspection Procedure".
REPAIR THE CAUSE• If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely.• If the cause is insufficient clearance between components:- Separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the components, if possible.- Insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape, or ure-
thane tape. A NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) is available through the authorized NISSAN PartsDepartment.
CAUTION:Never use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged.NOTE:Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.The following materials are contained in the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980). Each item can beordered separately as needed.URETHANE PADS [1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick]Insulates connectors, harness, etc.• 76268-9E005: 100 × 135 mm (3.937 × 5.315 in)• 76884-71L01: 60 × 85 mm (2.362 × 3.346 in)• 76884-71L02: 15 × 25 mm (0.591 × 0.984 in)INSULATOR (Foam blocks)Insulates components from contact. Can be used to fill space behind a panel.• 73982-9E000: 45 mm (1.772 in) thick, 50 × 50 mm (1.969 × 1.969 in)• 73982-50Y00: 10 mm (0.394 in) thick, 50 × 50 mm (1.969 × 1.969 in)INSULATOR (Light foam block)80845-71L00: 30 mm (1.18 in) thick, 30 × 50 mm (1.181 × 1.969in)FELT CLOTHTAPE
INT-3Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >Used to insulate where movement does not occur. Ideal for instrument panel applications.• 68370-4B000: 15 × 25 mm (0.591 × 0.984 in) pad• 68239-13E00: 5 mm (0.197 in) wide tape rollThe following materials, not found in the kit, can also be used to repair squeaks and rattles.UHMW (TEFLON) TAPEInsulates where slight movement is present. Ideal for instrument panel applications.SILICONE GREASEUsed in place of UHMW tape that is visible or does not fit. Only lasts a few months.SILICONE SPRAYUsed when grease cannot be applied.DUCT TAPEUsed to eliminate movement.CONFIRM THE REPAIRAfter repair is complete, test drive the vehicle to confirm that the cause of noise is repaired by test driving thevehicle. Operate the vehicle under the same conditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to thenotes on the Diagnostic Worksheet.
Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000004676913
Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information.
INSTRUMENT PANELMost incidents are caused by contact and movement between:1. The cluster lid A and instrument panel2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing3. Instrument panel to front pillar garnish4. Instrument panel to windshield5. Instrument panel mounting pins6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint
These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or bypressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired byapplying felt cloth tape or silicon spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulatewiring harness.CAUTION:Never use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If the area is saturated with silicone, therecheck of repair becomes impossible.
CENTER CONSOLEComponents to check include:1. Shifter assembly cover to finisher2. A/C control unit and cluster lid C3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unitThe instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console.
DOORSCheck the following items:1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise2. Inside handle escutcheon connection to door finisher3. Wiring harnesses tapping4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stopsTapping, moving the components, or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolatemany of these incidents. The areas can usually be insulated with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks fromthe NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) to repair the noise.
TRUNKTrunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the customer.In addition check for the following items:
INT-4Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
NT
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
I
1. Trunk lid dumpers out of adjustment2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment3. Trunk lid torsion bars knocking together4. A loose license plate or bracketMost of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing, or insulating the item(s) or component(s) caus-ing the noise.
SUNROOF/HEADLININGNoises in the sunroof / headlining area can often be traced to one of the following items:1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage, or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise2. Sunvisor shaft shaking in the holder3. Front or rear windshield touching headlining and squeakingAgain, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of theseincidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape.
SEATSWhen isolating seat noise it is important to note the position the seat is in and the load placed on the seatwhen the noise occurs. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of thenoise.Causes of seat noise include:1. Headrest rods and holder2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame3. The rear seatback lock and bracketThese noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the con-ditions under which the noise occurs. Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the componentor applying urethane tape to the contact area.
UNDERHOODSome interior noise may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is thentransmitted into the passenger compartment.Causes of transmitted underhood noise include:1. Any component mounted to the engine wall2. Components that pass through the engine wall3. Engine wall mounts and connectors4. Loose radiator mounting pins5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment6. Hood striker out of adjustmentThese noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The bestmethod is to secure, move, or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine RPMor load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, orinsulating the component causing the noise.
INT-5Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >Diagnostic Worksheet INFOID:0000000004677008
PIIB8741E
INT-6Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
NT
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
I
PIIB8742E
INT-7Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >PRECAUTIONPRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000004636007
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used alongwith a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certaintypes of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRSsystem uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one frontair bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT” of thisService Manual.WARNING:• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed byan authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personalinjury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air BagModule, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in thisService Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSWARNING:• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possiblycausing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect thebattery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery DisconnectINFOID:0000000004636008
NOTE:• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the push-button ignition switch to the LOCK posi-
tion, then disconnect both battery cables.• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect both
battery cables.• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results.For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock andcannot be turned.If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro-cedure below before starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Turn the push-button ignition switch to ACC position.(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-nected and the steering wheel can be turned.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.
INT-8Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
NT
N
O
P
< PRECAUTION >
I
5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turnthe push-button ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steeringwheel will lock when the push-button ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000004636009
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, coverthe lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.
Precaution for Battery Service INFOID:0000000004688909
Before disconnecting the battery, lower both the driver and passenger windows. This will prevent any interfer-ence between the window edge and the vehicle when the door is opened/closed. During normal operation, thewindow slightly raises and lowers automatically to prevent any window to vehicle interference. The automaticwindow function will not work with the battery disconnected.
Precaution for Work INFOID:0000000004636010
• After removing and installing the opening/closing parts, be sure to carry out fitting adjustments to check theiroperation.
• Check the lubrication level, damage, and wear of each part. If necessary, grease or replace it.
PIIB3706J
INT-9Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >PREPARATIONPREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000004636001
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000004636002
Tool number(Kent-Moore No.)Tool name
Description
(J-39570)Chassis ear
Locates the noise
(J-43980)NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit
Repairs the cause of noise
SIIA0993E
SIIA0994E
Tool name Description
Engine ear Locates the noise
Remover tool Removes clips, pawls and metal clips
SIIA0995E
JMKIA3050ZZ
INT-10Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DOOR FINISHER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
NT
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
I
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONDOOR FINISHER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004498872
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004498873
CAUTION:When removing, always use a remover tool that is made of plastic.
REMOVAL1. Fully open door window.2. Remove inside handle escutcheon (1) with remover tool (A).
1. Door panel assembly 2. Inside handle escutcheon 3. Door finisher assembly
4. Armrest cap 5. Step lamp 6. Speaker grille
7. Seat memory switch 8. Inside handle
: Clip
: Pawl
: Metal clip
JMJIA2778ZZ
: Pawl
JMJIA0073GB
INT-11Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DOOR FINISHER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >3. Remove bolt (A), located behind the inside handle escutcheon.
4. Remove armrest cap (1) with remover tool (A).
5. Remove screws (A), located behind the armrest cap.
6. Remove step lamp (1).Refer to INL-102, "Removal and Installation".
7. Insert a remover tool (A) into clips on door finisher (1), and dis-engage clips.
CAUTION:Insert a remover tool into the part shown in the figure.(Between the clips and the body side panel).
JMJIA0074GB
: Pawl
JMJIA0957ZZ
JMJIA0958ZZ
JMJIA0077GB
: Clip
JMJIA0078GB
INT-12Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DOOR FINISHER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
NT
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
I
8. Pull up door finisher and pull out toward vehicle inside.• Disconnect seat memory switch connector (A) (with ADP).• Disconnect tweeter connector (B) (with BASE AUDIO).• Disconnect door squawker connector (B) (with BOSE AUDIO).
9. Disconnect the inside handle cable from door inside handle assembly. Refer to DLK-231, "INSIDE HAN-DLE : Exploded View".
10. Disconnect power window switch connector and mirror control switch connector.11. Remove door finisher.12. Remove the following parts after removing door finisher.
• Door inside handle assembly. Refer to DLK-231, "INSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View".• Seat memory switch (with ADP). Refer to ADP-232, "Removal and Installation".• Tweeter. Refer to AV-115, "Removal and Installation".• Door squawker (with BOSE AUDIO). Refer to AV-618, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.CAUTION:When installing door finisher, check that clips are securely fitted in panel holes on body, and thenpress them in.
JMJIA0080GB
INT-13Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BODY SIDE TRIM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >BODY SIDE TRIM
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004498874
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004498875
CAUTION:• When removing, always use a remover tool that is made of plastic.• Never damage the body.
REMOVAL
FRONT PILLAR GARNISH
1. Release front pillar portion of body side welt.
1. Front pillar garnish 2. Kicking plate outer 3. Dash side finisher
4. Kicking plate inner 5. Rear side finisher 6. Rear pillar finisher
7. Back pillar garnish 8. Body side welt
: Clip
: Pawl
: Metal clip
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for the symbols in the figure.
JMJIA2411ZZ
INT-14Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BODY SIDE TRIM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
NT
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
I
2. Remove front pillar garnish fixing clip and metal clip with aremover tool (A), and then remove front pillar garnish (1).
DASH SIDE FINISHER
1. Remove instrument passenger lower cover. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".2. Remove kicking plate inner.3. Remove clip (A).4. Remove dash side finisher fixing clips with a remover tool (B),
and then remove dash side finisher (1).
KICKING PLATE OUTERRemove kicking plate outer fixing clips with a remover tool (A), andthen remove kicking plate outer (1).
KICKING PLATE INNER
1. Pull up kicking plate inner, and disconnect pawls. 2. Remove kicking plate inner (1).
BODY SIDE WELT
1. Remove kicking plate inner.2. Remove body side welt.
REAR SIDE FINISHER
1. Remove rear seat cushion and rear seatback. Refer to SE-192, "Removal and Installation".
: Clip
: Metal clip
JMJIA1273ZZ
: Clip
JMJIA0961ZZ
: Clip
JMJIA0082GB
: Pawl
JMJIA0962ZZ
INT-15Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BODY SIDE TRIM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >2. Remove body side welt.3. Remove rear side finisher (1) fixing clips with a remover tool (A),and then disconnect rear speaker harness connector.
4. Remove rear side finisher.
BACK PILLAR GARNISH
1. Remove back pillar garnish (1) fixing clips and pawls with aremover tool (A).
2. Remove back pillar garnish (1) from rear pillar finisher (2).
REAR PILLAR FINISHER
1. Remove rear seat cushion and rear seatback. Refer to SE-192, "Removal and Installation".2. Remove body side welt.3. Remove rear side finisher.4. Remove front seat belt floor anchor bolt. Refer to SB-8, "SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Exploded View".5. Remove rear seat belt floor anchor bolt. Refer to SB-12, "SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Exploded View".6. Remove rear seat belt escutcheon fixing pawls with remover tool
(A), and then remove rear seat belt escutcheon (1) from rear pil-lar finisher (2).
7. Remove back pillar garnish.8. Remove rear pillar finisher fixing clips, pawl, metal clips with a remover tool, and then remove rear pillar
finisher.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.CAUTION:Check that clips are securely fitted in panel holes on body when installing, and then press them in.
: Clip
JMJIA0963ZZ
: Clip
: Pawl
: Metal clip
JMJIA2439ZZ
: Pawl
JMJIA0965ZZ
INT-16Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR PARCEL SHELF FINISHER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
NT
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
I
REAR PARCEL SHELF FINISHER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004498876
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004498877
REMOVAL1. Remove trunk front finisher upper (without REAR SPOILER). Refer to INT-27, "Removal and Installation".
1. Rear speaker grille 2. Child anchor cover 3. Rear seatback finisher RH
4. Rear seatback finisher LH 5. Push on nut 6. Rear parcel shelf finisher
7. Rear seatback welt 8. High-mounted stop lamp assembly 9. High-mounted stop lamp cover
10. Rear seat striker cover
: Clip
: Pawl
JMJIA0966ZZ
INT-17Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR PARCEL SHELF FINISHER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >2. Disconnect high-mounted stop lamp harness connector (A).(without REAR SPOILER)
3. Remove rear seat cushion and rear seatback. Refer to SE-192, "Removal and Installation".4. Remove rear side finisher and rear pillar finisher. Refer to INT-14, "Removal and Installation".5. Remove rear parcel shelf finisher mounting clips (A).
6. Remove rear seat striker cover fixing pawls, and then remove rear seat striker cover.7. Pull rear parcel shelf finisher, and then remove rear parcel shelf finisher.8. Remove the following parts after removing rear parcel shelf finisher.
• Child anchor cover.• Rear speaker grille.• High-mounted stop lamp (without REAR SPOILER). Refer to EXL-205, "WITHOUT REAR SPOILER :
Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.CAUTION:Check that clips are securely fitted in panel holes on body when installing, and then press them in.
JMJIA0090GB
JMJIA0967ZZ
INT-18Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FLOOR TRIM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
NT
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
I
FLOOR TRIM
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004501396
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004501397
REMOVAL1. Remove front seat assembly (LH/RH). Refer to SE-182, "Removal and Installation".2. Remove rear seat cushion. Refer to SE-192, "Removal and Installation".3. Remove accelerator pedal pad. Refer to BR-19, "Removal and Installation".4. Disengage clip of floor hook (1) with remover tool (A).
5. Remove foot grille. Refer to VTL-13, "FOOT GRILLE : Removal and Installation".
1. Floor hook 2. Floor trim 3. Fixing clip
4. Rear floor spacer (RH) 5. Rear floor spacer (LH) 6. Front floor spacer (LH)
7. Front floor spacer (RH) 8. Footrest
JMJIA0968ZZ
: Clip
JMJIA0092GB
INT-19Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FLOOR TRIM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >6. Remove front seat belt floor anchor bolt (LH/RH). Refer to SB-8, "SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Exploded View".7. Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-24, "Removal and Installation".8. Remove instrument lower cover, instrument driver panel, instrument assist lower panel and instrumentside panel (LH/RH). Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".9. Remove YAW RATE/G-SENSOR (1).
Refer to BRC-104, "Removal and Installation".10. Remove diagnosis sensor unit (2).
Refer to SR-24, "Removal and Installation".11. Remove console rear bracket (3).
Refer to IP-24, "Removal and Installation".12. Remove floor harness mounting clamps (A).
13. Remove dash side finisher (LH/RH), front kicking plate inner (LH/RH) and body side welt (LH/RH).Refer to INT-14, "Removal and Installation".
14. Remove floor trim mounting clips and fixing nuts.15. Remove floor trim from floor trim fixing clips (A) and remove floor
carpet (1).
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.
JMJIA0093GB
JMJIA0094GB
INT-20Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEADLINING
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
NT
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
I
HEADLININGNORMAL ROOF
NORMAL ROOF : Exploded View INFOID:0000000004498880
1. Sun visor holder 2. Sun visor cover 3. Sun visor assembly
4. Roof front finisher 5. Assist grip 6. Headlining assembly
7. Rear hidden clip 8. Antenna feeder 9. Roof console assembly
10. Dual lock fastener 11. Roof harness 12. Roof bracket
13. Roof plate assembly 14. Map lamp assembly 15. Map lamp bulbs (LH/RH)
16. Map lamp lens (LH/RH)
: Clip
: Pawl
: Metal clip
:Vehicle front
JMJIA2734ZZ
INT-21Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEADLINING
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >NORMAL ROOF : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004498881
REMOVAL1. Remove front pillar garnish (LH/RH) and body side welt (LH/RH).
Refer to INT-14, "Removal and Installation".2. Remove antenna feeder securing clips with a remover tool after
removing front pillar garnish (LH), then disconnect antennafeeder connectors (A).
3. Remove front roof finisher mounting metal clips and pawls with aremover tool (A), and then remove front roof finisher (1).
4. Remove sun visor assembly (LH/RH).• Remove sun visor cover.• Remove sun visor assembly mounting screws.• Disconnect vanity mirror lamp harness connectors.
5. Rotate 45 degrees and remove sun visor holder (1) (LH/RH).
6. Remove mounting plastic clips (A) using a screwdriver (B) offront and rear assistance grips (1), and then remove assist grips.
7. Remove rear seat cushion and seatback. Refer to SE-192, "Removal and Installation".
: Clip
JMJIA0101GB
: Pawl
: Metal clip
JMJIA2482ZZ
JMJIA2481ZZ
JMJIA0096GB
INT-22Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEADLINING
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
NT
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
I
8. Remove front kicking plate inner (LH/RH), rear side finisher (LH/RH), rear pillar finisher (LH/RH).Refer to INT-14, "Removal and Installation".
9. Disconnect antenna feeder connectors (A) of antenna amplifierand sub-antenna feeder (1) after removing rear pillar finisher(LH), and then remove antenna feeder securing clip and groundcable fixing bolt (B).
10. With a remover tool, remove body side mounting plastic clip from rear end of headlining.11. Pull the roof console assembly toward vehicle lower, and disen-
gage the metal clips (B) and the dual-lock fastener (A). CAUTION:Roof console assembly is crimped from back of headlining.Remove it by disengaging the crimped area of back of roofconsole assembly after removing headlining from the vehi-cle.
12. Put front seat to front must and recline seat back to backward. 13. Remove headlining (1), turn and take out from right side door.
CAUTION:• When removing the headlining, 2 workers are required. (1
for the front and rear of headlining)• Cover center console finisher upper surface with a shop
cloth to prevent it from being damaged.• Never bend headlining when removing.
14. Remove the following parts after removing headlining.• Map lamp assembly (without LDW system). Refer to INT-21, "NORMAL ROOF : Exploded View".• Roof harness assembly.• Antenna feeder assembly.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.CAUTION:• Install headlining assembly after inserting clips to clip holder of headlining rear end.• Never bend headlining when installing.SUNROOF
: Clip
JMJIA0971ZZ
JMJIA0099GB
JMJIA0975ZZ
INT-23Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEADLINING
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >SUNROOF : Exploded View INFOID:0000000004498882
SUNROOF : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004498883
REMOVAL
1. Sun visor holder 2. Sun visor cover 3. Sun visor assembly
4. Roof front finisher 5. Assist grip 6. Headlining assembly
7. Rear hidden clip 8. Antenna feeder 9. Roof console assembly
10. Dual lock fastener 11. Roof harness 12. Roof bracket
13. Roof plate assembly 14. Map lamp assembly 15. Map lamp bulbs (LH/RH)
16. Map lamp lens (LH/RH)
: Clip
: Pawl
: Metal clip
: Vehicle front
JMJIA2735ZZ
INT-24Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEADLINING
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
NT
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
I
1. Remove front pillar garnish (LH/RH) and body side welt (LH/RH).Refer to INT-14, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove antenna feeder securing clips with a remover tool afterremoving front pillar garnish (LH), then disconnect antennafeeder connectors (A).
3. Remove front roof finisher mounting metal clips and pawls with aremover tool (A), and then remove front roof finisher (1).
4. Remove sun visor assembly (LH/RH).• Remove sun visor cover.• Remove sun visor assembly mounting screws.• Disconnect vanity mirror lamp harness connectors.
5. Rotate 45 degrees and remove sun visor holder (1) (LH/RH).
6. Remove mounting plastic clips (A) using a screwdriver (B) offront and rear assistance grips (1), and then remove assist grips.
7. Remove rear seat cushion and seatback. Refer to SE-192, "Removal and Installation".8. Remove front kicking plate inner (LH/RH), rear side finisher (LH/RH), rear pillar finisher (LH/RH).
Refer to INT-14, "Removal and Installation".
: Clip
JMJIA0101GB
: Pawl
: Metal clip
JMJIA2482ZZ
JMJIA2481ZZ
JMJIA0096GB
INT-25Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEADLINING
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >9. Disconnect antenna feeder connectors (A) of antenna amplifierand sub-antenna feeder (1) after removing rear pillar finisher(LH), and then remove antenna feeder securing clip and groundcable fixing bolt (B).
10. With a remover tool, remove body side mounting plastic clip from rear end of headlining.11. Pull the roof console assembly toward vehicle lower, and disen-
gage the metal clips (B) and the dual-lock fastener (A). CAUTION:Roof console assembly is crimped from back of headlining.Remove it by disengaging the crimped area of back of roofconsole assembly after removing headlining from the vehi-cle.
12. Put front seat to front must and recline seat back to backward. 13. Remove headlining (1), turn and take out from right side door.
CAUTION:• When removing the headlining, 2 workers are required. (1
for the front and rear of headlining)• Cover center console finisher upper surface with a shop
cloth to prevent it from being damaged.• Never bend headlining when removing.
14. Remove the following parts after removing headlining.• Map lamp assembly (without LDW system). Refer to INT-24, "SUNROOF : Exploded View".• Roof harness assembly.• Antenna feeder assembly.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.CAUTION:• Install headlining assembly after inserting clips to clip holder of headlining rear end.• Never bend headlining when installing.
: Clip
JMJIA0971ZZ
JMJIA0099GB
JMJIA0972ZZ
INT-26Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
TRUNK ROOM TRIM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
NT
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
I
TRUNK ROOM TRIM
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004501398
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004498885
REMOVAL1. Fully open trunk lid assembly.2. Remove trunk floor carpet.3. Remove trunk rear plate mounting clips, hold and pull the trunk rear plate to disengage the metal clip and
then remove it.4. Remove trunk floor cover mounting clips, and then remove trunk floor cover.5. Remove trunk weather-strip.6. Remove trunk rear finisher mounting clips and trunk net hook, and then remove trunk rear finisher.7. Remove trunk center box.8. Remove spare tire.(With spare tire)9. Remove rear seatback welt. Refer to INT-17, "Exploded View".
1. Trunk front finisher upper 2. Trunk floor cover 3. Rear wheel house finisher LH
4. Trunk floor spacer LH 5. Trunk floor felt 6. Trunk rear finisher
7. Trunk rear plate 8. Rear wheel house finisher (RH) 9. Rear seat control lever escutcheon
10. Trunk floor carpet 11. Trunk center box 12. Trunk floor spacer RH
: Clip
: Pawl
: Metal clip
JMJIA0973ZZ
INT-27Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
TRUNK ROOM TRIM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >10. Remove trunk front finisher mounting clips and metal clips, and then remove trunk front finisher.11. Remove trunk side finisher mounting clip and metal clip, and then remove trunk side finisher (LH/RH).12. Remove jack.13. Remove the trunk floor spacer cover.14. Remove trunk floor spacer mounting nuts, and then remove trunk floor spacer (LH/RH).INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.CAUTION:Check that clips, pawls, metal clips are securely fitted in panel holes on body when installing, and thenpress them in.
INT-28Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
TRUNK LID TRIM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
NT
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
I
TRUNK LID TRIM
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004498886
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004498887
REMOVAL1. Fully open trunk lid assembly.2. Remove trunk lid bumper rubber. Refer to DLK-221, "TRUNK LID ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation".3. Remove trunk lid pull handle (1).
1. Trunk lid bumper rubber 2. Trunk lid finisher inner 3. Trunk lid assembly
4. Emergency handle 5. Trunk lid pull handle
: Pawl
JMJIA0974ZZ
: Pawl
JMJIA0104GB
INT-29Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
TRUNK LID TRIM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >4. Remove trunk lid emergency handle holder (1).5. Remove trunk lid finisher mounting clips, and then remove trunk lid finisher inner.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.
: Clip
JMJIA0105GB
INT-30Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BODY INTERIOR
C
D
E
SECTION IPA
B
INSTRUMENT PANEL
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
P
N
O
P
CONTENTS
I
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................... 2
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAG-NOSES ................................................................ 2
Work Flow .................................................................2Inspection Procedure ................................................4Diagnostic Worksheet ...............................................6
PRECAUTION ............................................... 8
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 8Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-SIONER" ...................................................................8Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota-tion after Battery Disconnect .....................................8Precaution for Battery Service ..................................9Precaution .................................................................9
PREPARATION ...........................................10
PREPARATION .................................................10Special Service Tools ............................................10Commercial Service Tools .....................................10
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ...............11
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY .................11Exploded View .........................................................11Removal and Installation .........................................12
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY ....................23Exploded View .........................................................23Removal and Installation .........................................24Disassembly and Assembly .....................................27
IP-1Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISSQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Work Flow INFOID:0000000004392115
CUSTOMER INTERVIEWInterview the customer if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. Use the Diag-nostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and any ofcustomer's comments; refer to IP-6, "Diagnostic Worksheet". This information is necessary to duplicate theconditions that exist when the noise occurs.• The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to obtain
all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur).• If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, perform a diagnosis and repair the noise that the customer is
concerned about. This can be accomplished by performing a cruise test on the vehicle with the customer.• After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics
are provided so the customer, service adviser and technician are all speaking the same language whendefining the noise.
• Squeak – (Like tennis shoes on a clean floor)Squeak characteristics include the light contact/fast movement/brought on by road conditions/hard surfaces= higher pitch noise/softer surfaces = lower pitch noises/edge to surface = chirping
• Creak – (Like walking on an old wooden floor)Creak characteristics include firm contact/slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement/pitch depen-dent on materials/often brought on by activity.
• Rattle – (Like shaking a baby rattle)Rattle characteristics include the fast repeated contact/vibration or similar movement/loose parts/missingclip or fastener/incorrect clearance.
• Knock – (Like a knock on a door)Knock characteristics include hollow sounding/sometimes repeating/often brought on by driver action.
• Tick – (Like a clock second hand)Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials/loose components/can be caused by driveraction or road conditions.
• Thump – (Heavy, muffled knock noise)Thump characteristics include softer knock/dead sound often brought on by activity.
• Buzz – (Like a bumblebee)Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle/firm contact.
• Often the degree of acceptable noise level will vary depending up on the person. A noise that a technicianmay judge as acceptable may be very irritating to the customer.
• Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level.
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE
SBT842
IP-2Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
P
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
I
If possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information onthe Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used toduplicate the same conditions when the repair is reconfirmed.If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, to help identify the source of the noise, try to dupli-cate the noise with the vehicle stopped by doing one or all of the following:1) Close a door.2) Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from.3) Rev the engine.4) Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle “twist”.5) At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T models, drive position on A/T models).6) Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer.• Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs.• If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the
vehicle body.
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINSAfter verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) relatedto that concern or symptom.If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise.
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE1. Narrow down the noise to a general area. To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool
(Chassis ear: J-39570, Engine ear and mechanics stethoscope).2. Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by:• Removing the components in the area that is are suspected to be the cause of the noise.
Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fastener can be brokenor lost during the repair, resulting in the creation of new noise.
• Tapping or pushing/pulling the component that is are suspected to be the cause of the noise.Do not tap or push/pull the component with excessive force, otherwise the noise will be eliminated only tem-porarily.
• Feeling for a vibration by hand by touching the component(s) that is are suspected to be the cause of thenoise.
• Placing a piece of paper between components that are suspected to be the cause of the noise.• Looking for loose components and contact marks.
Refer to IP-4, "Inspection Procedure".
REPAIR THE CAUSE• If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely.• If the cause is insufficient clearance between components:- Separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the component, if possible.- Insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape or ure-
thane tape. A Nissan Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) is available through the authorized Nissan PartsDepartment.
CAUTION:Never use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged.NOTE:Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.The following materials are contained in the Nissan Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980). Each item can beordered separately as needed.URETHANE PADS [1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick]Insulates connectors, harness, etc.• 76268-9E005: 100 × 135 mm (3.937 × 5.315 in)• 76884-71L01: 60 × 85 mm (2.362 × 3.346 in)• 76884-71L02:15 × 25 mm (0.591 × 0.984 in)INSULATOR (Foam blocks)Insulates components from contact. Can be used to fill space behind a panel.• 73982-9E000: 45 mm (1.772 in) thick, 50 × 50 mm (1.969 × 1.969 in)• 73982-50Y00: 10 mm (0.394 in) thick, 50 × 50 mm (1.969 × 1.969 in)INSULATOR (Light foam block)80845-71L00: 30 mm (1.18 in) thick, 30 × 50 mm (1.181 × 1.969in)FELT CLOTHTAPE
IP-3Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >Used to insulate where movement does not occur. Ideal for instrument panel applications.• 68370-4B000: 15 × 25 mm (0.591 × 0.984 in) pad• 68239-13E00: 5 mm (0.197 in) wide tape rollThe following materials, not found in the kit, can also be used to repair squeaks and rattles.UHMW (TEFLON) TAPEInsulates where slight movement is present. Ideal for instrument panel applications.SILICONE GREASEUsed in place of UHMW tape that is be visible or does not fit. Will only last a few months.SILICONE SPRAYUsed when grease cannot be applied.DUCT TAPEUsed to eliminate movement.CONFIRM THE REPAIRConfirm that the cause of a noise is repaired by test driving the vehicle. Operate the vehicle under the sameconditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to the notes on the Diagnostic Worksheet.
Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000004392116
Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information.
INSTRUMENT PANELMost incidents are caused by contact and movement between:1. The cluster lid A and instrument panel2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing3. Instrument panel to front pillar garnish4. Instrument panel to windshield5. Instrument panel mounting pins6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint
These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or bypressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired byapplying felt cloth tape or silicon spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulatewiring harness.CAUTION:Never use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If the area is saturated with silicone, therecheck of repair becomes impossible.
CENTER CONSOLEComponents to pay attention to include:1. Shifter assembly cover to finisher2. A/C control unit and cluster lid C3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unitThe instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console.
DOORSPay attention to the following:1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise2. Inside handle escutcheon to door finisher3. Wiring harnesses tapping4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stopsTapping or moving the components or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolatemany of these incidents. The areas can usually be insulated with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks fromthe Nissan Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) to repair the noise.
TRUNKTrunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the customer.In addition look for the following:1. Trunk lid dumpers out of adjustment
IP-4Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
P
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
I
2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment3. The trunk lid torsion bars knocking together4. A loose license plate or bracketMost of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing or insulating the item(s) or component(s) caus-ing the noise.
SUNROOF/HEADLININGNoises in the sunroof/headlining area can often be traced to one of the following:1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise2. Sunvisor shaft shaking in the holder3. Front or rear windshield touching headlining and squeakingAgain, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of theseincidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape.
SEATSWhen isolating seat noise it's important to note the position the seats in and the load placed on the seat whenthe noise occurs. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of the noise.Cause of seat noise include:1. Headrest rods and holder2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame3. The rear seatback lock and bracketThese noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the con-ditions under which the noise occurs.Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the componentor applying urethane tape to the contact area.
UNDERHOODSome interior noise may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is thentransmitted into the passenger compartment.Causes of transmitted underhood noise include:1. Any component mounted to the engine wall2. Components that pass through the engine wall3. Engine wall mounts and connectors4. Loose radiator mounting pins5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment6. Hood striker out of adjustmentThese noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The bestmethod is to secure, move or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine RPMor load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, orinsulating the component causing the noise.
IP-5Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >Diagnostic Worksheet INFOID:0000000004250002
PIIB8741E
IP-6Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
P
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
I
PIIB8742E
IP-7Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >PRECAUTIONPRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000004250003
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used alongwith a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certaintypes of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRSsystem uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one frontair bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT” of thisService Manual.WARNING:• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed byan authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personalinjury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air BagModule, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in thisService Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSWARNING:• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possiblycausing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect thebattery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery DisconnectINFOID:0000000004250004
NOTE:• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the push-button ignition switch to the LOCK posi-
tion, then disconnect both battery cables.• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect both
battery cables.• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results.For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock andcannot be turned.If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro-cedure below before starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Turn the push-button ignition switch to ACC position.(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-nected and the steering wheel can be turned.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.
IP-8Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
P
N
O
P
< PRECAUTION >
I
5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turnthe push-button ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steeringwheel will lock when the push-button ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution for Battery Service INFOID:0000000004678497
Before disconnecting the battery, lower both the driver and passenger windows. This will prevent any interfer-ence between the window edge and the vehicle when the door is opened/closed. During normal operation, thewindow slightly raises and lowers automatically to prevent any window to vehicle interference. The automaticwindow function will not work with the battery disconnected.
Precaution INFOID:0000000004250005
• Disconnect both battery cables in advance.• Disconnect air bag system line in advance.• Never tamper with or force air bag lid open, as this may adversely affect air bag performance.• Be careful not to scratch pad and other parts.• When removing or disassembling any part, be careful not to damage or deform it. Protect parts, which may
get in the way with cloth.• When removing parts with a screwdriver or other tool, protect parts by wrapping them with vinyl or tape. • Keep removed parts protected with cloth.• If a clip is deformed or damaged, replace it.• If an unreusable part is removed, replace it with a new one.• Tighten bolts and nuts firmly to the specified torque.• After re-assembly has been completed, make sure each part functions correctly.• Remove stains in the following way.Water-soluble stains:Dip a soft cloth in warm water, and then squeeze it tightly. After wiping the stain, wipe with a soft dry cloth.Oil stain:Dissolve a synthetic detergent in warm water (density of 2 to 3% or less), dip the cloth, then clean off the stainwith the cloth. Next, dip the cloth in fresh water and squeeze it tightly. Then clean off the detergent completely.Then wipe the area with a soft dry cloth.• Never use any organic solvent, such as thinner or benzine.
IP-9Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >PREPARATIONPREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000004250006
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000004250007
Tool number(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool nameDescription
(J-39570)Chassis ear
Locates the noise
(J-43980)NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit
Repairs the cause of noise
SIIA0993E
SIIA0994E
Tool name Description
Engine ear Locates the noise
Remover tool Removes clips, pawls, and metal clips
Power tool
SIIA0995E
JMKIA3050ZZ
PIIB1407E
IP-10Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
P
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
I
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONINSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004250008
JMJIA0343ZZ
IP-11Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004250009
CAUTION:When removing, always use a remover tool that is made of plastic.
WORK STEPWhen removing instrument panel assembly, combination meter, audio unit, and center console take steps inthe order shown by the number below.
1. Instrument finisher A 2. Cluster lid A (Combination meter) 3. Steering column cover upper
4. Steering column cover lower 5. Steering column side cover LH 6. Steering column side cover RH
7. Steering column mask 8. Cluster lid A lower bracket 9. Steering column front lower cover
10. Meter bracket 11. Knee protector 12. Instrument lower panel LH
13. Cluster lid C 14. AV control unit 15. Cluster lid D
16. Center ventilator grille LH 17. Center ventilator grille RH 18. Glove box assembly
19. Glove box lock assembly 20. Instrument finisher B 21. Instrument lower cover
22. Instrument lower panel RH 23. Instrument side panel LH 24. Instrument side panel RH
25. Instrument side finisher RH 26. Instrument side finisher LH 27. Instrument panel assembly
28. Center speaker grille 29. Display unit 30. Display unit bracket
: Clip
: Pawl
: Metal clip
PARTSINSTRUMENT PANEL
ASSEMBLYCOMBINATION
METERAV CONTROL UNIT
CENTER CONSOLE
Selector/shift lever Knob [1] [1] [1]
Console finisher [2] [2] [2]
Rear upper console assembly(7AT models only)
[3] [3]
Coin pocket (6MT models only) [4] [4]
Console rear finisher [5] [5]
Console mask [6] [6]
Center console assembly [7] [7]
Cluster lid C [8] [3]
Cluster lid D [9] [4]
Display unit [10] [5]
AV control unit [11] [6]
Body side welt LH [12]
Front pillar garnish LH [13]
Instrument side finisher LH [14]
Instrument lower panel LH [15]
Instrument finisher A [16]
Instrument side panel LH [17]
Steering wheel assembly [18] [1]
Steering column cover [19] [2]
Combination switch [20] [3]
Spiral cable [21]
Paddle switch (7AT models only) [22] [4]
Knee protector [23] [5]
IP-12Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
P
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
I
[ ]: Number indicates step in removal procedures.
REMOVAL1. Put selector lever in drive position (7AT models only).2. Remove selector lever knob (7AT models only).
• 2WD models: Refer to TM-277, "2WD : Exploded View".• AWD models: Refer to TM-279, "AWD : Exploded View".
3. Remove shift lever knob (6MT models only). Refer to TM-18, "Exploded View".4. Remove console finisher.
• Remove clips from rear of console finisher (1), and then remove pawl of front. • Pull console finisher (1) upward to disengage from center console. • Disconnect harness connectors.
5. Remove screws (B) of center console front side with screwdriver (A).
Cluster lid A (Combination meter) [24] [6]
Meter bracket [25]
Front defroster grille (LH/RH) [26]
Body side welt RH [27]
Front pillar garnish RH [28]
Instrument side finisher RH [29]
Instrument lower cover [30]
Glove box assembly [31]
Instrument lower assist panel [32]
Instrument finisher RH [33]
Instrument side panel RH [34]
Instrument panel assembly [35]
(A) Console finisher (7AT models) (B) Console finisher (6MT models)
: Pawl
: Metal clip
JMJIA0489ZZ
JMJIA0032GB
IP-13Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >6. Remove rear upper console assembly (7AT models only).• Slide forward, pull up rear upper console assembly (1), anddisconnect metal clips.
• Disconnect heated seat switch harness connectors. (with heated seat)
7. Disconnect auxiliary input jacks connector (A) and power socketharness connector (B) (7AT models only).
8. Disconnect console sub harness connectors (A) (6MT modelsonly).
9. Disconnect heated seat switch connector (A) (6MT models withheated seat only).
10. Remove coin pocket fixing pawl using a remover tool (A), andthen remove coin pocket (1) (6MT models only).
: Pawl
: Metal clip
JMJIA0033GB
JMJIA0065ZZ
JMJIA0038GB
JMJIA0286ZZ
: Pawl
JMJIA0034GB
IP-14Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
P
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
I
11. Insert a deep-well socket wrench (A) to rotate adjusting nut toloosen cable sufficiently (6MT models only).Refer to PB-4, "LEVER TYPE : Inspection and Adjustment".
12. Remove console rear finisher.• Pull back the console rear finisher (1).• Disconnect inside key antenna connector (A).
13. Remove console mask.
• Open the console lid.• Pull up console mask (1) by using a remover tool (C), and disengage pawls.
14. Remove screws (C) of center console rear side, and then remove center console assembly (1).
JMJIA0035GB
: Metal clip
JMJIA0037GB
(A) Console mask (7AT models) (B) Console mask (6MT models)
: Pawl
JMJIA0948ZZ
(A) Console mounting screws (7AT models) (B) Console mounting screws (6MT models)
JMJIA0949ZZ
IP-15Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >15. Remove cluster lid C.• Remove cluster lid C mounting screws (A).• Pull back cluster lid C (1).• Disconnect harness connectors.
16. Remove cluster lid D.• Remove cluster lid D mounting screws (A).• Pull back cluster lid D (1).• Disconnect harness connectors.
17. Remove display unit. Refer to AV-112, "Removal and Installation".18. Disconnect center speaker harness connector (A).
(with center speaker)19. Remove screw (B).
20. Disconnect inside key antenna connector (A) and clip (B)located under audio unit.
21. Remove AV control unit. Refer to AV-348, "Removal and Installation".22. Remove body side welt LH. Refer to INT-14, "Removal and Installation".23. Remove front pillar garnish LH. Refer to INT-14, "Removal and Installation".
JMJIA0043GB
: Pawl
JMJIA0044GB
JMJIA0045GB
JMJIA0046GB
IP-16Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
P
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
I
24. Disconnect antenna harness connectors (A) and then removeharness clips.
25. Remove instrument side finisher LH.• Insert a remover tool into lower space.• Pull the instrument side finisher LH (1) crosswise.
26. Remove instrument lower panel LH.• Remove hood opener mounting bolts (A).
Refer to DLK-209, "HOOD LOCK CONTROL : Removal andInstallation".
• Remove data link connector mounting screws (B). • Pull back instrument lower panel LH (1).• Disconnect harness connectors.
27. Remove instrument finisher A. Pull instrument finisher A (1) upward, and then disengage pawls.
28. Remove instrument side panel LH.• Remove instrument side panel mounting screws (A).• Pull the instrument side panel LH (1) crosswise.
: Clip
JMJIA0102GB
: Clip
: Pawl
JMJIA0040GB
: Pawl
: Metal clipJMJIA0041GB
: Clip
JMJIA0053GB
: Clip
: Pawl
JMJIA0042GB
IP-17Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >29. Remove steering wheel assembly. Refer to ST-17, "Removal and Installation".30. Remove steering column covers.
CAUTION:When removing the column covers, to facilitate the work operation remove first the steeringwheel.
• Remove steering column front lower cover (1).• Remove cluster lid A lower bracket (2).
• Remove steering column mask (3) and screws.• Pull up steering column cover upper (4).• Remove steering column side cover RH (5) (with PADDLE SHIFTER).• Pull the steering column side cover LH (6) to the left side (with PADDLE SHIFTER). • Disconnect ADP steering switch connector (with ADP).• Remove steering column side cover LH (6).• Remove screws, and then remove steering column lower cover (7).
31. Remove combination switch. Refer to BCS-82, "Exploded View".32. Remove spiral cable and steering angle sensor. Refer to SR-15, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:Perform 4WAS front actuator adjustment. Refer to STC-28, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRALPOSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description".
33. Remove paddle switch LH/RH (with PADDLE SHIFTER). Refer to TM-282, "Exploded View".34. Remove cluster lid A (Combination meter).
(A) Column cover (with electric column) (B) Column cover (with manual column)
(A) Column cover (with PADDLE SHIFTER) (B) Column cover (without PADDLE SHIFTER)
: Pawl
JMJIA0047GB
JMJIA0048GB
IP-18Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
P
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
I
• Remove knee protector mounting bolts (A) with power tool,and then remove knee protector (1).
• Disengage harness cover mounting pawl (B) by using tool (A)located under the column shaft.
• Pull down harness cover (1).(with harness cover)
• Remove cluster lid A (combination meter) mounting bolts (A).
• Disconnect push button ignition switch harness connector (A). • Pull back cluster lid A (combination meter), and disconnect
combination meter connectors.NOTE:For removal and installation of combination meter, refer toMWI-125, "Removal and Installation".
JMJIA0064GB
JMJIA0049GB
JMJIA0050GB
JMJIA0051GB
IP-19Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >35. Remove meter bracket mounting bolts (A), and then removemeter bracket (1).
36. Remove front defroster grille LH. Refer to VTL-12, "FRONT DEFROSTER GRILLE : Removal and Instal-lation".• Pull upward, disengage pawls.• Disconnect harness connector.
37. Remove front defroster grille RH. Refer to VTL-12, "FRONT DEFROSTER GRILLE : Removal and Instal-lation".• Pull upward, disengaged pawls.• Disconnect harness connector.
38. Remove body side welt RH. Refer to INT-14, "Removal and Installation".39. Remove front pillar garnish RH. Refer to INT-14, "Removal and Installation".40. Remove instrument side finisher RH.
• Insert a remover tool into lower space.• Pull the instrument side finisher RH (1) crosswise.
41. Remove instrument lower cover.• Pull downward, disengaged pawls. • Pull back instrument lower cover (1).
42. Remove glove box assembly.• Open the glove box.
JMJIA0052GB
: Clip
: Pawl
JMJIA0054GB
: Pawl
JMJIA0055GB
IP-20Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
P
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
I
• Pull up glove box assembly (1).
• Remove damper pin (2) of left side.
43. Remove instrument lower panel RH.• Remove instrument lower panel RH mounting screws (A) with
power tool.• Pull back instrument lower panel RH (1).• Disconnect harness connector.
44. Remove instrument finisher B.Pull instrument finisher B (1) upward then disengage pawls.
45. Remove instrument side panel RH.• Remove instrument side panel mounting screws (A).• Pull the instrument side panel RH (1) crosswise.
JMJIA0056GB
JMJIA0057GB
JMJIA0058GB
: Clip
: Pawl
JMJIA0059GB
: Clip
: Pawl
JMJIA0060GB
IP-21Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >46. Disconnect passenger air bag module connector. Refer to SR-18, "Removal and Installation".47. Remove passenger air bag module fixing bolt. Refer to SR-18, "Exploded View".48. Remove instrument panel assembly.
• Remove defroster nozzle mounting clips (A).• Remove screws (B) and bolts (C) with power tool, and then remove instrument panel assembly (1).
CAUTION:When removing instrument panel, 2 workers are required so as to prevent it from dropping.
49. Remove the following parts after removing instrument panel assembly.• Antenna feeder• Center speaker grille • Center speaker: Refer to AV-354, "Removal and Installation".• Front passenger air bag module: Refer to SR-18, "Removal and Installation".• Side ventilator grille LH/RH: Refer to VTL-11, "SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLE : Removal and Installation".• Inside key antenna: Refer to DLK-238, "INSTRUMENT CENTER : Removal and Installation".• Combination meter: Refer to MWI-125, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.
JMJIA0061GB
IP-22Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
P
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
I
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004250010
CENTER CONSOLE (7AT MODELS)
CENTER CONSOLE (6MT MODELS)
1. Console finisher assembly 2. Rear upper console assembly 3. Switch panel
4. Switch hole mask 5. Center console assembly 6. Console pocket
7. Console rear bracket 8. Console rear finisher 9. Console ashtray bracket
10. Console ashtray 11. Ashtray (front) 12. Cigarette lighter
13. Cup holder assembly 14. Console lid 15. Console mask
16. Auxiliary input jacks 17. Cigarette lighter case 18. Socket knob
19. Console front bracket
: Clip
: Pawl
: Metal clip
JMJIA0946ZZ
IP-23Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004250011
CAUTION:When removing, always use a remover tool that is made of plastic.
REMOVAL1. Put selector lever in drive position (7AT models only).2. Remove selector lever knob (7AT models only).
• 2WD models: Refer to TM-277, "2WD : Exploded View".• AWD models: Refer to TM-279, "AWD : Exploded View".
3. Remove shift lever knob (6MT models only). Refer to TM-18, "Exploded View".4. Remove console finisher.
1. Console finisher assembly 2. Center console assembly 3. Coin pocket
4. Console mask 5. Cigarette lighter case 6. Socket knob
7. Console rear bracket 8. Console rear finisher 9. Console ashtray bracket
10. Console ashtray 11. Cup holder assembly 12. Auxiliary input jacks
13. Switch hole mask 14. Console sub harness 15. Cigarette lighter
16. Ashtray (front) 17. Parking brake lever finisher 18. Console lid
: Clip
: Pawl
: Metal clip
JMJIA0947ZZ
IP-24Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
P
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
I
• Remove clips from rear of console finisher (1), and then remove pawl of front. • Pull console finisher (1) upward to disengage from center console. • Disconnect harness connectors.
5. Remove screws (B) of center console front side with screwdriver (A).
6. Remove rear upper console assembly (7AT models only).• Slide to front, pull up rear upper console assembly (1), and
disconnect metal clips.• Disconnect heated seat switch harness connectors.
(with heated seat)
7. Disconnect auxiliary input jacks connector (A) and power socketharness connector (B) (7AT models only).
(A) Console finisher (7AT models) (B) Console finisher (6MT models)
: Pawl
: Metal clip
JMJIA0489ZZ
JMJIA0032GB
: Pawl
: Metal clip
JMJIA0033GB
JMJIA0065ZZ
IP-25Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >8. Disconnect console sub harness connectors (A) (6MT modelsonly).
9. Disconnect heated seat switch connector (A) (6MT models withheated seat only).
10. Remove coin pocket fixing pawl using a remover tool (A), andthen remove coin pocket (1) (6MT models only).
11. Insert a deep-well socket wrench (A) to rotate adjusting nut toloosen cable sufficiently (6MT models only).Refer to PB-4, "LEVER TYPE : Inspection and Adjustment".
12. Remove console rear finisher.• Pull back the console rear finisher (1).• Disconnect inside key antenna connector (A).
JMJIA0038GB
JMJIA0286ZZ
: Pawl
JMJIA0034GB
JMJIA0035GB
: Metal clip
JMJIA0037GB
IP-26Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
P
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
I
13. Remove console mask.
• Open the console lid.• Pull up console mask (1) by using a remover tool (C), and disengage pawls.
14. Remove screws (C) of center console rear side, and then remove center console assembly (1).
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.
Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000004250012
CAUTION:When disassembling, always use a remover tool that is made of plastic.
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF CENTER CONSOLE (7AT MODELS)
Disassembly
1. Remove screws of console finisher assembly back side, and remove ashtray (front portion).2. Remove rear upper console assembly. Refer to IP-12.3. Remove screws and remove cup holder assembly.4. Remove screws and remove console front bracket.5. Remove console mask. Refer to IP-12.6. Remove console lid mounting screws and remove console lid.7. Remove metal clips and remove console rear finisher. Refer to IP-12.8. Remove console ashtray.9. Remove screw and remove console ashtray bracket.10. Remove console pocket from center console assembly.11. Remove auxiliary input jacks and socket knob, cigarette lighter case.
Assembly
(A) Console mask (7AT models) (B) Console mask (6MT models)
: Pawl
JMJIA0948ZZ
(A) Console mounting screws (7AT models) (B) Console mounting screws (6MT models)
JMJIA0949ZZ
IP-27Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF CENTER CONSOLE (6MT MODELS)
Disassembly
1. Remove screws of console finisher assembly back side, and remove ashtray (front portion).2. Remove coin pocket. Refer to IP-12.3. Remove console mask. Refer to IP-12.4. Remove console lid mounting screws and remove console lid.5. Remove metal clips and remove console rear finisher. Refer to IP-12.6. Remove console ashtray.7. Remove screw and remove console ashtray bracket.8. Remove screws and remove cup holder assembly.9. Remove auxiliary input jacks and socket knob, cigarette lighter case.10. Remove console sub harness.
AssemblyAssemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
IP-28Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ELECTRICAL & POWER CONTROL
C
D
E
BSECTION LAN
A
LAN SYSTEM
AN
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
O
P
N
CONTENTS
L
CAN FUNDAMENTAL
PRECAUTION ............................................... 8
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 8Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis ............................8Precautions for Harness Repair ................................8
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 9
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ..................... 9System Description ...................................................9System Diagram ........................................................9CAN Communication Control Circuit .......................10
DIAG ON CAN ....................................................11Description ..............................................................11System Diagram ......................................................11
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .....................................12Condition of Error Detection ....................................12Symptom When Error Occurs in CAN Communi-cation System ..........................................................12CAN Diagnosis with CONSULT-III ..........................15Self-Diagnosis .........................................................15CAN Diagnostic Support Monitor ............................15How to Use CAN Communication Signal Chart ......17
BASIC INSPECTION ...................................18
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW .........18Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart .................................18Trouble Diagnosis Procedure ..................................18
CAN
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL .....................23
HOW TO USE THIS SECTION ...........................23Caution ....................................................................23Abbreviation List ......................................................23
PRECAUTION ..............................................24
PRECAUTIONS .................................................24Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-SIONER" .................................................................24Precaution for Battery Service .................................24Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis ..........................24Precautions for Harness Repair ..............................25
BASIC INSPECTION ...................................26
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ........26Interview Sheet ........................................................26
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................27
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ...................27CAN System Specification Chart .............................27CAN Communication Signal Chart ..........................27
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS .........................32
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ...................32Component Parts Location ......................................32Wiring Diagram - CAN SYSTEM - ...........................33
MALFUNCTION AREA CHART ........................39Main Line .................................................................39Branch Line .............................................................39Short Circuit .............................................................39
MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIR-CUIT ..................................................................40
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................40
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIR-CUIT ..................................................................41
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................41
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIR-CUIT ..................................................................42
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................42
LAN-1Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND RAS CIR-CUIT ................................................................... 44
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 44
MAIN LINE BETWEEN RAS AND ABS CIR-CUIT ................................................................... 45
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 45
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 47Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 47
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 48Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 48
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...................... 49Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 49
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ............................. 50Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 50
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 51Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 51
PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................... 52Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 52
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 53Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 53
AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................... 54Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 54
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................... 55Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 55
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 56Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 56
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 57Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 57
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 58Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 58
RAS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 59Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 59
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 60Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 60
ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ............................ 61Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 61
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..................... 62Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 62
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT .................... 63Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 63
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 65
MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIR-CUIT ................................................................... 65
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 65
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIR-CUIT ................................................................... 66
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 66
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIR-CUIT ................................................................... 67
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 67
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 69Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 69
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...................... 70Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 70
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ............................. 71Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 71
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 72Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 72
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 73Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 73
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 74Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 74
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 75Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 75
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 76Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 76
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 77Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 77
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..................... 78Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 78
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ................... 79Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 79
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 81
MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIR-CUIT ................................................................... 81
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 81
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIR-CUIT ................................................................... 82
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 82
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND RAS CIR-CUIT ................................................................... 83
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 83
MAIN LINE BETWEEN RAS AND ABS CIR-CUIT ................................................................... 84
LAN-2Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................84
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...........................86Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................86
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................87Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................87
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..............................88Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................88
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..........................89Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................89
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...........................90Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................90
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..........................91Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................91
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .........................92Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................92
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...........................93Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................93
RAS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...........................94Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................94
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...........................95Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................95
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................96Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................96
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ....................97Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................97
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS .........................99
MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIR-CUIT ....................................................................99
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................99
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIR-CUIT .................................................................. 100
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 100
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIR-CUIT .................................................................. 101
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 101
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 103Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 103
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..................... 104Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 104
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ............................ 105Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 105
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 106
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................106
PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 107Diagnosis Procedure .............................................107
AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 108Diagnosis Procedure .............................................108
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 109Diagnosis Procedure .............................................109
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 110Diagnosis Procedure .............................................110
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..................... 111Diagnosis Procedure .............................................111
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 112Diagnosis Procedure .............................................112
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 113Diagnosis Procedure .............................................113
ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 114Diagnosis Procedure .............................................114
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ................... 115Diagnosis Procedure .............................................115
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ................. 116Diagnosis Procedure .............................................116
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 118
MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIR-CUIT ................................................................ 118
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................118
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIR-CUIT ................................................................ 119
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................119
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND RAS CIR-CUIT ................................................................ 120
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................120
MAIN LINE BETWEEN RAS AND ABS CIR-CUIT ................................................................ 121
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................121
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 123Diagnosis Procedure .............................................123
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .................... 124Diagnosis Procedure .............................................124
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 125Diagnosis Procedure .............................................125
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 126Diagnosis Procedure .............................................126
LAN-3Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 127Diagnosis Procedure .............................................127
AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 128Diagnosis Procedure .............................................128
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 129Diagnosis Procedure .............................................129
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 130Diagnosis Procedure .............................................130
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...................... 131Diagnosis Procedure .............................................131
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 132Diagnosis Procedure .............................................132
RAS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 133Diagnosis Procedure .............................................133
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 134Diagnosis Procedure .............................................134
ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 135Diagnosis Procedure .............................................135
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ................... 136Diagnosis Procedure .............................................136
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT .................. 137Diagnosis Procedure .............................................137
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................139
MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIR-CUIT ................................................................. 139
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................139
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIR-CUIT ................................................................. 140
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................140
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIR-CUIT ................................................................. 141
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................141
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 143Diagnosis Procedure .............................................143
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .................... 144Diagnosis Procedure .............................................144
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................... 145Diagnosis Procedure .............................................145
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 146Diagnosis Procedure .............................................146
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 147Diagnosis Procedure .............................................147
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .........................148Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 148
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .........................149Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 149
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................150Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 150
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .........................151Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 151
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .........................152Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 152
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................153Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 153
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ..................154Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 154
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS .......................156
MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIR-CUIT ..................................................................156
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 156
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIR-CUIT ..................................................................157
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 157
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND RAS CIR-CUIT ..................................................................158
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 158
MAIN LINE BETWEEN RAS AND ABS CIR-CUIT ..................................................................159
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 159
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .........................161Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 161
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .....................162Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 162
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ............................163Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 163
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .........................164Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 164
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .........................165Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 165
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .........................166Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 166
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .........................167Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 167
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................168Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 168
LAN-4Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 169Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 169
RAS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 170Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 170
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 171Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 171
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .................... 172Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 172
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT .................. 173Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 173
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 175
MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIR-CUIT .................................................................. 175
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 175
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIR-CUIT .................................................................. 176
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 176
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIR-CUIT .................................................................. 177
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 177
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 179Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 179
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..................... 180Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 180
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ............................ 181Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 181
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 182Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 182
PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 183Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 183
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 184Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 184
AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 185Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 185
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 186Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 186
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 187Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 187
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 188Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 188
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 189Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 189
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 190Diagnosis Procedure .............................................190
ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 191Diagnosis Procedure .............................................191
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ................... 192Diagnosis Procedure .............................................192
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ................. 193Diagnosis Procedure .............................................193
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 195
MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIR-CUIT ................................................................ 195
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................195
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIR-CUIT ................................................................ 196
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................196
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND RAS CIR-CUIT ................................................................ 197
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................197
MAIN LINE BETWEEN RAS AND ABS CIR-CUIT ................................................................ 198
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................198
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 200Diagnosis Procedure .............................................200
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .................... 201Diagnosis Procedure .............................................201
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 202Diagnosis Procedure .............................................202
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 203Diagnosis Procedure .............................................203
PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 204Diagnosis Procedure .............................................204
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 205Diagnosis Procedure .............................................205
AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 206Diagnosis Procedure .............................................206
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 207Diagnosis Procedure .............................................207
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 208Diagnosis Procedure .............................................208
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..................... 209Diagnosis Procedure .............................................209
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 210Diagnosis Procedure .............................................210
LAN-5Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
RAS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 211Diagnosis Procedure .............................................211
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 212Diagnosis Procedure .............................................212
ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 213Diagnosis Procedure .............................................213
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ................... 214Diagnosis Procedure .............................................214
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT .................. 215Diagnosis Procedure .............................................215
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................217
MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIR-CUIT ................................................................. 217
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................217
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIR-CUIT ................................................................. 218
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................218
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIR-CUIT ................................................................. 219
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................219
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 221Diagnosis Procedure .............................................221
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 222Diagnosis Procedure .............................................222
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .................... 223Diagnosis Procedure .............................................223
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................... 224Diagnosis Procedure .............................................224
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 225Diagnosis Procedure .............................................225
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 226Diagnosis Procedure .............................................226
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 227Diagnosis Procedure .............................................227
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 228Diagnosis Procedure .............................................228
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...................... 229Diagnosis Procedure .............................................229
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 230Diagnosis Procedure .............................................230
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 231Diagnosis Procedure .............................................231
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................232Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 232
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ..................233Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 233
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS .......................235
MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIR-CUIT ..................................................................235
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 235
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIR-CUIT ..................................................................236
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 236
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIR-CUIT ..................................................................237
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 237
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .........................239Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 239
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .........................240Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 240
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .....................241Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 241
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ............................242Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 242
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .........................243Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 243
PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .........................244Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 244
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .........................245Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 245
AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..........................246Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 246
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .........................247Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 247
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .........................248Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 248
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................249Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 249
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .........................250Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 250
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .........................251Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 251
ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...........................252Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 252
LAN-6Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .................... 253Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 253
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ................. 254Diagnosis Procedure .............................................254
LAN-7Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
PRECAUTIONPRECAUTIONS
Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000004457684
CAUTION:• Never apply 7.0 V or more to the measurement terminal.• Use a tester with open terminal voltage of 7.0 V or less.• Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal when
checking the harness.
Precautions for Harness Repair INFOID:0000000004457685
• Solder the repaired area and wrap tape around the soldered area.NOTE:A fray of twisted lines must be within 110 mm (4.33 in).
• Bypass connection is never allowed at the repaired area.NOTE:Bypass connection may cause CAN communication error. Thespliced wire becomes separated and the characteristics of twistedline are lost.
• Replace the applicable harness as an assembly if error is detected on the shield lines of CAN communica-tion line.
SKIB8766E
SKIB8767E
LAN-8Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONCAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
System Description INFOID:0000000004457686
• CAN communication is a multiplex communication system. This enables the system to transmit and receivelarge quantities of data at high speed by connecting control units with two communication lines (CAN-H andCAN-L).
• Control units on the CAN network transmit signals using the CAN communication control circuit. Theyreceive only necessary signals from other control units to operate various functions.
• CAN communication lines adopt twisted-pair line style (two lines twisted) for noise immunity.
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004457687
Each control unit passes an electric current to the termination circuits when transmitting CAN communicationsignal. The termination circuits produce an electrical potential difference between CAN-H and CAN-L. CANcommunication system transmits and receives CAN communication signals by the potential difference.
SKIB8887E
Component Description
Main line CAN communication line between splices
Branch line CAN communication line between splice and a control unit
Splice A point connecting a branch line with a main line
Termination circuit Refer to LAN-10, "CAN Communication Control Circuit".
LAN-9Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
CAN Communication Control Circuit INFOID:0000000004457688
*: These are the only control units wired with both ends of CAN communication system.
SKIB8713E
Component System description
CAN controller It controls CAN communication signal transmission and reception, error detection, etc.
Transceiver ICIt converts digital signal into CAN communication signal, and CAN communication signal into digital signal.
Noise filter It eliminates noise of CAN communication signal.
Termination circuit*
(Resistance of approx. 120 Ω)It produces potential difference.
LAN-10Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
DIAG ON CAN[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
DIAG ON CAN
Description INFOID:0000000004457689
“Diag on CAN” is a diagnosis using CAN communication instead of previous DDL1 and DDL2 communicationlines, between control units and diagnosis unit.
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004457690
SKIB8714E
Name Harness Description
DDL1TxRx
It is used for trouble diagnosis. (CAN-H and CAN-L are used for controlling)
DDL2 K-LINE It is used for trouble diagnosis. (CAN-H and CAN-L are used for controlling)
Diag on CANCAN-HCAN-L
It is used for trouble diagnosis and control.
LAN-11Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Condition of Error Detection INFOID:0000000004457691
“U1000” or “U1001” is indicated on SELF-DIAG RESULTS on CONSULT-III if CAN communication signal isnot transmitted or received between units for 2 seconds or more.
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ERROR• CAN communication line open (CAN-H, CAN-L, or both)• CAN communication line short (ground, between CAN communication lines, other harnesses)• Error of CAN communication control circuit of the unit connected to CAN communication line
WHEN “U1000” OR “U1001” IS INDICATED EVEN THOUGH CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ISNORMAL• Removal/installation of parts: Error may be detected when removing and installing CAN communication unit
and related parts while turning the ignition switch ON. (A DTC except for CAN communication may bedetected.)
• Fuse blown out (removed): CAN communication of the unit may cease.• Voltage drop: Error may be detected if voltage drops due to discharged battery when turning the ignition
switch ON (Depending on the control unit which carries out CAN communication).• Error may be detected if the power supply circuit of the control unit, which carries out CAN communication,
malfunctions (Depending on the control unit which carries out CAN communication).• Error may be detected if reprogramming is not completed normally.NOTE:CAN communication system is normal if “U1000” or “U1001” is indicated on SELF-DIAG RESULTS of CON-SULT-III under the above conditions. Erase the memory of the self-diagnosis of each unit.
Symptom When Error Occurs in CAN Communication System INFOID:0000000004457692
In CAN communication system, multiple units mutually transmit and receive signals. Each unit cannot transmitand receive signals if any error occurs on CAN communication line. Under this condition, multiple control unitsrelated to the root cause malfunction or go into fail-safe mode.
ERROR EXAMPLENOTE:• Each vehicle differs in symptom of each unit under fail-safe mode and CAN communication line wiring.• Refer to LAN-23, "Abbreviation List" for the unit abbreviation.
Example: TCM branch line open circuit
SKIB8738E
Unit name Symptom
ECM Engine torque limiting is affected, and shift harshness increases.
BCM Reverse warning chime does not sound.
LAN-12Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Example: Data link connector branch line open circuit
NOTE:• When data link connector branch line is open, transmission and reception of CAN communication signals
are not affected. Therefore, no symptoms occur. However, be sure to repair malfunctioning circuit.• The model (all units on CAN communication system are Diag on CAN) cannot perform CAN diagnosis with
CONSULT-III if the following error occurs. The error is judged by the symptom.
EPS control unit Normal operation.
Combination meter• Shift position indicator and OD OFF indicator turn OFF.• Warning lamps turn ON.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Normal operation.
TCM No impact on operation.
IPDM E/R Normal operation.
Unit name Symptom
SKIB8739E
Unit name Symptom
ECM
Normal operation.
BCM
EPS control unit
Combination meter
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
TCM
IPDM E/R
Error Difference of symptom
Data link connector branch line open circuit Normal operation.
CAN-H, CAN-L harness short-circuitMost of the units which are connected to the CAN communication system enter fail-safe mode or are deactivated.
LAN-13Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >Example: Main Line Between Data Link Connector and ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) Open Circuit
Example: CAN-H, CAN-L Harness Short Circuit
SKIB8740E
Unit name Symptom
ECM Engine torque limiting is affected, and shift harshness increases.
BCM• Reverse warning chime does not sound.• The front wiper moves under continuous operation mode even though the front wip-
er switch being in the intermittent position.
EPS control unit The steering effort increases.
Combination meter• The shift position indicator and OD OFF indicator turn OFF.• The speedometer is inoperative.• The odo/trip meter stops.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Normal operation.
TCM No impact on operation.
IPDM E/RWhen the ignition switch is ON,• The headlamps (Lo) turn ON.• The cooling fan continues to rotate.
SKIB8741E
LAN-14Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
CAN Diagnosis with CONSULT-III INFOID:0000000004457693
CAN diagnosis on CONSULT-III extracts the root cause by receiving the following information.• Response to the system call• Control unit diagnosis information• Self-diagnosis• CAN diagnostic support monitor
Self-Diagnosis INFOID:0000000004457694
CAN Diagnostic Support Monitor INFOID:0000000004457695
MONITOR ITEM (CONSULT-III)
Unit name Symptom
ECM• Engine torque limiting is affected, and shift harshness increases.• Engine speed drops.
BCM
• Reverse warning chime does not sound.• The front wiper moves under continuous operation mode even though the front
wiper switch being in the intermittent position.• The room lamp does not turn ON.• The engine does not start (if an error or malfunction occurs while turning the igni-
tion switch OFF.)• The steering lock does not release (if an error or malfunction occurs while turning
the ignition switch OFF.)
EPS control unit The steering effort increases.
Combination meter• The tachometer and the speedometer do not move.• Warning lamps turn ON.• Indicator lamps do not turn ON.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Normal operation.
TCM No impact on operation.
IPDM E/RWhen the ignition switch is ON,• The headlamps (Lo) turn ON.• The cooling fan continues to rotate.
DTCSelf-diagnosis item
(CONSULT-III indication)DTC detection condition Inspection/Action
U0101 LOST COMM (TCM)When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-related diagnosis) from TCM for 2 seconds or more.
Start the inspection. Re-fer to the applicable sec-tion of the indicated control unit.
U0164 LOST COMM (HVAC)
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-related diagnosis) from A/C auto amp. for 2 seconds or more.
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUITWhen a control unit (except for ECM) is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or more.
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUITWhen ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or more.
U1002 SYSTEM COMMWhen a control unit is not transmitting or receiv-ing CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or less.
U1010 CONTROL UNIT(CAN)When an error is detected during the initial diag-nosis for CAN controller of each control unit.
Replace the control unit indicating “U1010” or ”P0607”.P0607 ECM
LAN-15Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >Example: CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR indication
Without PAST
With PAST
MONITOR ITEM (ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS)NOTE:For some models, CAN communication diagnosis result is received from the vehicle monitor.
JSMIA0015GB
Item PRSNT Description
Initial diagnosisOK Normal at present
NG Control unit error (Except for some control units)
Transmission diagnosis
OK Normal at present
UNKWNUnable to transmit signals for 2 seconds or more.
Diagnosis not performed
Control unit name(Reception diagnosis)
OK Normal at present
UNKWN
Unable to receive signals for 2 seconds or more.
Diagnosis not performed
No control unit for receiving signals. (No applicable optional parts)
Item PRSNT PAST Description
Transmission diagnosisOK
OK Normal at present and in the past
1 – 39Normal at present, but unable to transmit signals for 2 seconds or more in the past. (The number indicates the number of ignition switch cycles from OFF to ON.)
UNKWN 0 Unable to transmit signals for 2 seconds or more at present.
Control unit name(Reception diagnosis)
OK
OK Normal at present and in the past
1 – 39Normal at present, but unable to receive signals for 2 seconds or more in the past. (The number indicates the number of ignition switch cycles from OFF to ON.)
UNKWN 0 Unable to receive signals for 2 seconds or more at present.
– –Diagnosis not performed.
No control unit for receiving signals. (No applicable optional parts)
LAN-16Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >Example: Vehicle Display
How to Use CAN Communication Signal Chart INFOID:0000000004457696
The CAN communication signal chart lists the signals needed for trouble diagnosis. It is useful for detectingthe root cause by finding a signal related to the symptom, and by checking transmission and reception unit.
ItemResult indi-
catedError counter Description
CAN_COMM(Initial diagnosis)
OK 0 Normal at present
NG 1 – 50Control unit error(The number indicates how many times diagnosis has been run.)
CAN_CIRC_1(Transmission diagnosis)
OK 0 Normal at present
UNKWN 1 – 50Unable to transmit for 2 seconds or more at present.(The number indicates how many times diagnosis has been run.)
CAN_CIRC_2 – 9(Reception diagnosis of each unit)
OK 0 Normal at present
UNKWN 1 – 50
Unable to transmit for 2 seconds or more at present.(The number indicates how many times diagnosis has been run.)
Diagnosis not performed.
No control unit for receiving signals. (No applicable optional parts)
SKIB8715E
LAN-17Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION >
BASIC INSPECTIONDIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart INFOID:0000000004457697
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457698
INTERVIEW WITH CUSTOMERInterview with the customer is important to detect the root cause of CAN communication system errors and tounderstand vehicle condition and symptoms for proper trouble diagnosis.
Points in interview• What: Parts name, system name• When: Date, Frequency• Where: Road condition, Place• In what condition: Driving condition/environment• Result: SymptomNOTE:• Check normal units as well as error symptoms.- Example: Circuit between ECM and the combination meter is judged normal if the customer indicates
tachometer functions normally.• When a CAN communication system error is present, multiple control units may malfunction or go into fail-
safe mode.
JSMIA0016GB
LAN-18Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< BASIC INSPECTION >• Indication of the combination meter is important to detect the root cause because it is the most obvious to
the customer, and it performs CAN communication with many units.
INSPECTION OF VEHICLE CONDITIONCheck whether the symptom is reproduced or not.NOTE:Do not turn the ignition switch OFF or disconnect the battery cable while reproducing the error. The error maytemporarily correct itself, making it difficult to determine the root cause.
CHECK OF CAN SYSTEM TYPE (HOW TO USE CAN SYSTEM TYPE SPECIFICATION CHART)Determine CAN system type based on vehicle equipment.NOTE:• This chart is used if CONSULT-III does not automatically recognize CAN system type.• There are two styles for CAN system type specification charts. Depending on the number of available sys-
tem types, either style A or style B may be used.
CAN System Type Specification Chart (Style A)NOTE:
SKIB8717E
LAN-19Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION >CAN system type is easily checked with the vehicle equipment identification information shown in the chart.
CAN System Type Specification Chart (Style B)NOTE:
JSMIA0017GB
LAN-20Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< BASIC INSPECTION >CAN system type is easily checked with the vehicle equipment identification information shown in the chart.
CREATE INTERVIEW SHEETFill out the symptom described by the customer, vehicle condition, and CAN system type on the interviewsheet.
JSMIA0018GB
LAN-21Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN FUNDAMENTAL]DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION >Interview Sheet (Example)
DETECT THE ROOT CAUSECAN diagnosis function of CONSULT-III detects the root cause.
JSMIA0019GB
LAN-22Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
HOW TO USE THIS SECTION[CAN]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL >
HOW TO USE THIS MANUALHOW TO USE THIS SECTION
Caution INFOID:0000000004457699
• This section describes information peculiar to a vehicle and inspection procedures.• For trouble diagnosis procedure, refer to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure".
Abbreviation List INFOID:0000000004457700
Unit name abbreviations in CONSULT-III CAN diagnosis and in this section are as per the following list.
Abbreviation Unit name
4WD AWD control unit
A-BAG Air bag diagnosis sensor unit
ABS ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
ADP Driver seat control unit
AFS AFS control unit
AV AV control unit
BCM BCM
DLC Data link connector
ECM ECM
ICC ICC sensor integrated unit
IPDM-E IPDM E/R
M&A Unified meter and A/C amp.
PSB Pre-crash seat belt control unit
RAS 4WAS main control unit
STRG Steering angle sensor
TCM TCM
LAN-23Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN]PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
PRECAUTIONPRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000004457701
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used alongwith a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certaintypes of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRSsystem uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one frontair bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT” of thisService Manual.WARNING:• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed byan authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personalinjury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air BagModule, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in thisService Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSWARNING:• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possiblycausing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect thebattery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Battery Service INFOID:0000000004457702
Before disconnecting the battery, lower both the driver and passenger windows. This will prevent any interfer-ence between the window edge and the vehicle when the door is opened/closed. During normal operation, thewindow slightly raises and lowers automatically to prevent any window to vehicle interference. The automaticwindow function will not work with the battery disconnected.
Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000004457703
CAUTION:• Never apply 7.0 V or more to the measurement terminal.• Use a tester with open terminal voltage of 7.0 V or less.• Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal when
checking the harness.
LAN-24Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
PRECAUTIONS[CAN]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< PRECAUTION >
Precautions for Harness Repair INFOID:0000000004457704
• Solder the repaired area and wrap tape around the soldered area.NOTE:A fray of twisted lines must be within 110 mm (4.33 in).
• Bypass connection is never allowed at the repaired area.NOTE:Bypass connection may cause CAN communication error. Thespliced wire becomes separated and the characteristics of twistedline are lost.
• Replace the applicable harness as an assembly if error is detected on the shield lines of CAN communica-tion line.
SKIB8766E
SKIB8767E
LAN-25Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN]DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION >
BASIC INSPECTIONDIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Interview Sheet INFOID:0000000004457705
SKIB8898E
LAN-26Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM[CAN]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONCAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
CAN System Specification Chart INFOID:0000000004457706
Determine CAN system type from the following specification chart.NOTE:Refer to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" for how to use CAN system specification chart.
×: Applicable
VEHICLE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION INFORMATIONNOTE:Check CAN system type from the vehicle shape and equipment.
CAN Communication Signal Chart INFOID:0000000004457707
Refer to LAN-17, "How to Use CAN Communication Signal Chart" for how to use CAN communication signalchart.NOTE:Refer to LAN-23, "Abbreviation List" for the abbreviations of the connecting units.
T: Transmit R: Receive
Body type Coupe
Axle 2WD AWD
Engine VQ37VHR
Transmission M/T A/T
Brake control VDC
4WAS × × × ×
ICC system × × × × ×
CAN system type 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
JPMIA0497GB
Signal name/Connecting unit
EC
M
4WD
AV
BC
M
PS
B
TC
M
AF
S
M&
A
ST
RG
AD
P
RA
S
AB
S
ICC
IPD
M-E
A/C compressor request signal T R
Accelerator pedal position signal T R R R R
ASCD OD cancel request signal T R
ASCD operation signal T R
ASCD status signal T R
ASCD SET indicator signal T R
LAN-27Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN]CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Closed throttle position signal T R R
Cooling fan speed request signal T R
Engine and A/T integrated control signalT R
R T
Engine coolant temperature signal T R
Engine speed signal T R R R R R R R
Engine status signal T R R
Fuel consumption monitor signal T R R
ICC brake switch signal T R
ICC prohibition signal T R
ICC steering switch signal T R
Malfunctioning indicator lamp signal T R
Park/neutral position switch signal*1 T R
Power generation command value signal T R
Snow mode switch signalT R R
R T
Stop lamp switch signal
T R
R T R
T R
Wide open throttle position signal T R
AWD signal T R
AWD warning lamp signal T R
A/C switch/indicator signalT R
R T
A/C switch operation signal T R
Rear window defogger switch signal T R
System setting signalT R
R T
Voice recognition signal*2 T R
Buzzer output signalT R
R T
Door switch signal T R R R
Door unlock signal T R
Front fog light request signal T R R
Front wiper request signal T R R
High beam request signal T R R
Horn reminder signal T R
Ignition switch ON signalT R
R T
Ignition switch signal T R
Interlock/PNP switch signalT R
R T
Signal name/Connecting unit
EC
M
4WD
AV
BC
M
PS
B
TC
M
AF
S
M&
A
ST
RG
AD
P
RA
S
AB
S
ICC
IPD
M-E
LAN-28Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM[CAN]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Key ID signal T R
Key switch signal T R
Key warning lamp signal T R
Low beam request signal T R
Meter display signalT R
R T
Oil pressure switch signalT R
R T
Position light request signal T R R
Rear window defogger control signalT R
R R R T
Sleep wake up signal T R R R
Starter control relay signal T R
Starter relay status signalR T
T R
Starting mode signal T R
Steering lock relay signalR T
T R
Theft warning horn request signal T R
Tire pressure signal T R
Trunk switch signal T R
Turn indicator signal T R
A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal T R R
A/T self-diagnosis signal R T
Current gear position signal T R R
Input speed signal R T R
Manual mode indicator signal T R R
N range signal R T R
Output shaft revolution signal R T R
P range signal R T R R
R range signal T R
Shift position signal R*3 T R R R R R
AFS OFF indicator lamp signal T R
A/C evaporator temperature signal R T
A/C switch signal R T
Blower fan motor switch signal R T
Distance to empty signal R T
Fuel level low warning signal R T
Fuel level sensor signal R T
Manual mode shift down signal R T
Manual mode shift up signal R T
Manual mode signal R T
Not manual mode signal R T
Signal name/Connecting unit
EC
M
4WD
AV
BC
M
PS
B
TC
M
AF
S
M&
A
ST
RG
AD
P
RA
S
AB
S
ICC
IPD
M-E
LAN-29Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN]CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
*1: M/T models only
*2: Models with NAVI
*3: Receive reverse position signal only
Odometer signal R T
Paddle shifter shift down signal*4 R T
Paddle shifter shift up signal*4 R T
Parking brake switch signal R R T
Seat belt buckle switch signal R T
Sleep-ready signalR T
R T
Target A/C evaporator temperature signal R T
Vehicle speed signalR R R R R R T R R
R R R R T R
Wake up signal R T
Steering angle sensor signal R T R R
4WAS signal T R
4WAS warning lamp signal R T
A/T shift schedule change demand signal R T
ABS malfunction signal T R
ABS operation signal R T R
ABS warning lamp signal R T
Brake pressure control signal T R
Brake warning lamp signal R T
Side G sensor signal R T
SLIP indicator lamp signal R T
TCS malfunction signal T R
TCS operation signal T R
VDC malfunction signal R T R
VDC OFF indicator lamp signal R T
VDC OFF switch signal T R
VDC operation signal T R
Deceleration degree commandment value signal
R T
ICC operation signal R T
ICC warning lamp signal R T
A/C compressor feedback signal R R T
Detention switch signal R R T
Front wiper stop position signal R T
High beam status signal R R T
Hood switch signal R T
Low beam status signal R R T
Push-button ignition switch status signal R T
Steering lock unit status signal R T
Signal name/Connecting unit
EC
M
4WD
AV
BC
M
PS
B
TC
M
AF
S
M&
A
ST
RG
AD
P
RA
S
AB
S
ICC
IPD
M-E
LAN-30Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM[CAN]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >*4: Models with paddle shifter
NOTE:CAN data of the air bag diagnosis sensor unit is not used by usual service work, thus it is omitted.
LAN-31Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN]CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISCAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004457708
1. BCM M122 2. IPDM E/R E6 3. Pre-crash seat belt control unit M110
4. AWD control unit F108 5. ECM M107 6. AV control unit M85: Without NAVIM87: With NAVI
7. Unified meter and A/C amp. M67 8. ICC sensor integrated unit E67 9. ABS actuator and electric unit (con-trol unit) E41
10. AFS control unit M16 11. Data link connector M24 12. Steering angle sensor M37
13. A/T assembly F51 14. Driver seat control unit B503 15. Air bag diagnosis sensor unit M147
16. 4WAS main control unit B54
JPMIA1313ZZ
LAN-32Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM[CAN]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Wiring Diagram - CAN SYSTEM - INFOID:0000000004457709
JCMWM3052GB
LAN-33Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN]CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3053GB
LAN-34Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM[CAN]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3054GB
LAN-35Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN]CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3055GB
LAN-36Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM[CAN]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3056GB
LAN-37Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN]CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3057GB
LAN-38Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MALFUNCTION AREA CHART[CAN]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MALFUNCTION AREA CHART
Main Line INFOID:0000000004457710
Branch Line INFOID:0000000004457711
Short Circuit INFOID:0000000004457712
Malfunction Area Reference
Main line between AV control unit and data link connector LAN-40, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Main line between data link connector and driver seat control unit LAN-41, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Main line between driver seat control unit and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
LAN-42, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Main line between driver seat control unit and 4WAS main control unit
LAN-44, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Main line between 4WAS main control unit and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
LAN-45, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Malfunction Area Reference
ECM branch line circuit LAN-47, "Diagnosis Procedure"
AWD control unti branch line circuit LAN-48, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit branch line circuit LAN-49, "Diagnosis Procedure"
AV control unit branch line circuit LAN-50, "Diagnosis Procedure"
BCM branch line circuit LAN-51, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Pre-crash seat belt control unit LAN-52, "Diagnosis Procedure"
TCM branch line circuit LAN-53, "Diagnosis Procedure"
AFS control unit branch line circuit LAN-54, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Data link connector branch line circuit LAN-55, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Unified meter and A/C amp. branch line circuit LAN-56, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Steering angle sensor branch line circuit LAN-57, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Driver seat control unit branch line circuit LAN-58, "Diagnosis Procedure"
4WAS main control unit branch line circuit LAN-59, "Diagnosis Procedure"
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line circuit LAN-60, "Diagnosis Procedure"
ICC sensor integrated unit branch line circuit LAN-61, "Diagnosis Procedure"
IPDM E/R branch line circuit LAN-62, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Malfunction Area Reference
CAN communication circuit LAN-63, "Diagnosis Procedure"
LAN-39Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN]MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457713
1.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect the following harness connectors.- ECM- AV control unit4. Check the continuity between the AV control unit harness connector and the data link connector.- With NAVI
- Without NAVI
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the AV control unit and the data link connec-
tor. NO >> Repair the main line between the AV control unit and the data link connector.
AV control unit harness connector Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M8752
M246 Existed
53 14 Existed
AV control unit harness connector Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M8586
M246 Existed
87 14 Existed
LAN-40Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIRCUIT[CAN]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457714
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector M7- Harness connector B1Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M7 and B1.2. Check the continuity between the data link connector and the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the data link connector and the harness connector M7.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the data link connector and the driver seat
control unit. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector B1 and the driver seat control unit.
Data link connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M246
M720 Existed
14 21 Existed
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
LAN-41Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN]MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457715
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector B1- Harness connector M7- Harness connector M6- Harness connector E106Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors B1 and M7.2. Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the driver seat control unit and the harness connector B1.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M6 and E106.2. Check the continuity between the harness connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connectors M7 and M6.
4.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the continuity between the harness connector and the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the driver seat control unit and the ABS actu-
ator and electric unit (control unit).
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
Harness connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M722
M69 Existed
23 8 Existed
Harness connectorABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector Continuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
E1069
E4135 Existed
8 14 Existed
LAN-42Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT[CAN]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector E106 and the ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit).
LAN-43Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN]MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND RAS CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND RAS CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004674736
1.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect the harness connectors M7 and B1.4. Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the driver seat control unit and the 4WAS
main control unit. NO >> Repair the main line between the driver seat control unit and the 4WAS main control unit.
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
LAN-44Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN RAS AND ABS CIRCUIT[CAN]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN RAS AND ABS CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004674737
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector B1- Harness connector M7- Harness connector M6- Harness connector E106Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors B1 and M7.2. Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the 4WAS main control unit and the harness connector B1.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M6 and E106.2. Check the continuity between the harness connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connectors M7 and M6.
4.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the continuity between the harness connector and the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the 4WAS main control unit and the ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
Harness connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M722
M69 Existed
23 8 Existed
Harness connectorABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector Continuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
E1069
E4135 Existed
8 14 Existed
LAN-45Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN]MAIN LINE BETWEEN RAS AND ABS CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector E106 and the ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit).
LAN-46Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457716
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ECM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ECM.2. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ECM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to EC-145, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ECM harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M107 114 113 Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-47Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN]4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004458202
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and con-
nector side).- AWD control unit connector- Harness connector F103- Harness connector M116Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of AWD control unit.2. Check the resistance between the AWD control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the AWD control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the AWD control unit. Refer to DLN-27, "Diagnosis Proce-dure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the AWD control unit. Refer to DLN-53, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the AWD control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
AWD control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
F108 8 16 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-48Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457717
1.CHECK AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT
Check the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SRC-5, "Work Flow".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace the main harness.NO >> Replace parts whose air bag system has a malfunction.
LAN-49Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN]AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457718
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the AV control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of AV control unit.2. Check the resistance between the AV control unit harness connector terminals.- Models with NAVI
- Models without NAVI
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the AV control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the AV control unit. Refer to the following.• Base audio without navigation: AV-39, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"• BOSE audio without navigation: AV-162, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"• BOSE audio with navigation: AV-438, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the AV control unit. Refer to the following.
• Base audio without navigation: AV-111, "Exploded View"• BOSE audio without navigation: AV-348, "Exploded View"• BOSE audio with navigation: AV-616, "Exploded View"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the AV control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
AV control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M87 52 53 Approx. 54 – 66
AV control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M85 86 87 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-50Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457719
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of BCM.2. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the BCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-39, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
BCM harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M122 91 90 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-51Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN]PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457720
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the pre-crash seat belt for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of pre-crash seat belt control unit.2. Check the resistance between the pre-crash seat belt control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the pre-crash seat belt control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the pre-crash seat belt control unit. Refer to SBC-24, "Diag-nosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the pre-crash seat belt control unit. Refer to SBC-37, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the pre-crash seat belt control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Pre-crash seat belt control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M110 24 22 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-52Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457721
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and con-
nector side).- A/T assembly- Harness connector F103- Harness connector M116Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of A/T assembly.2. Check the resistance between the A/T assembly harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the TCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to TM-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to TM-105, "Component Parts Location".
(Replace A/T assembly if control valve with TCM is not listed in the latest parts list.)YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
A/T assembly harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
F51 3 8 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-53Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN]AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457722
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the AFS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of AFS control unit.2. Check the resistance between the AFS control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the AFS control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the AFS control unit. Refer to EXL-62, "AFS CONTROLUNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the AFS control unit. Refer to EXL-199, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the AFS control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
AFS control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M16 30 7 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-54Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457723
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line.
Data link connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M24 6 14 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-55Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN]M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457724
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the unified meter and A/C amp. for damage, bend and loose con-
nection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of unified meter and A/C amp.2. Check the resistance between the unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the unified meter and A/C amp. branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-50, "UNIFIEDMETER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-127, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the unified meter and A/C amp. branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Unified meter and A/C amp. harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M67 56 72 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-56Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457725
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor.2. Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-83, "Wiring Dia-gram - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM -".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-105, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Steering angle sensor harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M37 1 2 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-57Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN]ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457726
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and con-
nector side).- Models with automatic drive positioner• Driver seat control unit• Harness connector B502• Harness connector B11- Models without automatic drive positioner• Driver seat control unit• Harness connector B501• Harness connector B10Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of driver seat control unit.2. Check the resistance between the driver seat control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the driver seat control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the driver seat control unit. Refer to ADP-64, "DRIVER SEATCONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the driver seat control unit. Refer to ADP-230, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the driver seat control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Driver seat control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
B503 3 19 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-58Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
RAS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
RAS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457727
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the 4WAS main control unit for damage, bend and loose connec-
tion (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of 4WAS main control unit.2. Check the resistance between the 4WAS main control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Replace the body harness.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-135, "DiagnosisProcedure (4WAS Main Control Unit)".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the 4WAS main control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
4WAS main control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
B54 1 8 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-59Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN]ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457728
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend
and loose connection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector termi-
nals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer toBRC-37, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-102, "Exploded
View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E41 35 14 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-60Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457729
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ICC sensor integrated unit for damage, bend and loose con-
nection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ICC sensor integrated unit.2. Check the resistance between the ICC sensor integrated unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ICC sensor integrated unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-102, "Diagno-sis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ICC sensor integrated unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ICC sensor integrated unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E67 3 6 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-61Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN]IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457730
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the IPDM E/R for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side
and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.2. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-17, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
IPDM E/R harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E6 40 39 Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-62Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT[CAN]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457731
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1. Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.2. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
3. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview withcustomer)” are reproduced.
Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No.
M24 6 14 Not existed
Data link connector
Ground
ContinuityConnector No. Terminal No.
M246 Not existed
14 Not existed
ECMResistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
114 113 Approx. 108 – 132
IPDM E/RResistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
40 39 Approx. 108 – 132
LKIA0037E
LAN-63Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN]CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Inspection resultReproduced>>GO TO 6.Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE:Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection resultReproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
LAN-64Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISMAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457732
1.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect the following harness connectors.- ECM- AV control unit4. Check the continuity between the AV control unit harness connector and the data link connector.- With NAVI
- Without NAVI
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the AV control unit and the data link connec-
tor. NO >> Repair the main line between the AV control unit and the data link connector.
AV control unit harness connector Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M8752
M246 Existed
53 14 Existed
AV control unit harness connector Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M8586
M246 Existed
87 14 Existed
LAN-65Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457733
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector M7- Harness connector B1Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M7 and B1.2. Check the continuity between the data link connector and the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the data link connector and the harness connector M7.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the data link connector and the driver seat
control unit. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector B1 and the driver seat control unit.
Data link connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M246
M720 Existed
14 21 Existed
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
LAN-66Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457734
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector B1- Harness connector M7- Harness connector M6- Harness connector E106Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors B1 and M7.2. Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the driver seat control unit and the harness connector B1.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M6 and E106.2. Check the continuity between the harness connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connectors M7 and M6.
4.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the continuity between the harness connector and the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the driver seat control unit and the ABS actu-
ator and electric unit (control unit).
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
Harness connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M722
M69 Existed
23 8 Existed
Harness connectorABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector Continuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
E1069
E4135 Existed
8 14 Existed
LAN-67Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector E106 and the ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit).
LAN-68Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457735
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ECM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ECM.2. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ECM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to EC-145, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ECM harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M107 114 113 Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-69Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457736
1.CHECK AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT
Check the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SRC-5, "Work Flow".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace the main harness.NO >> Replace parts whose air bag system has a malfunction.
LAN-70Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457737
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the AV control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of AV control unit.2. Check the resistance between the AV control unit harness connector terminals.- Models with NAVI
- Models without NAVI
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the AV control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the AV control unit. Refer to the following.• Base audio without navigation: AV-39, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"• BOSE audio without navigation: AV-162, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"• BOSE audio with navigation: AV-438, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the AV control unit. Refer to the following.
• Base audio without navigation: AV-111, "Exploded View"• BOSE audio without navigation: AV-348, "Exploded View"• BOSE audio with navigation: AV-616, "Exploded View"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the AV control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
AV control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M87 52 53 Approx. 54 – 66
AV control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M85 86 87 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-71Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457738
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of BCM.2. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the BCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-39, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
BCM harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M122 91 90 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-72Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457739
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line.
Data link connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M24 6 14 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-73Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457740
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the unified meter and A/C amp. for damage, bend and loose con-
nection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of unified meter and A/C amp.2. Check the resistance between the unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the unified meter and A/C amp. branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-50, "UNIFIEDMETER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-127, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the unified meter and A/C amp. branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Unified meter and A/C amp. harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M67 56 72 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-74Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457741
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor.2. Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-83, "Wiring Dia-gram - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM -".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-105, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Steering angle sensor harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M37 1 2 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-75Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457742
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and con-
nector side).- Models with automatic drive positioner• Driver seat control unit• Harness connector B502• Harness connector B11- Models without automatic drive positioner• Driver seat control unit• Harness connector B501• Harness connector B10Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of driver seat control unit.2. Check the resistance between the driver seat control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the driver seat control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the driver seat control unit. Refer to ADP-64, "DRIVER SEATCONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the driver seat control unit. Refer to ADP-230, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the driver seat control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Driver seat control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
B503 3 19 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-76Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457743
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend
and loose connection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector termi-
nals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer toBRC-37, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-102, "Exploded
View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E41 35 14 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-77Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457744
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the IPDM E/R for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side
and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.2. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-17, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
IPDM E/R harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E6 40 39 Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-78Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457745
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1. Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.2. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
3. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview withcustomer)” are reproduced.
Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No.
M24 6 14 Not existed
Data link connector
Ground
ContinuityConnector No. Terminal No.
M246 Not existed
14 Not existed
ECMResistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
114 113 Approx. 108 – 132
IPDM E/RResistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
40 39 Approx. 108 – 132
LKIA0037E
LAN-79Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)]CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Inspection resultReproduced>>GO TO 6.Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE:Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection resultReproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
LAN-80Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISMAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457746
1.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect the following harness connectors.- ECM- AV control unit4. Check the continuity between the AV control unit harness connector and the data link connector.- With NAVI
- Without NAVI
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the AV control unit and the data link connec-
tor. NO >> Repair the main line between the AV control unit and the data link connector.
AV control unit harness connector Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M8752
M246 Existed
53 14 Existed
AV control unit harness connector Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M8586
M246 Existed
87 14 Existed
LAN-81Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457747
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector M7- Harness connector B1Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M7 and B1.2. Check the continuity between the data link connector and the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the data link connector and the harness connector M7.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the data link connector and the driver seat
control unit. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector B1 and the driver seat control unit.
Data link connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M246
M720 Existed
14 21 Existed
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
LAN-82Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND RAS CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND RAS CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004674742
1.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect the harness connectors M7 and B1.4. Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the driver seat control unit and the 4WAS
main control unit. NO >> Repair the main line between the driver seat control unit and the 4WAS main control unit.
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
LAN-83Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]MAIN LINE BETWEEN RAS AND ABS CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN RAS AND ABS CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004674743
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector B1- Harness connector M7- Harness connector M6- Harness connector E106Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors B1 and M7.2. Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the 4WAS main control unit and the harness connector B1.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M6 and E106.2. Check the continuity between the harness connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connectors M7 and M6.
4.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the continuity between the harness connector and the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the 4WAS main control unit and the ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
Harness connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M722
M69 Existed
23 8 Existed
Harness connectorABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector Continuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
E1069
E4135 Existed
8 14 Existed
LAN-84Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN RAS AND ABS CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector E106 and the ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit).
LAN-85Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457749
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ECM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ECM.2. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ECM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to EC-145, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ECM harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M107 114 113 Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-86Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457750
1.CHECK AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT
Check the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SRC-5, "Work Flow".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace the main harness.NO >> Replace parts whose air bag system has a malfunction.
LAN-87Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457751
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the AV control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of AV control unit.2. Check the resistance between the AV control unit harness connector terminals.- Models with NAVI
- Models without NAVI
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the AV control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the AV control unit. Refer to the following.• Base audio without navigation: AV-39, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"• BOSE audio without navigation: AV-162, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"• BOSE audio with navigation: AV-438, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the AV control unit. Refer to the following.
• Base audio without navigation: AV-111, "Exploded View"• BOSE audio without navigation: AV-348, "Exploded View"• BOSE audio with navigation: AV-616, "Exploded View"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the AV control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
AV control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M87 52 53 Approx. 54 – 66
AV control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M85 86 87 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-88Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457752
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of BCM.2. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the BCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-39, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
BCM harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M122 91 90 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-89Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457753
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line.
Data link connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M24 6 14 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-90Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457754
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the unified meter and A/C amp. for damage, bend and loose con-
nection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of unified meter and A/C amp.2. Check the resistance between the unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the unified meter and A/C amp. branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-50, "UNIFIEDMETER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-127, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the unified meter and A/C amp. branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Unified meter and A/C amp. harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M67 56 72 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-91Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457755
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor.2. Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-83, "Wiring Dia-gram - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM -".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-105, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Steering angle sensor harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M37 1 2 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-92Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457756
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and con-
nector side).- Models with automatic drive positioner• Driver seat control unit• Harness connector B502• Harness connector B11- Models without automatic drive positioner• Driver seat control unit• Harness connector B501• Harness connector B10Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of driver seat control unit.2. Check the resistance between the driver seat control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the driver seat control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the driver seat control unit. Refer to ADP-64, "DRIVER SEATCONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the driver seat control unit. Refer to ADP-230, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the driver seat control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Driver seat control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
B503 3 19 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-93Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]RAS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
RAS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457757
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the 4WAS main control unit for damage, bend and loose connec-
tion (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of 4WAS main control unit.2. Check the resistance between the 4WAS main control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Replace the body harness.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-135, "DiagnosisProcedure (4WAS Main Control Unit)".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the 4WAS main control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
4WAS main control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
B54 1 8 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-94Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457758
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend
and loose connection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector termi-
nals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer toBRC-37, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-102, "Exploded
View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E41 35 14 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-95Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457759
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the IPDM E/R for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side
and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.2. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-17, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
IPDM E/R harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E6 40 39 Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-96Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457760
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1. Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.2. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
3. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview withcustomer)” are reproduced.
Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No.
M24 6 14 Not existed
Data link connector
Ground
ContinuityConnector No. Terminal No.
M246 Not existed
14 Not existed
ECMResistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
114 113 Approx. 108 – 132
IPDM E/RResistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
40 39 Approx. 108 – 132
LKIA0037E
LAN-97Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)]CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Inspection resultReproduced>>GO TO 6.Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE:Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection resultReproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
LAN-98Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISMAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457761
1.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect the following harness connectors.- ECM- AV control unit4. Check the continuity between the AV control unit harness connector and the data link connector.- With NAVI
- Without NAVI
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the AV control unit and the data link connec-
tor. NO >> Repair the main line between the AV control unit and the data link connector.
AV control unit harness connector Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M8752
M246 Existed
53 14 Existed
AV control unit harness connector Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M8586
M246 Existed
87 14 Existed
LAN-99Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457762
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector M7- Harness connector B1Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M7 and B1.2. Check the continuity between the data link connector and the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the data link connector and the harness connector M7.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the data link connector and the driver seat
control unit. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector B1 and the driver seat control unit.
Data link connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M246
M720 Existed
14 21 Existed
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
LAN-100Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457763
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector B1- Harness connector M7- Harness connector M6- Harness connector E106Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors B1 and M7.2. Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the driver seat control unit and the harness connector B1.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M6 and E106.2. Check the continuity between the harness connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connectors M7 and M6.
4.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the continuity between the harness connector and the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the driver seat control unit and the ABS actu-
ator and electric unit (control unit).
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
Harness connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M722
M69 Existed
23 8 Existed
Harness connectorABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector Continuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
E1069
E4135 Existed
8 14 Existed
LAN-101Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector E106 and the ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit).
LAN-102Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457764
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ECM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ECM.2. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ECM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to EC-145, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ECM harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M107 114 113 Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-103Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457765
1.CHECK AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT
Check the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SRC-5, "Work Flow".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace the main harness.NO >> Replace parts whose air bag system has a malfunction.
LAN-104Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457766
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the AV control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of AV control unit.2. Check the resistance between the AV control unit harness connector terminals.- Models with NAVI
- Models without NAVI
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the AV control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the AV control unit. Refer to the following.• Base audio without navigation: AV-39, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"• BOSE audio without navigation: AV-162, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"• BOSE audio with navigation: AV-438, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the AV control unit. Refer to the following.
• Base audio without navigation: AV-111, "Exploded View"• BOSE audio without navigation: AV-348, "Exploded View"• BOSE audio with navigation: AV-616, "Exploded View"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the AV control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
AV control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M87 52 53 Approx. 54 – 66
AV control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M85 86 87 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-105Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457767
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of BCM.2. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the BCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-39, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
BCM harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M122 91 90 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-106Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457768
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the pre-crash seat belt for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of pre-crash seat belt control unit.2. Check the resistance between the pre-crash seat belt control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the pre-crash seat belt control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the pre-crash seat belt control unit. Refer to SBC-24, "Diag-nosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the pre-crash seat belt control unit. Refer to SBC-37, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the pre-crash seat belt control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Pre-crash seat belt control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M110 24 22 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-107Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457769
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the AFS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of AFS control unit.2. Check the resistance between the AFS control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the AFS control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the AFS control unit. Refer to EXL-62, "AFS CONTROLUNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the AFS control unit. Refer to EXL-199, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the AFS control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
AFS control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M16 30 7 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-108Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457770
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line.
Data link connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M24 6 14 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-109Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457771
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the unified meter and A/C amp. for damage, bend and loose con-
nection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of unified meter and A/C amp.2. Check the resistance between the unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the unified meter and A/C amp. branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-50, "UNIFIEDMETER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-127, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the unified meter and A/C amp. branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Unified meter and A/C amp. harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M67 56 72 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-110Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457772
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor.2. Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-83, "Wiring Dia-gram - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM -".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-105, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Steering angle sensor harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M37 1 2 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-111Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457773
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and con-
nector side).- Models with automatic drive positioner• Driver seat control unit• Harness connector B502• Harness connector B11- Models without automatic drive positioner• Driver seat control unit• Harness connector B501• Harness connector B10Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of driver seat control unit.2. Check the resistance between the driver seat control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the driver seat control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the driver seat control unit. Refer to ADP-64, "DRIVER SEATCONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the driver seat control unit. Refer to ADP-230, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the driver seat control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Driver seat control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
B503 3 19 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-112Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457774
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend
and loose connection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector termi-
nals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer toBRC-37, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-102, "Exploded
View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E41 35 14 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-113Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457775
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ICC sensor integrated unit for damage, bend and loose con-
nection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ICC sensor integrated unit.2. Check the resistance between the ICC sensor integrated unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ICC sensor integrated unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-102, "Diagno-sis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ICC sensor integrated unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ICC sensor integrated unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E67 3 6 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-114Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457776
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the IPDM E/R for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side
and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.2. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-17, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
IPDM E/R harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E6 40 39 Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-115Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457777
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1. Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.2. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
3. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview withcustomer)” are reproduced.
Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No.
M24 6 14 Not existed
Data link connector
Ground
ContinuityConnector No. Terminal No.
M246 Not existed
14 Not existed
ECMResistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
114 113 Approx. 108 – 132
IPDM E/RResistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
40 39 Approx. 108 – 132
LKIA0037E
LAN-116Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Inspection resultReproduced>>GO TO 6.Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE:Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection resultReproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
LAN-117Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISMAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457778
1.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect the following harness connectors.- ECM- AV control unit4. Check the continuity between the AV control unit harness connector and the data link connector.- With NAVI
- Without NAVI
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the AV control unit and the data link connec-
tor. NO >> Repair the main line between the AV control unit and the data link connector.
AV control unit harness connector Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M8752
M246 Existed
53 14 Existed
AV control unit harness connector Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M8586
M246 Existed
87 14 Existed
LAN-118Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457779
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector M7- Harness connector B1Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M7 and B1.2. Check the continuity between the data link connector and the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the data link connector and the harness connector M7.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the data link connector and the driver seat
control unit. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector B1 and the driver seat control unit.
Data link connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M246
M720 Existed
14 21 Existed
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
LAN-119Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND RAS CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND RAS CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004674744
1.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect the harness connectors M7 and B1.4. Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the driver seat control unit and the 4WAS
main control unit. NO >> Repair the main line between the driver seat control unit and the 4WAS main control unit.
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
LAN-120Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN RAS AND ABS CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN RAS AND ABS CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004674745
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector B1- Harness connector M7- Harness connector M6- Harness connector E106Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors B1 and M7.2. Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the 4WAS main control unit and the harness connector B1.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M6 and E106.2. Check the continuity between the harness connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connectors M7 and M6.
4.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the continuity between the harness connector and the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the 4WAS main control unit and the ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
Harness connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M722
M69 Existed
23 8 Existed
Harness connectorABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector Continuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
E1069
E4135 Existed
8 14 Existed
LAN-121Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]MAIN LINE BETWEEN RAS AND ABS CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector E106 and the ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit).
LAN-122Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457781
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ECM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ECM.2. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ECM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to EC-145, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ECM harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M107 114 113 Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-123Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457782
1.CHECK AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT
Check the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SRC-5, "Work Flow".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace the main harness.NO >> Replace parts whose air bag system has a malfunction.
LAN-124Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457783
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the AV control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of AV control unit.2. Check the resistance between the AV control unit harness connector terminals.- Models with NAVI
- Models without NAVI
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the AV control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the AV control unit. Refer to the following.• Base audio without navigation: AV-39, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"• BOSE audio without navigation: AV-162, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"• BOSE audio with navigation: AV-438, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the AV control unit. Refer to the following.
• Base audio without navigation: AV-111, "Exploded View"• BOSE audio without navigation: AV-348, "Exploded View"• BOSE audio with navigation: AV-616, "Exploded View"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the AV control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
AV control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M87 52 53 Approx. 54 – 66
AV control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M85 86 87 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-125Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457784
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of BCM.2. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the BCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-39, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
BCM harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M122 91 90 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-126Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457785
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the pre-crash seat belt for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of pre-crash seat belt control unit.2. Check the resistance between the pre-crash seat belt control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the pre-crash seat belt control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the pre-crash seat belt control unit. Refer to SBC-24, "Diag-nosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the pre-crash seat belt control unit. Refer to SBC-37, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the pre-crash seat belt control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Pre-crash seat belt control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M110 24 22 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-127Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457786
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the AFS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of AFS control unit.2. Check the resistance between the AFS control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the AFS control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the AFS control unit. Refer to EXL-62, "AFS CONTROLUNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the AFS control unit. Refer to EXL-199, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the AFS control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
AFS control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M16 30 7 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-128Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457787
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line.
Data link connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M24 6 14 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-129Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457788
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the unified meter and A/C amp. for damage, bend and loose con-
nection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of unified meter and A/C amp.2. Check the resistance between the unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the unified meter and A/C amp. branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-50, "UNIFIEDMETER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-127, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the unified meter and A/C amp. branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Unified meter and A/C amp. harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M67 56 72 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-130Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457789
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor.2. Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-83, "Wiring Dia-gram - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM -".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-105, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Steering angle sensor harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M37 1 2 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-131Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457790
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and con-
nector side).- Models with automatic drive positioner• Driver seat control unit• Harness connector B502• Harness connector B11- Models without automatic drive positioner• Driver seat control unit• Harness connector B501• Harness connector B10Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of driver seat control unit.2. Check the resistance between the driver seat control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the driver seat control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the driver seat control unit. Refer to ADP-64, "DRIVER SEATCONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the driver seat control unit. Refer to ADP-230, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the driver seat control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Driver seat control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
B503 3 19 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-132Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
RAS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
RAS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457791
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the 4WAS main control unit for damage, bend and loose connec-
tion (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of 4WAS main control unit.2. Check the resistance between the 4WAS main control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Replace the body harness.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-135, "DiagnosisProcedure (4WAS Main Control Unit)".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the 4WAS main control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
4WAS main control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
B54 1 8 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-133Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457792
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend
and loose connection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector termi-
nals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer toBRC-37, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-102, "Exploded
View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E41 35 14 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-134Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457793
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ICC sensor integrated unit for damage, bend and loose con-
nection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ICC sensor integrated unit.2. Check the resistance between the ICC sensor integrated unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ICC sensor integrated unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-102, "Diagno-sis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ICC sensor integrated unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ICC sensor integrated unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E67 3 6 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-135Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457794
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the IPDM E/R for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side
and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.2. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-17, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
IPDM E/R harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E6 40 39 Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-136Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457795
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1. Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.2. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
3. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview withcustomer)” are reproduced.
Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No.
M24 6 14 Not existed
Data link connector
Ground
ContinuityConnector No. Terminal No.
M246 Not existed
14 Not existed
ECMResistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
114 113 Approx. 108 – 132
IPDM E/RResistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
40 39 Approx. 108 – 132
LKIA0037E
LAN-137Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)]CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Inspection resultReproduced>>GO TO 6.Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE:Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection resultReproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
LAN-138Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISMAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457796
1.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect the following harness connectors.- ECM- AV control unit4. Check the continuity between the AV control unit harness connector and the data link connector.- With NAVI
- Without NAVI
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the AV control unit and the data link connec-
tor. NO >> Repair the main line between the AV control unit and the data link connector.
AV control unit harness connector Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M8752
M246 Existed
53 14 Existed
AV control unit harness connector Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M8586
M246 Existed
87 14 Existed
LAN-139Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457797
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector M7- Harness connector B1Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M7 and B1.2. Check the continuity between the data link connector and the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the data link connector and the harness connector M7.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the data link connector and the driver seat
control unit. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector B1 and the driver seat control unit.
Data link connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M246
M720 Existed
14 21 Existed
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
LAN-140Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457798
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector B1- Harness connector M7- Harness connector M6- Harness connector E106Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors B1 and M7.2. Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the driver seat control unit and the harness connector B1.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M6 and E106.2. Check the continuity between the harness connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connectors M7 and M6.
4.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the continuity between the harness connector and the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the driver seat control unit and the ABS actu-
ator and electric unit (control unit).
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
Harness connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M722
M69 Existed
23 8 Existed
Harness connectorABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector Continuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
E1069
E4135 Existed
8 14 Existed
LAN-141Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector E106 and the ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit).
LAN-142Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457799
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ECM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ECM.2. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ECM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to EC-145, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ECM harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M107 114 113 Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-143Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457800
1.CHECK AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT
Check the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SRC-5, "Work Flow".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace the main harness.NO >> Replace parts whose air bag system has a malfunction.
LAN-144Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457801
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the AV control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of AV control unit.2. Check the resistance between the AV control unit harness connector terminals.- Models with NAVI
- Models without NAVI
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the AV control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the AV control unit. Refer to the following.• Base audio without navigation: AV-39, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"• BOSE audio without navigation: AV-162, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"• BOSE audio with navigation: AV-438, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the AV control unit. Refer to the following.
• Base audio without navigation: AV-111, "Exploded View"• BOSE audio without navigation: AV-348, "Exploded View"• BOSE audio with navigation: AV-616, "Exploded View"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the AV control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
AV control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M87 52 53 Approx. 54 – 66
AV control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M85 86 87 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-145Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457802
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of BCM.2. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the BCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-39, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
BCM harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M122 91 90 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-146Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457803
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and con-
nector side).- A/T assembly- Harness connector F103- Harness connector M116Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of A/T assembly.2. Check the resistance between the A/T assembly harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the TCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to TM-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to TM-105, "Component Parts Location".
(Replace A/T assembly if control valve with TCM is not listed in the latest parts list.)YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
A/T assembly harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
F51 3 8 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-147Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457804
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line.
Data link connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M24 6 14 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-148Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457805
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the unified meter and A/C amp. for damage, bend and loose con-
nection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of unified meter and A/C amp.2. Check the resistance between the unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the unified meter and A/C amp. branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-50, "UNIFIEDMETER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-127, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the unified meter and A/C amp. branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Unified meter and A/C amp. harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M67 56 72 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-149Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457806
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor.2. Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-83, "Wiring Dia-gram - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM -".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-105, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Steering angle sensor harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M37 1 2 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-150Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457807
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and con-
nector side).- Models with automatic drive positioner• Driver seat control unit• Harness connector B502• Harness connector B11- Models without automatic drive positioner• Driver seat control unit• Harness connector B501• Harness connector B10Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of driver seat control unit.2. Check the resistance between the driver seat control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the driver seat control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the driver seat control unit. Refer to ADP-64, "DRIVER SEATCONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the driver seat control unit. Refer to ADP-230, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the driver seat control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Driver seat control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
B503 3 19 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-151Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457808
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend
and loose connection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector termi-
nals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer toBRC-37, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-102, "Exploded
View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E41 35 14 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-152Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457809
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the IPDM E/R for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side
and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.2. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-17, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
IPDM E/R harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E6 40 39 Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-153Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457810
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1. Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.2. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
3. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview withcustomer)” are reproduced.
Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No.
M24 6 14 Not existed
Data link connector
Ground
ContinuityConnector No. Terminal No.
M246 Not existed
14 Not existed
ECMResistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
114 113 Approx. 108 – 132
IPDM E/RResistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
40 39 Approx. 108 – 132
LKIA0037E
LAN-154Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Inspection resultReproduced>>GO TO 6.Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE:Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection resultReproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
LAN-155Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISMAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457811
1.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect the following harness connectors.- ECM- AV control unit4. Check the continuity between the AV control unit harness connector and the data link connector.- With NAVI
- Without NAVI
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the AV control unit and the data link connec-
tor. NO >> Repair the main line between the AV control unit and the data link connector.
AV control unit harness connector Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M8752
M246 Existed
53 14 Existed
AV control unit harness connector Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M8586
M246 Existed
87 14 Existed
LAN-156Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457812
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector M7- Harness connector B1Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M7 and B1.2. Check the continuity between the data link connector and the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the data link connector and the harness connector M7.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the data link connector and the driver seat
control unit. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector B1 and the driver seat control unit.
Data link connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M246
M720 Existed
14 21 Existed
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
LAN-157Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND RAS CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND RAS CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004674746
1.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect the harness connectors M7 and B1.4. Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the driver seat control unit and the 4WAS
main control unit. NO >> Repair the main line between the driver seat control unit and the 4WAS main control unit.
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
LAN-158Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN RAS AND ABS CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN RAS AND ABS CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004674747
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector B1- Harness connector M7- Harness connector M6- Harness connector E106Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors B1 and M7.2. Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the 4WAS main control unit and the harness connector B1.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M6 and E106.2. Check the continuity between the harness connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connectors M7 and M6.
4.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the continuity between the harness connector and the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the 4WAS main control unit and the ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
Harness connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M722
M69 Existed
23 8 Existed
Harness connectorABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector Continuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
E1069
E4135 Existed
8 14 Existed
LAN-159Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]MAIN LINE BETWEEN RAS AND ABS CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector E106 and the ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit).
LAN-160Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457814
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ECM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ECM.2. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ECM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to EC-145, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ECM harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M107 114 113 Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-161Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457815
1.CHECK AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT
Check the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SRC-5, "Work Flow".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace the main harness.NO >> Replace parts whose air bag system has a malfunction.
LAN-162Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457816
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the AV control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of AV control unit.2. Check the resistance between the AV control unit harness connector terminals.- Models with NAVI
- Models without NAVI
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the AV control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the AV control unit. Refer to the following.• Base audio without navigation: AV-39, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"• BOSE audio without navigation: AV-162, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"• BOSE audio with navigation: AV-438, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the AV control unit. Refer to the following.
• Base audio without navigation: AV-111, "Exploded View"• BOSE audio without navigation: AV-348, "Exploded View"• BOSE audio with navigation: AV-616, "Exploded View"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the AV control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
AV control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M87 52 53 Approx. 54 – 66
AV control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M85 86 87 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-163Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457817
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of BCM.2. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the BCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-39, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
BCM harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M122 91 90 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-164Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457818
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and con-
nector side).- A/T assembly- Harness connector F103- Harness connector M116Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of A/T assembly.2. Check the resistance between the A/T assembly harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the TCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to TM-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to TM-105, "Component Parts Location".
(Replace A/T assembly if control valve with TCM is not listed in the latest parts list.)YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
A/T assembly harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
F51 3 8 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-165Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457819
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line.
Data link connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M24 6 14 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-166Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457820
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the unified meter and A/C amp. for damage, bend and loose con-
nection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of unified meter and A/C amp.2. Check the resistance between the unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the unified meter and A/C amp. branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-50, "UNIFIEDMETER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-127, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the unified meter and A/C amp. branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Unified meter and A/C amp. harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M67 56 72 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-167Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457821
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor.2. Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-83, "Wiring Dia-gram - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM -".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-105, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Steering angle sensor harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M37 1 2 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-168Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457822
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and con-
nector side).- Models with automatic drive positioner• Driver seat control unit• Harness connector B502• Harness connector B11- Models without automatic drive positioner• Driver seat control unit• Harness connector B501• Harness connector B10Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of driver seat control unit.2. Check the resistance between the driver seat control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the driver seat control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the driver seat control unit. Refer to ADP-64, "DRIVER SEATCONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the driver seat control unit. Refer to ADP-230, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the driver seat control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Driver seat control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
B503 3 19 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-169Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]RAS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
RAS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457823
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the 4WAS main control unit for damage, bend and loose connec-
tion (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of 4WAS main control unit.2. Check the resistance between the 4WAS main control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Replace the body harness.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-135, "DiagnosisProcedure (4WAS Main Control Unit)".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the 4WAS main control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
4WAS main control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
B54 1 8 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-170Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457824
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend
and loose connection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector termi-
nals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer toBRC-37, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-102, "Exploded
View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E41 35 14 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-171Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457825
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the IPDM E/R for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side
and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.2. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-17, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
IPDM E/R harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E6 40 39 Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-172Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457826
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1. Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.2. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
3. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview withcustomer)” are reproduced.
Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No.
M24 6 14 Not existed
Data link connector
Ground
ContinuityConnector No. Terminal No.
M246 Not existed
14 Not existed
ECMResistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
114 113 Approx. 108 – 132
IPDM E/RResistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
40 39 Approx. 108 – 132
LKIA0037E
LAN-173Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)]CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Inspection resultReproduced>>GO TO 6.Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE:Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection resultReproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
LAN-174Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISMAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457827
1.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect the following harness connectors.- ECM- AV control unit4. Check the continuity between the AV control unit harness connector and the data link connector.- With NAVI
- Without NAVI
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the AV control unit and the data link connec-
tor. NO >> Repair the main line between the AV control unit and the data link connector.
AV control unit harness connector Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M8752
M246 Existed
53 14 Existed
AV control unit harness connector Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M8586
M246 Existed
87 14 Existed
LAN-175Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457828
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector M7- Harness connector B1Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M7 and B1.2. Check the continuity between the data link connector and the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the data link connector and the harness connector M7.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the data link connector and the driver seat
control unit. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector B1 and the driver seat control unit.
Data link connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M246
M720 Existed
14 21 Existed
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
LAN-176Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457829
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector B1- Harness connector M7- Harness connector M6- Harness connector E106Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors B1 and M7.2. Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the driver seat control unit and the harness connector B1.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M6 and E106.2. Check the continuity between the harness connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connectors M7 and M6.
4.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the continuity between the harness connector and the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the driver seat control unit and the ABS actu-
ator and electric unit (control unit).
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
Harness connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M722
M69 Existed
23 8 Existed
Harness connectorABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector Continuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
E1069
E4135 Existed
8 14 Existed
LAN-177Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector E106 and the ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit).
LAN-178Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457830
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ECM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ECM.2. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ECM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to EC-145, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ECM harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M107 114 113 Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-179Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457831
1.CHECK AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT
Check the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SRC-5, "Work Flow".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace the main harness.NO >> Replace parts whose air bag system has a malfunction.
LAN-180Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457832
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the AV control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of AV control unit.2. Check the resistance between the AV control unit harness connector terminals.- Models with NAVI
- Models without NAVI
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the AV control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the AV control unit. Refer to the following.• Base audio without navigation: AV-39, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"• BOSE audio without navigation: AV-162, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"• BOSE audio with navigation: AV-438, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the AV control unit. Refer to the following.
• Base audio without navigation: AV-111, "Exploded View"• BOSE audio without navigation: AV-348, "Exploded View"• BOSE audio with navigation: AV-616, "Exploded View"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the AV control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
AV control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M87 52 53 Approx. 54 – 66
AV control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M85 86 87 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-181Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457833
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of BCM.2. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the BCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-39, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
BCM harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M122 91 90 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-182Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457834
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the pre-crash seat belt for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of pre-crash seat belt control unit.2. Check the resistance between the pre-crash seat belt control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the pre-crash seat belt control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the pre-crash seat belt control unit. Refer to SBC-24, "Diag-nosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the pre-crash seat belt control unit. Refer to SBC-37, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the pre-crash seat belt control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Pre-crash seat belt control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M110 24 22 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-183Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457835
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and con-
nector side).- A/T assembly- Harness connector F103- Harness connector M116Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of A/T assembly.2. Check the resistance between the A/T assembly harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the TCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to TM-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to TM-105, "Component Parts Location".
(Replace A/T assembly if control valve with TCM is not listed in the latest parts list.)YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
A/T assembly harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
F51 3 8 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-184Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457836
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the AFS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of AFS control unit.2. Check the resistance between the AFS control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the AFS control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the AFS control unit. Refer to EXL-62, "AFS CONTROLUNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the AFS control unit. Refer to EXL-199, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the AFS control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
AFS control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M16 30 7 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-185Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457837
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line.
Data link connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M24 6 14 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-186Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457838
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the unified meter and A/C amp. for damage, bend and loose con-
nection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of unified meter and A/C amp.2. Check the resistance between the unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the unified meter and A/C amp. branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-50, "UNIFIEDMETER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-127, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the unified meter and A/C amp. branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Unified meter and A/C amp. harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M67 56 72 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-187Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457839
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor.2. Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-83, "Wiring Dia-gram - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM -".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-105, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Steering angle sensor harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M37 1 2 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-188Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457840
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and con-
nector side).- Models with automatic drive positioner• Driver seat control unit• Harness connector B502• Harness connector B11- Models without automatic drive positioner• Driver seat control unit• Harness connector B501• Harness connector B10Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of driver seat control unit.2. Check the resistance between the driver seat control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the driver seat control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the driver seat control unit. Refer to ADP-64, "DRIVER SEATCONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the driver seat control unit. Refer to ADP-230, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the driver seat control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Driver seat control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
B503 3 19 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-189Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457841
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend
and loose connection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector termi-
nals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer toBRC-37, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-102, "Exploded
View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E41 35 14 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-190Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457842
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ICC sensor integrated unit for damage, bend and loose con-
nection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ICC sensor integrated unit.2. Check the resistance between the ICC sensor integrated unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ICC sensor integrated unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-102, "Diagno-sis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ICC sensor integrated unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ICC sensor integrated unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E67 3 6 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-191Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457843
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the IPDM E/R for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side
and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.2. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-17, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
IPDM E/R harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E6 40 39 Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-192Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457844
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1. Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.2. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
3. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview withcustomer)” are reproduced.
Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No.
M24 6 14 Not existed
Data link connector
Ground
ContinuityConnector No. Terminal No.
M246 Not existed
14 Not existed
ECMResistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
114 113 Approx. 108 – 132
IPDM E/RResistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
40 39 Approx. 108 – 132
LKIA0037E
LAN-193Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)]CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Inspection resultReproduced>>GO TO 6.Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE:Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection resultReproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
LAN-194Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISMAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457845
1.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect the following harness connectors.- ECM- AV control unit4. Check the continuity between the AV control unit harness connector and the data link connector.- With NAVI
- Without NAVI
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the AV control unit and the data link connec-
tor. NO >> Repair the main line between the AV control unit and the data link connector.
AV control unit harness connector Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M8752
M246 Existed
53 14 Existed
AV control unit harness connector Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M8586
M246 Existed
87 14 Existed
LAN-195Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457846
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector M7- Harness connector B1Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M7 and B1.2. Check the continuity between the data link connector and the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the data link connector and the harness connector M7.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the data link connector and the driver seat
control unit. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector B1 and the driver seat control unit.
Data link connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M246
M720 Existed
14 21 Existed
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
LAN-196Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND RAS CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND RAS CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004674748
1.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect the harness connectors M7 and B1.4. Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the driver seat control unit and the 4WAS
main control unit. NO >> Repair the main line between the driver seat control unit and the 4WAS main control unit.
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
LAN-197Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]MAIN LINE BETWEEN RAS AND ABS CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN RAS AND ABS CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004674749
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector B1- Harness connector M7- Harness connector M6- Harness connector E106Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors B1 and M7.2. Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the 4WAS main control unit and the harness connector B1.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M6 and E106.2. Check the continuity between the harness connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connectors M7 and M6.
4.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the continuity between the harness connector and the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the 4WAS main control unit and the ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
Harness connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M722
M69 Existed
23 8 Existed
Harness connectorABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector Continuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
E1069
E4135 Existed
8 14 Existed
LAN-198Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN RAS AND ABS CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector E106 and the ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit).
LAN-199Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457848
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ECM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ECM.2. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ECM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to EC-145, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ECM harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M107 114 113 Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-200Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457849
1.CHECK AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT
Check the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SRC-5, "Work Flow".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace the main harness.NO >> Replace parts whose air bag system has a malfunction.
LAN-201Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457850
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the AV control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of AV control unit.2. Check the resistance between the AV control unit harness connector terminals.- Models with NAVI
- Models without NAVI
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the AV control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the AV control unit. Refer to the following.• Base audio without navigation: AV-39, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"• BOSE audio without navigation: AV-162, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"• BOSE audio with navigation: AV-438, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the AV control unit. Refer to the following.
• Base audio without navigation: AV-111, "Exploded View"• BOSE audio without navigation: AV-348, "Exploded View"• BOSE audio with navigation: AV-616, "Exploded View"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the AV control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
AV control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M87 52 53 Approx. 54 – 66
AV control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M85 86 87 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-202Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457851
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of BCM.2. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the BCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-39, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
BCM harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M122 91 90 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-203Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457852
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the pre-crash seat belt for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of pre-crash seat belt control unit.2. Check the resistance between the pre-crash seat belt control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the pre-crash seat belt control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the pre-crash seat belt control unit. Refer to SBC-24, "Diag-nosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the pre-crash seat belt control unit. Refer to SBC-37, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the pre-crash seat belt control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Pre-crash seat belt control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M110 24 22 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-204Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457853
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and con-
nector side).- A/T assembly- Harness connector F103- Harness connector M116Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of A/T assembly.2. Check the resistance between the A/T assembly harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the TCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to TM-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to TM-105, "Component Parts Location".
(Replace A/T assembly if control valve with TCM is not listed in the latest parts list.)YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
A/T assembly harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
F51 3 8 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-205Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457854
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the AFS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of AFS control unit.2. Check the resistance between the AFS control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the AFS control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the AFS control unit. Refer to EXL-62, "AFS CONTROLUNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the AFS control unit. Refer to EXL-199, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the AFS control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
AFS control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M16 30 7 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-206Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457855
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line.
Data link connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M24 6 14 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-207Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457856
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the unified meter and A/C amp. for damage, bend and loose con-
nection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of unified meter and A/C amp.2. Check the resistance between the unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the unified meter and A/C amp. branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-50, "UNIFIEDMETER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-127, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the unified meter and A/C amp. branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Unified meter and A/C amp. harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M67 56 72 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-208Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457857
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor.2. Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-83, "Wiring Dia-gram - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM -".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-105, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Steering angle sensor harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M37 1 2 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-209Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457858
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and con-
nector side).- Models with automatic drive positioner• Driver seat control unit• Harness connector B502• Harness connector B11- Models without automatic drive positioner• Driver seat control unit• Harness connector B501• Harness connector B10Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of driver seat control unit.2. Check the resistance between the driver seat control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the driver seat control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the driver seat control unit. Refer to ADP-64, "DRIVER SEATCONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the driver seat control unit. Refer to ADP-230, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the driver seat control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Driver seat control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
B503 3 19 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-210Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
RAS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
RAS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457859
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the 4WAS main control unit for damage, bend and loose connec-
tion (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of 4WAS main control unit.2. Check the resistance between the 4WAS main control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Replace the body harness.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-135, "DiagnosisProcedure (4WAS Main Control Unit)".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the 4WAS main control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
4WAS main control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
B54 1 8 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-211Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457860
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend
and loose connection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector termi-
nals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer toBRC-37, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-102, "Exploded
View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E41 35 14 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-212Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457861
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ICC sensor integrated unit for damage, bend and loose con-
nection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ICC sensor integrated unit.2. Check the resistance between the ICC sensor integrated unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ICC sensor integrated unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-102, "Diagno-sis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ICC sensor integrated unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ICC sensor integrated unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E67 3 6 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-213Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457862
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the IPDM E/R for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side
and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.2. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-17, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
IPDM E/R harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E6 40 39 Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-214Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004457863
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1. Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.2. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
3. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview withcustomer)” are reproduced.
Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No.
M24 6 14 Not existed
Data link connector
Ground
ContinuityConnector No. Terminal No.
M246 Not existed
14 Not existed
ECMResistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
114 113 Approx. 108 – 132
IPDM E/RResistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
40 39 Approx. 108 – 132
LKIA0037E
LAN-215Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)]CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Inspection resultReproduced>>GO TO 6.Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE:Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection resultReproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
LAN-216Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISMAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459011
1.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect the following harness connectors.- ECM- AV control unit4. Check the continuity between the AV control unit harness connector and the data link connector.- With NAVI
- Without NAVI
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the AV control unit and the data link connec-
tor. NO >> Repair the main line between the AV control unit and the data link connector.
AV control unit harness connector Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M8752
M246 Existed
53 14 Existed
AV control unit harness connector Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M8586
M246 Existed
87 14 Existed
LAN-217Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459012
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector M7- Harness connector B1Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M7 and B1.2. Check the continuity between the data link connector and the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the data link connector and the harness connector M7.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the data link connector and the driver seat
control unit. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector B1 and the driver seat control unit.
Data link connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M246
M720 Existed
14 21 Existed
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
LAN-218Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459013
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector B1- Harness connector M7- Harness connector M6- Harness connector E106Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors B1 and M7.2. Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the driver seat control unit and the harness connector B1.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M6 and E106.2. Check the continuity between the harness connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connectors M7 and M6.
4.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the continuity between the harness connector and the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the driver seat control unit and the ABS actu-
ator and electric unit (control unit).
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
Harness connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M722
M69 Existed
23 8 Existed
Harness connectorABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector Continuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
E1069
E4135 Existed
8 14 Existed
LAN-219Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector E106 and the ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit).
LAN-220Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459014
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ECM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ECM.2. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ECM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to EC-145, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ECM harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M107 114 113 Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-221Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459015
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and con-
nector side).- AWD control unit connector- Harness connector F103- Harness connector M116Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of AWD control unit.2. Check the resistance between the AWD control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the AWD control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the AWD control unit. Refer to DLN-27, "Diagnosis Proce-dure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the AWD control unit. Refer to DLN-53, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the AWD control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
AWD control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
F108 8 16 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-222Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459016
1.CHECK AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT
Check the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SRC-5, "Work Flow".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace the main harness.NO >> Replace parts whose air bag system has a malfunction.
LAN-223Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459017
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the AV control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of AV control unit.2. Check the resistance between the AV control unit harness connector terminals.- Models with NAVI
- Models without NAVI
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the AV control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the AV control unit. Refer to the following.• Base audio without navigation: AV-39, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"• BOSE audio without navigation: AV-162, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"• BOSE audio with navigation: AV-438, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the AV control unit. Refer to the following.
• Base audio without navigation: AV-111, "Exploded View"• BOSE audio without navigation: AV-348, "Exploded View"• BOSE audio with navigation: AV-616, "Exploded View"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the AV control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
AV control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M87 52 53 Approx. 54 – 66
AV control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M85 86 87 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-224Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459018
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of BCM.2. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the BCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-39, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
BCM harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M122 91 90 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-225Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459020
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and con-
nector side).- A/T assembly- Harness connector F103- Harness connector M116Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of A/T assembly.2. Check the resistance between the A/T assembly harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the TCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to TM-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to TM-105, "Component Parts Location".
(Replace A/T assembly if control valve with TCM is not listed in the latest parts list.)YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
A/T assembly harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
F51 3 8 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-226Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459022
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line.
Data link connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M24 6 14 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-227Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459023
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the unified meter and A/C amp. for damage, bend and loose con-
nection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of unified meter and A/C amp.2. Check the resistance between the unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the unified meter and A/C amp. branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-50, "UNIFIEDMETER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-127, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the unified meter and A/C amp. branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Unified meter and A/C amp. harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M67 56 72 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-228Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459024
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor.2. Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-83, "Wiring Dia-gram - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM -".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-105, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Steering angle sensor harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M37 1 2 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-229Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459025
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and con-
nector side).- Models with automatic drive positioner• Driver seat control unit• Harness connector B502• Harness connector B11- Models without automatic drive positioner• Driver seat control unit• Harness connector B501• Harness connector B10Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of driver seat control unit.2. Check the resistance between the driver seat control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the driver seat control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the driver seat control unit. Refer to ADP-64, "DRIVER SEATCONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the driver seat control unit. Refer to ADP-230, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the driver seat control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Driver seat control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
B503 3 19 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-230Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459027
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend
and loose connection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector termi-
nals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer toBRC-37, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-102, "Exploded
View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E41 35 14 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-231Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459029
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the IPDM E/R for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side
and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.2. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-17, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
IPDM E/R harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E6 40 39 Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-232Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459030
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1. Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.2. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
3. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview withcustomer)” are reproduced.
Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No.
M24 6 14 Not existed
Data link connector
Ground
ContinuityConnector No. Terminal No.
M246 Not existed
14 Not existed
ECMResistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
114 113 Approx. 108 – 132
IPDM E/RResistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
40 39 Approx. 108 – 132
LKIA0037E
LAN-233Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)]CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Inspection resultReproduced>>GO TO 6.Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE:Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection resultReproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
LAN-234Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISMAIN LINE BETWEEN AV AND DLC CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459037
1.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect the following harness connectors.- ECM- AV control unit4. Check the continuity between the AV control unit harness connector and the data link connector.- With NAVI
- Without NAVI
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the AV control unit and the data link connec-
tor. NO >> Repair the main line between the AV control unit and the data link connector.
AV control unit harness connector Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M8752
M246 Existed
53 14 Existed
AV control unit harness connector Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M8586
M246 Existed
87 14 Existed
LAN-235Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND ADP CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459038
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector M7- Harness connector B1Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M7 and B1.2. Check the continuity between the data link connector and the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the data link connector and the harness connector M7.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the data link connector and the driver seat
control unit. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector B1 and the driver seat control unit.
Data link connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M246
M720 Existed
14 21 Existed
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
LAN-236Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459039
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side
and harness side).- Harness connector B1- Harness connector M7- Harness connector M6- Harness connector E106Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors B1 and M7.2. Check the continuity between the harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the main line between the driver seat control unit and the harness connector B1.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the harness connectors M6 and E106.2. Check the continuity between the harness connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connectors M7 and M6.
4.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the continuity between the harness connector and the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the driver seat control unit and the ABS actu-
ator and electric unit (control unit).
Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity
B120 22 Existed
21 23 Existed
Harness connector Harness connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
M722
M69 Existed
23 8 Existed
Harness connectorABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
harness connector Continuity
Connector No. Terminal No. Connector No. Terminal No.
E1069
E4135 Existed
8 14 Existed
LAN-237Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector E106 and the ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit).
LAN-238Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459040
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ECM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ECM.2. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ECM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to EC-145, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ECM harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M107 114 113 Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-239Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459041
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and con-
nector side).- AWD control unit connector- Harness connector F103- Harness connector M116Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of AWD control unit.2. Check the resistance between the AWD control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the AWD control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the AWD control unit. Refer to DLN-27, "Diagnosis Proce-dure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the AWD control unit. Refer to DLN-53, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the AWD control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
AWD control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
F108 8 16 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-240Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459042
1.CHECK AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT
Check the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SRC-5, "Work Flow".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace the main harness.NO >> Replace parts whose air bag system has a malfunction.
LAN-241Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459043
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the AV control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of AV control unit.2. Check the resistance between the AV control unit harness connector terminals.- Models with NAVI
- Models without NAVI
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the AV control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the AV control unit. Refer to the following.• Base audio without navigation: AV-39, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"• BOSE audio without navigation: AV-162, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"• BOSE audio with navigation: AV-438, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure"Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the AV control unit. Refer to the following.
• Base audio without navigation: AV-111, "Exploded View"• BOSE audio without navigation: AV-348, "Exploded View"• BOSE audio with navigation: AV-616, "Exploded View"
YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the AV control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
AV control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M87 52 53 Approx. 54 – 66
AV control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M85 86 87 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-242Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459044
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and
connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of BCM.2. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the BCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-39, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
BCM harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M122 91 90 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-243Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459045
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the pre-crash seat belt for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of pre-crash seat belt control unit.2. Check the resistance between the pre-crash seat belt control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the pre-crash seat belt control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the pre-crash seat belt control unit. Refer to SBC-24, "Diag-nosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the pre-crash seat belt control unit. Refer to SBC-37, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the pre-crash seat belt control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Pre-crash seat belt control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M110 24 22 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-244Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459046
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and con-
nector side).- A/T assembly- Harness connector F103- Harness connector M116Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of A/T assembly.2. Check the resistance between the A/T assembly harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the TCM branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to TM-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to TM-105, "Component Parts Location".
(Replace A/T assembly if control valve with TCM is not listed in the latest parts list.)YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
A/T assembly harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
F51 3 8 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-245Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459047
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the AFS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit
side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of AFS control unit.2. Check the resistance between the AFS control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the AFS control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the AFS control unit. Refer to EXL-62, "AFS CONTROLUNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the AFS control unit. Refer to EXL-199, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the AFS control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
AFS control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M16 30 7 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-246Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459048
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection
(connector side and harness side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again.YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit.NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line.
Data link connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M24 6 14 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-247Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459049
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the unified meter and A/C amp. for damage, bend and loose con-
nection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of unified meter and A/C amp.2. Check the resistance between the unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the unified meter and A/C amp. branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-50, "UNIFIEDMETER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-127, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the unified meter and A/C amp. branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Unified meter and A/C amp. harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M67 56 72 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-248Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459050
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection
(unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor.2. Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-83, "Wiring Dia-gram - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM -".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-105, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Steering angle sensor harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
M37 1 2 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-249Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459051
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and con-
nector side).- Models with automatic drive positioner• Driver seat control unit• Harness connector B502• Harness connector B11- Models without automatic drive positioner• Driver seat control unit• Harness connector B501• Harness connector B10Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of driver seat control unit.2. Check the resistance between the driver seat control unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the driver seat control unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the driver seat control unit. Refer to ADP-64, "DRIVER SEATCONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the driver seat control unit. Refer to ADP-230, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the driver seat control unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
Driver seat control unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
B503 3 19 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-250Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459053
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend
and loose connection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).2. Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector termi-
nals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer toBRC-37, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-102, "Exploded
View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E41 35 14 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-251Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459054
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the ICC sensor integrated unit for damage, bend and loose con-
nection (unit side and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of ICC sensor integrated unit.2. Check the resistance between the ICC sensor integrated unit harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the ICC sensor integrated unit branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-102, "Diagno-sis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ICC sensor integrated unit branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
ICC sensor integrated unit harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E67 3 6 Approx. 54 – 66
LAN-252Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459055
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Check the terminals and connectors of the IPDM E/R for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side
and connector side).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R.2. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-17, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Exploded View".YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line.NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit.
IPDM E/R harness connectorResistance (Ω)
Connector No. Terminal No.
E6 40 39 Approx. 108 – 132
LAN-253Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004459056
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system.4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)
Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause.
4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT
1. Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R.2. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals.
3. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R.
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview withcustomer)” are reproduced.
Data link connectorContinuity
Connector No. Terminal No.
M24 6 14 Not existed
Data link connector
Ground
ContinuityConnector No. Terminal No.
M246 Not existed
14 Not existed
ECMResistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
114 113 Approx. 108 – 132
IPDM E/RResistance (Ω)
Terminal No.
40 39 Approx. 108 – 132
LKIA0037E
LAN-254Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AN
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT[CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
L
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Inspection resultReproduced>>GO TO 6.Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is
detected.
6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION
Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit.1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system.
NOTE:ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first.
4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom(Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE:Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms.
Inspection resultReproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure.Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected.
LAN-255Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ENGINE
C
D
E
SECTION LUA
LU
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
CONTENTS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 2
DESCRIPTION .................................................... 2Engine Lubrication System ......................................2Engine Lubrication System Schematic ......................2
PRECAUTION ............................................... 3
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3Liquid Gasket ...........................................................3
PREPARATION ............................................ 4
PREPARATION ................................................... 4Special Service Tools ..............................................4Commercial Service Tools .......................................4
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE .......................... 6
ENGINE OIL ........................................................ 6Inspection ..................................................................6Draining .....................................................................8Refilling .....................................................................8
OIL FILTER ......................................................... 9Removal and Installation ...........................................9Inspection ................................................................10
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ...............11
OIL FILTER BRACKET (AWD) .........................11Exploded View .........................................................11Removal and Installation .........................................11Inspection ................................................................12
OIL PUMP .........................................................13Exploded View .........................................................13Removal and Installation .........................................13Inspection ................................................................13
UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY ....14
OIL PUMP .........................................................14Disassembly ............................................................14Assembly .................................................................14Inspection ................................................................14
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ............................................................16
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .................................................................16
Periodical Maintenance Specification ....................16Engine Oil Pressure ...............................................16Oil Pump .................................................................16Regulator Valve ......................................................16
LU-1Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DESCRIPTION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTION
Engine Lubrication System INFOID:0000000004250538
Engine Lubrication System Schematic INFOID:0000000004250539
JPBIA2340GB
JPBIA2341GB
LU-2Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
U
N
P
O
< PRECAUTION >
L
PRECAUTIONPRECAUTIONS
Liquid Gasket INFOID:0000000004250540
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE1. Remove old liquid gasket adhering to the liquid gasket application surface and the mating surface.
• Remove liquid gasket completely from the liquid gasket application surface, mounting bolts, and boltholes.
2. Wipe the liquid gasket application surface and the mating surface with white gasoline (lighting and heatinguse) to remove adhering moisture, grease and foreign materials.
3. Apply liquid gasket to the liquid gasket application surface.Use Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Prod-ucts and Sealants".• Within five minutes of liquid gasket application, install the mating component.• If liquid gasket protrudes, wipe it off immediately.• Do not retighten mounting bolts or nuts after the installation.• After 30 minutes or more have passed from the installation, fill engine oil and engine coolant.
LU-3Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >PREPARATIONPREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000004250541
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000004250542
Tool number(Kent-Moore No.)Tool name
Description
ST25051001(J-25695-1)Oil pressure gauge
Measuring oil pressureMaximum measuring range: 2,452 kPa (25
kg/cm2, 356 psi)
ST25052000(J-25695-2)Hose
Adapting oil pressure gauge to oil pan (upper)
KV10115801(J-38956)Oil filter wrench
Removing and installing oil filtera: 64.3 mm (2.531 in)
NT050
S-NT559
S-NT375
Tool name Description
Tube presser Pressing tube of liquid gasket
NT052
LU-4Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
U
N
P
O
< PREPARATION >
L
Power tools Loosening nuts and bolts
Deep socket Removing and installing oil pressure switch 27 mm (1.06 in)
Tool name Description
PBIC0190E
PBIC4066E
LU-5Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ENGINE OIL
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >PERIODIC MAINTENANCEENGINE OIL
Inspection INFOID:0000000004250543
ENGINE OIL LEVELNOTE:Before starting engine, put vehicle horizontally and check the engine oil level. If engine is already started, stopit and allow 10 minutes before checking.1. Pull out oil level gauge and wipe it clean.2. Insert oil level gauge and check the engine oil level is within the
range (A) shown in the figure.3. If it is out of range, adjust it.
NOTE:When checking the engine oil level, insert oil level gauge (1)with its tip aligned with oil level gauge guide.
ENGINE OIL APPEARANCE• Check engine oil for white turbidity or heavy contamination.• If engine oil becomes turbid and white, it is highly probable that it is contaminated with engine coolant.
Repair or replace damaged parts.
ENGINE OIL LEAKAGECheck for engine oil leakage around the following areas:• Oil pans (upper and lower)• Oil pan drain plug• Oil pressure switch• Oil temperature sensor• Oil filter• Valve timing control cover• Mating surface between cylinder head and rocker cover• Mating surface between front timing chain case and rear timing chain case• Mating surface between rear timing chain case and cylinder head• Mating surface between rear timing chain case and cylinder block• Mating surface between rear timing chain case and oil pan (upper)• Mating surface between cylinder block and cylinder head• Mating surface between lower cylinder block and cylinder block• Crankshaft oil seals (front and rear)• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and exhaust valve timing control position sensor
OIL PRESSURE CHECK
JPBIA0070ZZ
2 : Engine cover
: Engine front
JPBIA0071ZZ
LU-6Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ENGINE OIL
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
U
N
P
O
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
L
WARNING:• Be careful not to get burn yourself, as engine oil may be hot.• Oil pressure check should be done in “Neutral position” (M/T models) or “Parking position” (A/T
models).1. Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-6, "Inspection".2. Remove engine undercover with power tool.3. Disconnect harness connector at oil pressure switch, and remove oil pressure switch using deep socket
(commercial service tool).CAUTION:Never drop or shock oil pressure switch.• 2WD models (A)
• AWD models (A)
4. Install the oil pressure gauge [SST: ST25051001 (J-25695-1)](A) and hose [SST: ST25052000 (J-25695-2)] (B).
5. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.6. Check the engine oil pressure with engine running under no-load.
NOTE:When the engine oil temperature is low, the engine oil pressure becomes high.
If difference is extreme, check engine oil passage and oil pump for engine oil leakage.7. After the inspections, install oil pressure switch as follows:a. Remove old liquid gasket adhering to oil pressure switch and the mating surface.b. Apply liquid gasket and tighten oil pressure switch to the specification.
Use Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Prod-ucts and Sealants".
1 : Oil pressure switch
: Engine front
JPBIA0251GB
1 : Oil pressure switch
2 : Front final drive
: Engine front
JPBIA1911ZZ
JPBIA0074ZZ
Engine oil pressure : Refer to LU-16, "Engine Oil Pressure".
LU-7Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ENGINE OIL
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >c. After warming up engine, check there is no leakage of engine oil with running engine.
Draining INFOID:0000000004250544
WARNING:• Be careful not to get burn yourself, as engine oil may be hot.• Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer. Try to avoid direct skin
contact with used engine oil. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner assoon as possible.
1. Warm up the engine, and check for engine oil leakage from engine components. Refer to LU-6, "Inspec-tion".
2. Stop the engine and wait for 10 minutes.3. Loosen oil filler cap.4. Remove undercover with power tool. 5. Remove drain plug and then drain engine oil.
Refilling INFOID:0000000004250545
1. Install drain plug with new washer. Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View (2WD)".CAUTION:Be sure to clean drain plug and install with new washer.
2. Refill with new engine oil.Engine oil specification and viscosity: Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants".
CAUTION:• When filling engine oil, do not pull out oil level gauge.• The refill capacity depends on the engine oil temperature and drain time. Use these specifica-
tions for reference only.• Always use oil level gauge to determine the proper amount of engine oil in engine.
3. Warm up the engine and check area around drain plug and oil filter for engine oil leakage.4. Stop the engine and wait for 10 minutes.5. Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-6, "Inspection".
Tightening torque : Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View (2WD)".
Tightening torque : Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View (2WD)".
Engine oil capacity : Refer to LU-16, "Periodical Maintenance Specification".
LU-8Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
OIL FILTER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
U
N
P
O
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
L
OIL FILTER
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004250546
REMOVALCAUTION:• Oil filter is provided with relief valve. Use genuine NISSAN oil filter or equivalent.• Be careful not to get burned when engine and engine oil may be hot.• When removing, prepare a shop cloth to absorb any engine oil leakage or spillage.• Never allow engine oil to adhere to drive belt.• Completely wipe off any engine oil that adheres to engine and vehicle.1. Remove engine undercover with power tool.2. Using oil filter wrench [SST: KV10115801 (J-38956)] (B), remove
oil filter.
INSTALLATION1. Remove foreign materials adhering to oil filter installation surface.2. Apply engine oil to the oil seal contact surface of new oil filter.
A : 2WD models
: Engine front
JPBIA0252GB
A : AWD models
: Engine front
JPBIA1828ZZ
SMA010
LU-9Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
OIL FILTER
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >3. Screw oil filter manually until it touches the installation surface,then tighten it by 2/3 turn (A). Or tighten to the specification.
Inspection INFOID:0000000004250547
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION1. Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-6, "Inspection".2. Start the engine, and check there is no leak of engine oil.3. Stop the engine and wait for 10 minutes.4. Check the engine oil level, and adjust the level. Refer to LU-6, "Inspection".
Oil filter:
: 17.7 N·m (1.8 kg-m, 13 ft-lb)
JPBIA0077ZZ
LU-10Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
OIL FILTER BRACKET (AWD)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
U
N
P
O
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
L
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONOIL FILTER BRACKET (AWD)
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004496650
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004496651
REMOVALWARNING:Be careful not to get burn yourself, as engine oil may be hot.1. Remove engine undercover with power tool.2. Using the oil filter wrench [SST: KV10115801 (J-38956)], remove oil filter. Refer to LU-9, "Removal and
Installation".CAUTION:Never spill engine oil on drive belt.
3. Disconnect oil pressure switch harness connector and oil temperature sensor harness connector.4. Remove oil filter bracket from oil pan (upper).5. Remove oil pressure switch and oil temperature sensor from oil filter bracket.
INSTALLATION• Install oil pressure switch as follows:- Remove old liquid gasket adhering to oil filter bracket.- Apply liquid gasket and install oil pressure switch.
1. Oil pan (upper) 2. Gasket 3. Oil temperature sensor
4. Oil pressure switch 5. Oil filter bracket 6. Connector bolt
7. Oil filter
A. Refer to LU-9
: Engine front
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
JPBIA1829GB
LU-11Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
OIL FILTER BRACKET (AWD)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >Use Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Productsand Sealants".
Inspection INFOID:0000000004496652
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION1. Check the engine oil level and add engine oil. Refer to LU-6, "Inspection".2. Start the engine, and check there is no leakage of engine oil.3. Stop the engine and wait for 10 minutes.4. Check the engine oil level again. Refer to LU-6, "Inspection".
LU-12Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
OIL PUMP
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
U
N
P
O
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
L
OIL PUMP
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004250551
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004250552
REMOVAL1. Remove oil pan (upper and lower) and oil strainer. Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View (2WD)" and EM-82,
"2WD : Exploded View" (2WD models) or EM-44, "Exploded View (AWD)" and EM-85, "AWD : ExplodedView" (AWD models).
2. Remove front timing chain case and timing chain (primary). Refer to EM-50, "Exploded View".3. Remove oil pump assembly.
INSTALLATIONCAUTION:Before installation, apply new engine oil to the parts as instructed in the figure.Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.• When installing, align crankshaft flat faces with oil pump inner rotor flat faces.
Inspection INFOID:0000000004250553
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION1. Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-6, "Inspection".2. Start the engine, and check there is no leakage of engine oil.3. Stop the engine and wait for 10 minutes.4. Check the engine oil level and adjust the level. Refer to LU-6, "Inspection".
1. Oil pump body 2. Oil pump outer rotor 3. Oil pump inner rotor
4. Oil pump cover 5. Regulator valve plug 6. Regulator valve spring
7. Regulator valve spring 8. Regulator valve
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
JPBIA0242GB
LU-13Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
OIL PUMP
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLYOIL PUMP
Disassembly INFOID:0000000004250554
1. Remove oil pump cover.2. Remove oil pump inner rotor and oil pump outer rotor from oil pump body.3. After removing regulator valve plug, remove regulator valve spring and regulator valve.
Assembly INFOID:0000000004250555
Note the following, and assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.• Install oil pump inner rotor with the groove faced to oil pump cover
side.
Inspection INFOID:0000000004250556
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Oil Pump Clearance• Measure the clearance with feeler gauge (C).- Clearance between oil pump outer rotor and oil pump body [posi-
tion (B)]
- Tip clearance between oil pump inner rotor and oil pump outerrotor [position (A)]
• Measure the clearance with feeler gauge and straightedge (A).- Side clearance between oil pump inner rotor and oil pump body
[position (C)]
- Side clearance between oil pump outer rotor and oil pump body[position (B)]
• Calculate the clearance between oil pump inner rotor and oil pump body as follows:
OIL PUMP BODY INNER DIAMETER
A : Oil pump body side
B : Oil pump cover side
C : Groove
JPBIA0084ZZ
Standard : Refer to LU-16, "Oil Pump".
Standard : Refer to LU-16, "Oil Pump".
JPBIA0078ZZ
Standard : Refer to LU-16, "Oil Pump".
Standard : Refer to LU-16, "Oil Pump".
JPBIA0079ZZ
LU-14Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
OIL PUMP
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
U
N
P
O
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
L
- Measure the inner diameter of oil pump body with inside microme-ter. [position (A)]
OIL PUMP INNER ROTOR OUTER DIAMETER- Measure the outer diameter of protruded portion of oil pump inner
rotor (1) with micrometer. [position (B)]
OIL PUMP INNER ROTOR TO OIL PUMP BODY CLEARANCE- (Clearance) = (Oil pump body inner diameter) – (Oil pump inner rotor outer diameter)
• If measured/calculated values are out of the standard, replace oil pump assembly.
Regulator Valve Clearance(Clearance) = (Regulator valve hole diameter) – (Regulator valveouter diameter)
• If the calculated value is out of the standard, replace oil pumpassembly.
CAUTION:• Coat regulator valve with engine oil.• Check that it falls smoothly into valve hole by its own weight.
JPBIA0080ZZ
Standard : Refer to LU-16, "Oil Pump".
1 : Regulator valve
2 : Oil pump body
Standard : Refer to LU-16, "Regulator Valve".
JPBIA0081ZZ
LU-15Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Periodical Maintenance Specification INFOID:0000000004250557
ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)Unit: (US qt, lmp qt)
Engine Oil Pressure INFOID:0000000004250558
Unit: kPa (kg/cm2, psi)
*: Engine oil temperature at 80°C (176°F)
Oil Pump INFOID:0000000004250559
Unit: mm (in)
Regulator Valve INFOID:0000000004250560
Unit: mm (in)
Drain and refill With oil filter change 4.9 (5-1/8, 4-1/4)
Without oil filter change 4.6 (4-7/8, 4)
Dry engine (Overhaul) 5.7 (6, 5)
Engine speed Approximate discharge pressure*
Idle speed More than 98 (1.0, 14)
2,000 rpm More than 294 (3.0, 43)
Oil pump body to oil pump outer rotor radial clearance 0.114 - 0.260 (0.0045 - 0.0102)
Oil pump inner rotor to oil pump outer rotor tip clearance Below 0.180 (0.0071)
Oil pump body to oil pump inner rotor axial clearance 0.030 - 0.070 (0.0012 - 0.0028)
Oil pump body to oil pump outer rotor axial clearance 0.030 - 0.090 (0.0012 - 0.0035)
Oil pump inner rotor to brazed portion of housing clearance 0.045 - 0.091 (0.0018 - 0.0036)
Regulator valve to oil pump cover clearance 0.040 - 0.097 (0.0016 - 0.0038)
LU-16Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
MAINTENANCE
C
D
E
BSECTION MA
A
MAINTENANCE
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
N
O
CONTENTS
M
PREPARATION ............................................ 3
PREPARATION ................................................... 3Special Service Tool .................................................3Commercial Service Tool ..........................................3
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE .......................... 4
GENERAL MAINTENANCE ................................ 4Explanation of General Maintenance ........................4
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ................................ 6Introduction of Periodic Maintenance ........................6Schedule 1 ................................................................6Schedule 2 ................................................................8
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRI-CANTS ................................................................10
Fluids and Lubricants ..............................................10Engine Oil Recommendation ..................................10Anti-Freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio ..........................11
ENGINE MAINTENANCE ...................................12
DRIVE BELT ..............................................................12DRIVE BELT : Exploded View ................................12DRIVE BELT : Checking .........................................12DRIVE BELT : Tension Adjustment ........................12
ENGINE COOLANT ...................................................12ENGINE COOLANT : Draining ................................12ENGINE COOLANT : Refilling ................................13ENGINE COOLANT : Flushing ...............................15
FUEL LINES ..............................................................15FUEL LINES : Inspection ........................................16
AIR CLEANER FILTER .............................................16AIR CLEANER FILTER : Removal and Installation
....16
ENGINE OIL ..............................................................16ENGINE OIL : Draining ...........................................16
ENGINE OIL : Refilling ............................................17
OIL FILTER ................................................................17OIL FILTER : Removal and Installation ...................17OIL FILTER : Inspection ..........................................18
SPARK PLUG ............................................................18SPARK PLUG : Removal and Installation ...............18SPARK PLUG : Inspection ......................................19
EVAP VAPOR LINES ................................................19EVAP VAPOR LINES : Inspection ...........................19
CHASSIS MAINTENANCE ...............................20
EXHAUST SYSTEM ...................................................20EXHAUST SYSTEM : Inspection ............................20
GEAR OIL ..................................................................20GEAR OIL : Inspection ............................................20GEAR OIL : Draining ...............................................20GEAR OIL : Refilling ................................................20
CLUTCH FLUID .........................................................21CLUTCH FLUID : Inspection ...................................21
TRANSFER FLUID ....................................................21TRANSFER FLUID : Inspection ..............................21TRANSFER FLUID : Draining .................................21TRANSFER FLUID : Refilling ..................................22
FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S56A ......................22FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S56A : Inspec-tion ...........................................................................22
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A ........................22REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A : Inspection ....23
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A-R ....................23REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A-R : Inspec-tion ...........................................................................23
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F80A-1VL107 ...........24
MA-1Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F80A-1VL107 : In-spection .................................................................. 24
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: F160A ............ 24FRONT DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: F160A : In-spection .................................................................. 24FRONT DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: F160A : Draining .................................................................. 25FRONT DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: F160A : Re-filling ....................................................................... 25
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200 ................ 25REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200 : Inspec-tion .......................................................................... 25REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200 : Drain-ing ........................................................................... 26REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200 : Refill-ing ........................................................................... 26
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200V .............. 26REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200V : In-spection .................................................................. 26REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200V : Draining .................................................................. 27REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200V : Refill-ing ........................................................................... 27
WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE) ..................... 27WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE) : Adjust-ment ........................................................................ 27
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL AND LEAKS ........................ 30BRAKE FLUID LEVEL AND LEAKS : Inspection ... 30
BRAKE LINES AND CABLES .................................. 30BRAKE LINES AND CABLES : Inspection ............. 30
BRAKE FLUID .......................................................... 30BRAKE FLUID : Changing ...................................... 30
DISC BRAKE ............................................................ 30DISC BRAKE : Inspection ...................................... 31DISC BRAKE : Front Disc Brake ............................ 31DISC BRAKE : Rear Disc Brake ............................. 32
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE ........................... 32STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE : Inspection ...... 32
POWER STEERING FLUID AND LINES .................. 32POWER STEERING FLUID AND LINES : Inspec-tion .......................................................................... 33
AXLE AND SUSPENSION PARTS ........................... 33AXLE AND SUSPENSION PARTS : Inspection ..... 33
DRIVE SHAFT ........................................................... 33DRIVE SHAFT : Inspection ..................................... 34
BODY MAINTENANCE ..................................... 35
LOCKS, HINGES AND HOOD LATCH ..................... 35LOCKS, HINGES AND HOOD LATCH : Lubricat-ing ........................................................................... 35
SEAT BELT, BUCKLES, RETRACTORS, AN-CHORS AND ADJUSTERS ...................................... 35
SEAT BELT, BUCKLES, RETRACTORS, AN-CHORS AND ADJUSTERS : Inspection ................. 35
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .......................................................... 36
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................. 36
DRIVE BELT .............................................................. 36DRIVE BELT : Drive Belt ........................................ 36
ENGINE COOLANT .................................................. 36ENGINE COOLANT : Periodical Maintenance Specification .................... 36
ENGINE OIL .............................................................. 36ENGINE OIL : Periodical Maintenance Specification .................... 36
SPARK PLUG ........................................................... 36SPARK PLUG : Spark Plug .................................... 36
ROAD WHEEL .......................................................... 36ROAD WHEEL : Road Wheel ................................. 36
MA-2Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
N
O
A
< PREPARATION >
M
PREPARATIONPREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000004246030
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000004246031
Tool number(Kent-Moore No.)Tool name
Description
KV10115801(J-38956)Oil filter wrench
Removing and installing oil filtera: 64.3 mm (2.531 in)
S-NT375
Tool name Description
Power tool Loosening nuts and bolts
Spark plug wrench Removing and installing spark pluga : 14 mm (0.55 in)
PBIC0190E
JPBIA0399ZZ
MA-3Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >PERIODIC MAINTENANCEGENERAL MAINTENANCE
Explanation of General Maintenance INFOID:0000000004246032
General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during the normal day-to-day operationof the vehicle. They are essential if the vehicle is to continue operating properly. The owners can performchecks and inspections themselves or have their INFINITI dealers do them.
OUTSIDE THE VEHICLEThe maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time, unless otherwise specified.
INSIDE THE VEHICLEThe maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis, such as when performing periodic maintenance, cleaning the vehicle,etc.
Item Reference page
Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips. Adjust the pressure in all tires, including the spare, to the pressure specified. Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessive wear.
WT-102
Wheel nuts When checking the tires, make sure no nuts are missing, and check for any loose nuts. Tighten if necessary.
—
Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7,500 miles (12,000 km). If the vehicle is equipped with different sized tires in the front and rear, tires cannot be rotated.
MA-27
Tire Pressure Monitor-ing System (TPMS) transmitter compo-nents
Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal, valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age.
WT-99
Wheel alignment and balance
If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road, or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear, there may be a need for wheel alignment. If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds, wheel balancing may be needed.
FSU-8 (2WD)FSU-30 (AWD)
RSU-6MA-27
Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis. Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage. Repair as necessary.
—
Windshield wiper blades
Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly. —
Doors and engine hood
Check that all doors and the engine hood operate properly. Also make sure that all latches lock securely. Lubricate if necessary. Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released.When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials, check lubrica-tion frequently.
MA-35
Lamps Make sure that the headlamps, stop lamps, tail lamps, turn signal lamps, and oth-er lamps are all operating properly and installed securely. Also check headlamp aim. Clean the headlamps on a regular basis.
—
Item Reference page
Warning lamps and chimes
Make sure that all warning lamps and chimes are operating properly. —
Windshield wiper and washer
Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak.
—
Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner.
—
Steering wheel Check that it has the specified play. Be sure to check for changes in the steering condition, such as excessive play, hard steering or strange noises. Free play: Less than 35 mm (1.38 in)
—
Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to make sure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every po-sition. Check that the head restrains move up and down smoothly and that the locks (if equipped) hold securely in all latched positions. Check that the latches lock securely for folding-down rear seatbacks.
—
MA-4Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
N
O
A
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
M
UNDER THE HOOD AND VEHICLEThe maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically (e.g. each time you check the engine oil or refuel).
Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system (e.g. buckles, anchors, adjusters and retractors) operate properly and smoothly, and are installed securely. Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.
MA-35
Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort. Keep the floor mats away from the pedal.
—
Brakes Check that the brake does not pull the vehicle to one side when applied. —
Brake pedal and booster
Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure it has the proper distance under it when depressed fully. Check the brake booster function. Be sure to keep the floor mats away from the pedal.
BR-8BR-14
Clutch pedal Make sure the pedal operates smoothly and check that it has the proper free play.
CL-5
Parking brake Check that the lever or pedal has the proper travel and make sure that the vehi-cle is held securely on a fairly steep hill when only the parking brake is applied.
PB-3 (PEDAL TYPE)PB-4 (LEVER TYPE)
Automatic transmis-sion "Park" mecha-nism
Check that the lock release button on the selector lever operates properly and smoothly. On a fairly steep hill check that the vehicle is held securely with the se-lector lever in the P (Park) position without applying any brakes.
—
Item Reference page
Item Reference page
Windshield washer fluid
Check that there is adequate fluid in the tank. —
Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold. CO-7
Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves, etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure the hoses have no cracks, deformation, de-terioration or loose connections.
—
Brake and clutch fluid levels
Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid levels are between the “MAX” and “MIN” lines on the reservoir.
MA-30MA-21
Battery Check the fluid level in each cell. It should be between the “MAX” and “MIN” lines. Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require fre-quent checks of the battery fluid level.
PG-3
Engine drive belts Make sure that no belt is frayed, worn, cracked or oily. MA-12
Engine oil level Check the level on the oil level gauge after parking the vehicle on a level spot and turning off the engine.
LU-6
Power steering fluid level and lines
Check the level on the dipstick with the engine off. Check the lines for improper attachment, leaks, cracks, etc.
MA-33
Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports, cracks or holes. If the sound of the ex-haust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes, immediately locate the trouble and correct it.
MA-20
Underbody The underbody is frequently exposed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust. It is very important to remove these sub-stances, otherwise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuel lines and around the exhaust system. At the end of winter, the underbody should be thoroughly flushed with plain water, being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt can easily accumulate.
—
Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while. Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal. If you should notice any leaks or gasoline fumes are evident, check for the cause and correct it immediately.
—
MA-5Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
Introduction of Periodic Maintenance INFOID:0000000004246033
Two different maintenance schedules are provided, and should be used, depending upon the conditions inwhich the vehicle is mainly operated. After 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months, continue the periodicmaintenance at the same mileage/time intervals.
Schedule 1 INFOID:0000000004246034
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMAbbreviations: R = Replace. I = Inspect. Correct or replace if necessary. [ ]: At the mileage interval only
Schedule 1
Follow Periodic Maintenance Schedule 1 if the driving habits frequently include one or more of the following driving conditions:• Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles (8 km).• Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles (16 km) with outside temperatures
remaining below freezing.• Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go “rush hour” traffic.• Extensive idling and/or low speed driving for long distances, such as police, taxi
or door-to-door delivery use.• Driving in dusty conditions.• Driving on rough, muddy, or salt spread roads.• Towing a trailer, using a camper or a car-top carrier.
Emission Control Sys-tem Maintenance
MA-6Chassis and Body Maintenance
Schedule 2Follow Periodic Maintenance Schedule 2 if none of driving conditions shown in Schedule 1 apply to the driving habits.
Emission Control Sys-tem Maintenance
MA-8Chassis and Body Maintenance
MAINTENANCE OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVAL Reference Section - Page or -
Content Title
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, which-ever comes first.
Miles x 1,000(km x 1,000)
Months
3.75(6)3
7.50(12)
6
11.25(18)
9
15(24)12
18.75(30)15
22.5(36)18
26.25(42)21
30(48)24
Drive belts NOTE (1) MA-12
Air cleaner filter NOTE (2) [R] MA-16
EVAP vapor lines I* MA-19
Fuel lines I* MA-16
Fuel filter NOTE (3) —
Engine coolant NOTE (4) MA-12
Engine oil R R R R R R R R MA-16
Engine oil filter (Use genuine NISSAN engine oil filter or equivalent.)
R R R R R R R R MA-17
Spark plugs (Iridium-tipped type)
Replace every 105,000 miles (169,000 km). MA-18
Intake & exhaust valve clear-ance*
NOTE (5) EM-18
MAINTENANCE OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVAL Reference Section - Page or -
Content Title
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, which-ever comes first.
Miles x 1,000(km x 1,000)
Months
33.75(54)27
37.5(60)30
41.25(66)33
45(72)36
48.75(78)39
52.5(84)42
56.25(90)45
60(96)48
Drive belts NOTE (1) I* MA-12
Air cleaner filter NOTE (2) [R] MA-16
EVAP vapor lines I* MA-19
Fuel lines I* MA-16
MA-6Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
N
O
A
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
M
NOTE:
(1) After 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months. Replace the drive belts if found
damaged or if the auto belt tensioner reading reaches the maximum limit.
(2) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required.
(3) Maintenance-free item. For service procedures, refer to FL section.
(4) After 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months.
(5) Periodic maintenance is not required. However, if valve noise increases, inspect valve clearance.
* Maintenance items and intervals with “*” are recommended by INFINITI for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not performsuch maintenance in order to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and intervals arerequired.
CHASSIS AND BODYAbbreviations: R = Replace. I = Inspect. Correct or replace if necessary.
Fuel filter NOTE (3) —
Engine coolant NOTE (4) R* MA-12
Engine oil R R R R R R R R MA-16
Engine oil filter (Use genuine NISSAN engine oil filter or equivalent.)
R R R R R R R R MA-17
Spark plugs (Iridium-tipped type)
Replace every 105,000 miles (169,000 km). MA-18
Intake & exhaust valve clear-ance*
NOTE (5) EM-18
MAINTENANCE OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVAL Reference Section - Page or -
Content Title
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, which-ever comes first.
Miles x 1,000(km x 1,000)
Months
33.75(54)27
37.5(60)30
41.25(66)33
45(72)36
48.75(78)39
52.5(84)42
56.25(90)45
60(96)48
MAINTENANCE OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVAL Reference Section -
Page or - Con-tent Title
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, which-ever comes first.
Miles x 1,000(km x 1,000)
Months
3.75(6)3
7.50(12)
6
11.25(18)
9
15(24)12
18.75(30)15
22.5(36)18
26.25(42)21
30(48)24
Brake lines & cables I I MA-30
Brake pads & rotors I I I I MA-31
Manual transmission gear oil, transfer fluid & differential gear oil
NOTE (1) I I
MA-20MA-21MA-24MA-25MA-26
Automatic transmission fluid NOTE (2) —
Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts
I I I IMA-32MA-33
Tire rotation NOTE (3)MA-4MA-27
Propeller shaft & drive shaft boots (AWD)
I I I I
MA-22MA-23MA-23MA-24MA-34
Exhaust system I I I I MA-20
In-cabin microfilter R R VTL-9
Stop lamp switch & ASCD brake switch
NOTE (4) I I BR-8
MA-7Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >NOTE:
(1) If towing a trailer, using a camper or a car-top carrier, or driving on rough or muddy roads, change (not just inspect) fluid/oil at every30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months.
(2) Automatic transmission fluid is maintenance-free.
(3) Refer to “Tire rotation” under the “General maintenance” heading earlier in this section.
(4) Inspect the clearance between the brake pedal and the switches.
Schedule 2 INFOID:0000000004246035
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMAbbreviations: R = Replace. I = Inspect. Correct or replace if necessary. [ ]: At the mileage interval only
MAINTENANCE OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVAL Reference Section - Page
or - Content Title
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, which-ever comes first.
Miles x 1,000(km x 1,000)
Months
33.75(54)27
37.5(60)30
41.25(66)33
45(72)36
48.75(78)39
52.5(84)42
56.25(90)45
60(96)48
Brake lines & cables I I MA-30
Brake pads & rotors I I I I MA-31
Manual transmission gear oil, transfer fluid & differential gear oil
NOTE (1) I I
MA-20MA-21MA-24MA-25MA-26
Automatic transmission fluid NOTE (2) —
Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts
I I I IMA-32MA-33
Tire rotation NOTE (3)MA-4MA-27
Propeller shaft & drive shaft boots (AWD)
I I I I
MA-22MA-23MA-23MA-24MA-34
Exhaust system I I I I MA-20
In-cabin microfilter R R VTL-9
Stop lamp switch & ASCD brake switch
NOTE (4) I I BR-8
MAINTENANCE OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVALReference Sec-tion - Page or - Content Title
Perform at number of miles, kilo-meters or months, whichever comes first.
Miles x 1,000(km x 1,000)
Months
7.5(12)
6
15(24)12
22.5(36)18
30(48)24
37.5(60)30
45(72)36
52.5(84)42
60(96)48
Drive belts NOTE (1) I* MA-12
Air cleaner filter [R] [R] MA-16
EVAP vapor lines I* I* MA-19
Fuel lines I* I* MA-16
Fuel filter NOTE (2) —
Engine coolant NOTE (3) R* MA-12
Engine oil R R R R R R R R MA-16
Engine oil filter (Use genuine NISSAN engine oil filter or equiv-alent.)
R R R R R R R R MA-17
Spark plugs (Iridium-tipped type) Replace every 105,000 miles (169,000 km). MA-18
Intake & exhaust valve clear-ance*
NOTE (4) EM-18
MA-8Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
N
O
A
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
M
NOTE:
(1) After 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months. Replace the drive belts if found
damaged or if the auto belt tensioner reading reaches the maximum limit.
(2) Maintenance-free item. For service procedures, refer to FL section.
(3) After 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months.
(4) Periodic maintenance is not required. However, if valve noise increases, inspect valve clearance.
* Maintenance items and intervals with “*” are recommended by INFINITI for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not performsuch maintenance in order to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and intervals arerequired.
CHASSIS AND BODYAbbreviations: R = Replace. I = Inspect. Correct or replace if necessary.
NOTE:
(1) Automatic transmission fluid is maintenance-free.
(2) Refer to “Tire rotation” under the “General maintenance” heading earlier in this section.
(3) Inspect the clearance between the brake pedal and the switches.
MAINTENANCE OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVALReference Sec-tion - Page or - Content Title
Perform at number of miles, kilo-meters or months, whichever comes first.
Miles x 1,000(km x 1,000)
Months
7.5(12)
6
15(24)12
22.5(36)18
30(48)24
37.5(60)30
45(72)36
52.5(84)42
60(96)48
Brake lines & cables I I I I MA-30
Brake pads & rotors I I I I MA-31
Manual transmission gear oil, transfer fluid & differential gear oil
I I
MA-20MA-21MA-24MA-25MA-26
Automatic transmission fluid NOTE (1) —
Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts
I IMA-32MA-33
Tire rotation NOTE (2)MA-4MA-27
Propeller shaft & drive shaft boots (AWD)
I I I I
MA-22MA-23MA-23MA-24MA-34
Exhaust system I I MA-20
In-cabin microfilter R R R R VTL-9
Stop lamp switch & ASCD brake switch
NOTE (3) I I I I BR-8
MA-9Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS
Fluids and Lubricants INFOID:0000000004246036
*1: For further details, see “Engine Oil Recommendation”.
*2: NISSAN recommends Genuine NISSAN Ester Oil available at an INFINITI dealer.
*3: Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability andautomatic transmission durability, and may damage the automatic transmission, which is not covered by the INFINITI newvehicle limited warranty.
*4: For hot climates, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 0°C (32°F).
*5: See an INFINITI dealer for service for synthetic oil.
*6: Using transfer fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and transfer durability,and may damage the transfer, which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty.
*7: DEXRON™ VI type ATF or Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid may also be used.
*8: Available in mainland U.S.A. through an INFINITI dealer.
*9: The fluid capacity is the reference value.
Engine Oil Recommendation INFOID:0000000004246037
NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy.Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute (API) certification and International Lubri-cant Standardization and Approval Committee (ILSAC) certification and SAE viscosity standard. These oils
Capacity (Approximate)
Recommended Fluids/LubricantsUS mea-sure
Imp mea-sure
Liter
Engine oilDrain and refill
With oil filter change 5-1/8 qt 4-1/4 qt 4.9• Engine oil with API Certification Mark*1, *2
• Viscosity SAE 5W-30*1, *2Without oil filter change 4-7/8 qt 4 qt 4.6
Dry engine (Overhaul) 6 qt 5 qt 5.7
Cooling system
With reservoir tank
A/T 9 qt 7-1/2 qt 8.5Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ Coolant or equivalent
M/T 9-1/8 qt 7-5/8 qt 8.6
Reservoir tank 7/8 qt 3/4 qt 0.8
Automatic transmission fluid 10-7/8 qt*9 9-1/8 qt*9 10.3*9 Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF*3
Manual trans-mission gear oil
VIN: UP to JNKCV64E09M605016
6-1/4 pt 5-1/8 pt 2.93 Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) HQ Multi 75W-85 or API GL-4, Viscosity SAE 75W-85 or 75W-90VIN: From
JNKCV64E09M6050176 pt 5 pt 2.83
Differential gear oil
Front 1-3/8 pt 1-1/8 pt 0.65Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or API GL-5, Viscosity
SAE 80W-90*4
Rear 3 pt 2-1/2 pt 1.40Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Synthetic 75W-90 or API GL-5 synthetic gear oil, Vis-
cosity SAE 75W-90*5
Transfer fluid 2-1/8 pt 1-3/4 pt 1.0 Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF*6
Power steering fluid (PSF) 1-1/8 qt 7/8 qt 1.0 Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent*7
Brake and clutch fluid — — —Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake
Fluid*8 or equivalent DOT 3 (US FMVSS No. 116)
Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)
Windshield washer fluid — — —Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Con-centrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent
Fuel recommendation — — — Refer to GI-31, "Fuel".
MA-10Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
N
O
A
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
M
have the API certification mark on the front of the container. Oils which do not have the specified quality labelshould not be used as they could cause engine damage.
Anti-Freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio INFOID:0000000004246038
The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a high-quality,year-round, anti-freeze coolant solution. The anti-freeze solutioncontains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Therefore, additional coolingsystem additives are not necessary.CAUTION:When adding or replacing coolant, be sure to use only GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ Coolant or equivalent with theproper mixture ratio of 50% anti-freeze and 50% demineralizedwater/distilled water.Other types of coolant solutions may damage your cooling sys-tem.
1. API certification mark 2. API service symbol
SAIA1514E
SMA947CA
MA-11Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ENGINE MAINTENANCE
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >ENGINE MAINTENANCEDRIVE BELT
DRIVE BELT : Exploded View INFOID:0000000004667172
DRIVE BELT : Checking INFOID:0000000004667173
WARNING:Be sure to perform the this step when engine is stopped.• Check that the indicator (C) (notch on fixed side) of drive belt auto-tensioner is within the possible use range
(A).NOTE:• Check the drive belt auto-tensioner indication when the engine is cold.• When new drive belt is installed, the indicator (notch on fixed side) should be within the range (B) in the fig-
ure.• Visually check the entire drive belt for wear, damage or crack.• If the indicator (notch on fixed side) is out of the possible use range or belt is damaged, replace drive belt.
DRIVE BELT : Tension Adjustment INFOID:0000000004667174
Refer to MA-36, "DRIVE BELT : Drive Belt".ENGINE COOLANT
ENGINE COOLANT : Draining INFOID:0000000004667175
WARNING:• To avoid being scalded, never change engine coolant when the engine is hot.• Wrap a thick cloth around radiator cap and carefully remove radiator cap. First, turn radiator cap a
quarter of a turn to release built-up pressure. Then turn radiator cap all the way.
JPBIA1060ZZ
1. Power steering oil pump 2. Alternator 3. Drive belt auto-tensioner
4. Idler pulley 5. Crankshaft pulley 6. A/C compressor
7. Idler pulley 8. Drive belt 9. Idler pulley
A. Possible use range B. Range when new drive belt is installed C. Indicator
D. View D
MA-12Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ENGINE MAINTENANCE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
N
O
A
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
M
1. Open radiator drain plug (2) at the bottom of radiator, and thenremove radiator cap.
When draining all of engine coolant in the system, open water drain plugs on cylinder block. Referto EM-79, "Setting".
2. Remove reservoir tank if necessary, and drain engine coolant and clean reservoir tank before installing. 3. Check drained engine coolant for contaminants such as rust, corrosion or discoloration.
If contaminated, flush the engine cooling system. Refer to MA-15, "ENGINE COOLANT : Flushing".
ENGINE COOLANT : Refilling INFOID:0000000004667176
1. Remove air cleaner case (LH). Refer to EM-27, "Exploded View".2. Install reservoir tank if removed, and radiator drain plug.
CAUTION:Be sure to clean drain plug and install with new O-ring.
If water drain plugs on cylinder block are removed, close and tighten them. Refer to EM-122, "Dis-assembly and Assembly".
3. Check that each hose clamp has been firmly tightened.4. Remove air relief plug (2) on radiator left side.
5. Remove air relief plug (1) on heater hose.
1 : Engine under cover
A : Radiator drain plug hole
: Vehicle front
JPBIA0259ZZ
Tightening torque : Refer to CO-13, "Exploded View".
1 : Reservoir tank
3 : Engine cover
: Vehicle front
JPBIA0260ZZ
2 : Heater hose
: Vehicle front
JPBIA0104ZZ
MA-13Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ENGINE MAINTENANCE
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >6. Fill radiator, and reservoir tank if removed, to specified level.• Pour engine coolant through engine coolant filler neckslowly of less than 2 (2-1/8 US qt, 1-3/4 lmp qt) a minuteto allow air in system to escape.
• Use Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant orequivalent mixed with water (distilled or demineralized).Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants".
7. When engine coolant overflows air relief hole on radiator, installair relief plug with new O-ring.
8. Repeat step 6.9. When engine coolant overflows air relief hole on heater hose, install air relief plug with new O-ring. Then
refill radiator with engine coolant.
10. Install air cleaner case (LH). Refer to EM-27, "Exploded View".11. Install radiator cap.12. Warm up engine until opening thermostat. Standard for warming-up time is approximately 10 minutes at
3,000 rpm.• Check thermostat opening condition by touching radiator hose (lower) to see a flow of warm water.CAUTION:Watch water temperature gauge so as not to overheat engine.
13. Stop the engine and cool down to less than approximately 50°C (122°F).• Cool down using fan to reduce the time.• If necessary, refill radiator up to filler neck with engine coolant.
14. Refill reservoir tank to “MAX” level line with engine coolant.15. Repeat steps 11 through 14 two or more times with radiator cap installed until engine coolant level no
longer drops. 16. Check cooling system for leakage with engine running.17. Warm up the engine, and check for sound of engine coolant flow while running engine from idle up to
3,000 rpm with heater temperature controller set at several position between “COOL” and “WARM”.• Sound may be noticeable at heater unit.
18. Repeat step 17 three times.19. If sound is heard, bleed air from cooling system by repeating step 6, and steps from 11 to 18 until engine
coolant level no longer drops. 20. Check that the reservoir tank cap is tightened.
Engine coolant capacity : Refer to MA-36, "EN-GINE COOLANT : Periodical MaintenanceSpecification".
(With reservoir tank at “MAX” level) JPBIA0412ZZ
Reservoir tank engine coolant capacity :Refer to MA-36, "ENGINE COOLANT : Periodical Maintenance Specification"(At “MAX” level)
A : MAX
B : MIN
Tightening torque : Refer to CO-13, "Exploded View".
JPBIA0102ZZ
: 1.2 N·m (0.12 kg-m, 11 in-lb)
MA-14Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ENGINE MAINTENANCE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
N
O
A
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
M
ENGINE COOLANT : Flushing INFOID:0000000004667177
1. Install reservoir tank if removed, and radiator drain plug.CAUTION:Be sure to clean drain plug and install with new O-ring.
If water drain plugs on cylinder block are removed, close and tighten them. Refer to EM-121,"Exploded View".
2. Remove air relief plug (1) on heater hose (2).
3. Remove air relief plug (2) on radiator.
4. Fill radiator with water until water spills from the air relief holes, then close air relief plugs. Fill radiator andreservoir tank with water and reinstall radiator cap.
5. Run the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.6. Rev the engine two or three times under no-load.7. Stop the engine and wait until it cools down.8. Drain water from the system. Refer to MA-12, "ENGINE COOLANT : Draining".9. Repeat steps 1 through 8 until clear water begins to drain from radiator.10. Check that the reservoir tank cap is tightened.
FUEL LINES
Tightening torque : Refer to CO-13, "Exploded View".
: Vehicle front
JPBIA0104ZZ
1 : Reservoir tank
3 : Engine cover
: Vehicle front
JPBIA0260ZZ
Tightening torque : Refer to CO-13, "Exploded View".
MA-15Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ENGINE MAINTENANCE
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >FUEL LINES : Inspection INFOID:0000000004667178
Inspect fuel lines, fuel filler cap and fuel tank for improper attach-ment, leakage, cracks, damage, loose connections, chafing or dete-rioration.
If necessary, repair or replace damaged parts.
AIR CLEANER FILTER
AIR CLEANER FILTER : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004667179
REMOVAL1. Unhook clips (A).
2. Remove holder (3) from air cleaner case (2), and then removeair cleaner filter (1) from holder.
INSTALLATIONNote the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.• Install the air cleaner filter by aligning the seal with the notch of air cleaner case.ENGINE OIL
ENGINE OIL : Draining INFOID:0000000004667180
WARNING:• Be careful not to get burn yourself, as engine oil may be hot.• Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer. Try to avoid direct skin
contact with used engine oil. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner assoon as possible.
1. Warm up the engine, and check for engine oil leakage from engine components. Refer to LU-6, "Inspec-tion".
2. Stop the engine and wait for 10 minutes.3. Loosen oil filler cap.
A : Engine
B : Fuel line
C : Fuel tank
JPBIA0129ZZ
1 : Holder
2 : Air cleaner case
JPBIA1597ZZ
JPBIA1598ZZ
MA-16Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ENGINE MAINTENANCE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
N
O
A
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
M
4. Remove undercover with power tool. 5. Remove drain plug and then drain engine oil.
ENGINE OIL : Refilling INFOID:0000000004667181
1. Install drain plug with new washer. Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View (2WD)".CAUTION:Be sure to clean drain plug and install with new washer.
2. Refill with new engine oil.Engine oil specification and viscosity: Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants".
CAUTION:• When filling engine oil, do not pull out oil level gauge.• The refill capacity depends on the engine oil temperature and drain time. Use these specifica-
tions for reference only.• Always use oil level gauge to determine the proper amount of engine oil in engine.
3. Warm up the engine and check area around drain plug and oil filter for engine oil leakage.4. Stop the engine and wait for 10 minutes.5. Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-6, "Inspection".
OIL FILTER
OIL FILTER : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004667182
REMOVALCAUTION:• Oil filter is provided with relief valve. Use genuine NISSAN oil filter or equivalent.• Be careful not to get burned when engine and engine oil may be hot.• When removing, prepare a shop cloth to absorb any engine oil leakage or spillage.• Never allow engine oil to adhere to drive belt.• Completely wipe off any engine oil that adheres to engine and vehicle.1. Remove engine undercover with power tool.2. Using oil filter wrench [SST: KV10115801 (J-38956)] (B), remove
oil filter.
Tightening torque : Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View (2WD)".
Engine oil capacity : Refer to MA-36, "ENGINE OIL : Periodical Maintenance Specification".
A : 2WD models
: Engine front
JPBIA0252GB
MA-17Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ENGINE MAINTENANCE
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >INSTALLATION1. Remove foreign materials adhering to oil filter installation surface.2. Apply engine oil to the oil seal contact surface of new oil filter.
3. Screw oil filter manually until it touches the installation surface,then tighten it by 2/3 turn (A). Or tighten to the specification.
OIL FILTER : Inspection INFOID:0000000004667183
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION1. Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-6, "Inspection".2. Start the engine, and check there is no leak of engine oil.3. Stop the engine and wait for 10 minutes.4. Check the engine oil level, and adjust the level. Refer to LU-6, "Inspection".
SPARK PLUG
SPARK PLUG : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004667184
REMOVAL1. Remove engine cover with power tool. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View".2. Remove air cleaner case and air duct (RH and LH). Refer to EM-27, "Exploded View".3. Remove electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View".4. Remove ignition coil. Refer to EM-47, "Removal and Installation".
A : AWD models
: Engine front
JPBIA1828ZZ
SMA010
Oil filter:
: 17.7 N·m (1.8 kg-m, 13 ft-lb)
JPBIA0077ZZ
MA-18Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ENGINE MAINTENANCE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
N
O
A
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
M
5. Remove spark plug with a spark plug wrench (commercial ser-vice tool).
INSTALLATIONInstallation is the reverse order of removal.
SPARK PLUG : Inspection INFOID:0000000004667185
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALUse the standard type spark plug for normal condition.
CAUTION:• Never drop or shock spark plug.• Never use a wire brush for cleaning.• If plug tip is covered with carbon, use spark plug cleaner to
clean.
• Check and adjustment of plug gap is not required betweenchange intervals.
EVAP VAPOR LINES
EVAP VAPOR LINES : Inspection INFOID:0000000004246053
1. Visually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment and for cracks, damage, loose connections,chafing and deterioration.
2. Inspect fuel tank filler cap vacuum relief valve for clogging, sticking, etc.Refer to EC-615, "Inspection".
a : 14 mm (0.55 in)
JPBIA0030ZZ
Spark plug (Standard type) : Refer to MA-36, "SPARK PLUG : Spark Plug".
Cleaner air pressure
: Less than 588 kPa (6 kg/cm2, 85 psi)Cleaning time
: Less than 20 secondsSMA773C
JPBIA0031ZZ
MA-19Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CHASSIS MAINTENANCE
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >CHASSIS MAINTENANCEEXHAUST SYSTEM
EXHAUST SYSTEM : Inspection INFOID:0000000004667191
Check exhaust pipes, muffler and mounting for improper attachment,leaks, cracks, damage or deterioration.• If anything is found, repair or replace damaged parts.
GEAR OIL
GEAR OIL : Inspection INFOID:0000000004691633
LEAKAGEMake sure that gear oil is not leaking from transmission or around it.
LEVEL1. Remove filler plug (1).2. Check oil level from filler plug mounting hole as shown in the fig-
ure.CAUTION:Never start engine while checking oil level.
3. Set a gasket on filler plug and then install it to transmissioncase.CAUTION:Never reuse gasket.
4. Tighten filler plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-30,"Exploded View".
GEAR OIL : Draining INFOID:0000000004691634
1. Start the engine and let it run to warm up transmission.2. Stop the engine. Remove drain plug and then drain gear oil.3. Set a gasket on drain plug and install it to transmission case.
CAUTION:Never reuse gasket.
4. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-30, "Exploded View".
GEAR OIL : Refilling INFOID:0000000004691635
1. Remove filler plug (1). Fill with new gear oil to transmission asshown in the figure.
2. After refilling gear oil, check oil level. Refer to MA-20, "GEAROIL : Inspection".
SMA211A
JPDIC0331ZZ
Oil grade and viscosity : Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants".
Oil capacity : Refer to TM-98, "General Specifications".
JPDIC0331ZZ
MA-20Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CHASSIS MAINTENANCE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
N
O
A
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
M
3. Set a gasket on filler plug and then install it to transmission case.CAUTION:Never reuse gasket.
4. Tighten filler plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-30, "Exploded View".
CLUTCH FLUID
CLUTCH FLUID : Inspection INFOID:0000000004667195
CLUTCH FLUID LEVEL• Check that the fluid level in the reservoir tank is within the specified
range (MAX – MIN lines).• Visually check for any clutch fluid leakage around the reservoir
tank.• Check the clutch system for any leakage if the fluid level is
extremely low (lower than MIN).
TRANSFER FLUID
TRANSFER FLUID : Inspection INFOID:0000000004691636
FLUID LEAKAGECheck transfer surrounding area (oil seal, drain plug, and filler plug etc.) for fluid leakage.
FLUID LEVEL1. Remove filler plug (1) and gasket. Then check that fluid is filled
up from mounting hole for the filler plug.CAUTION:Never start engine while checking fluid level.
2. Set a new gasket onto filler plug, and install it on transfer andtighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-60, "ExplodedView".CAUTION:Never reuse gasket.
TRANSFER FLUID : Draining INFOID:0000000004691637
1. Run the vehicle to warm up the transfer unit sufficiently.2. Stop the engine, and remove the drain plug (1) to drain the
transfer fluid.3. Set a new gasket onto the drain plug, and install it on the trans-
fer and tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-60,"Exploded View".CAUTION:Never reuse gasket.
JPDIB0032ZZ
JPDIE0129ZZ
JPDIE0130ZZ
MA-21Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CHASSIS MAINTENANCE
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >TRANSFER FLUID : Refilling INFOID:0000000004691638
1. Remove filler plug (1) and gasket. Then fill fluid up to mountinghole for the filler plug.
CAUTION:Carefully fill the fluid. (Fill up for approximately 3 minutes.)
2. Leave the vehicle for 3 minutes, and check the fluid level again.3. Set a new gasket onto filler plug, and install it on transfer and
tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-60, "Exploded View".CAUTION:Never reuse gasket.
FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S56A
FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S56A : Inspection INFOID:0000000004667199
NOISECheck the propeller shaft tube surface for dents or cracks. If damaged, replace propeller shaft assembly.
VIBRATIONIf vibration is present at high speed, inspect propeller shaft runoutfirst.1. With a dial indicator, measure propeller shaft runout at runout
measuring points by rotating final drive companion flange withhands.
2. If runout still exceeds specifications, separate propeller shaft at final drive companion flange; then rotatecompanion flange 90, 180, 270 degrees and install propeller shaft.
3. Check runout again. If runout still exceeds specifications, replace propeller shaft assembly. 4. Check the vibration by driving vehicle.
RUNOUT MEASURING POINTPropeller shaft runout measuring point (Point “ ”).
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A
Fluid and viscosity : Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants".
Fluid capacity : Refer to DLN-79, "General Specifications".
JPDIE0129ZZ
: Vehicle front
LimitPropeller shaft runout : Refer to DLN-86, "Propel-
ler Shaft Runout".JPDID0185ZZ
StandardA : 381.5 mm (15.02 in)
PDIA0768J
MA-22Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CHASSIS MAINTENANCE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
N
O
A
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
M
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A : Inspection INFOID:0000000004667200
NOISE• Check the propeller shaft tube surface for dents or cracks. If damaged, replace propeller shaft assembly.• If center bearing is noisy or damaged, replace propeller shaft assembly.
VIBRATIONIf vibration is present at high speed, inspect propeller shaft runout first.1. Measure propeller shaft runout at several points by rotating final
drive companion flange with hands.
2. If runout still exceeds specifications, separate propeller shaft atfinal drive companion flange; then rotate companion flange 90,180, 270 degrees and install propeller shaft.
3. Check runout again. If runout still exceeds specifications,replace propeller shaft assembly.
4. Check the vibration by driving vehicle.
RUNOUT MEASURING POINTPropeller shaft runout measuring point (Point “ ”).
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A-R
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A-R : Inspection INFOID:0000000004667201
NOISE• Check the propeller shaft tube surface for dents or cracks. If damaged, replace propeller shaft assembly.• If center bearing is noisy or damaged, replace propeller shaft assembly.
VIBRATIONIf vibration is present at high speed, inspect propeller shaft runout first.1. Measure propeller shaft runout at several points by rotating final
drive companion flange with hands.
2. If runout still exceeds specifications, separate propeller shaft atfinal drive companion flange; then rotate companion flange 120,240 degrees and install propeller shaft.
3. Check runout again. If runout still exceeds specifications,replace propeller shaft assembly.
4. Check the vibration by driving vehicle.
RUNOUT MEASURING POINT
LimitPropeller shaft runout : Refer to DLN-93, "Propel-
ler Shaft Runout".
SDIA1087E
: Vehicle front
Dimension A: 192 mm (7.56 in)B: 172 mm (6.77 in)C: 170 mm (6.69 in)
PDIA0770J
LimitPropeller shaft runout : Refer to DLN-101, "Pro-
peller Shaft Runout".
SDIA1087E
MA-23Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CHASSIS MAINTENANCE
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >Propeller shaft runout measuring point (Point “ ”).REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F80A-1VL107
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F80A-1VL107 : Inspection INFOID:0000000004667202
NOISE• Check the propeller shaft tube surface for dents or cracks. If damaged, replace propeller shaft assembly.• If center bearing is noisy or damaged, replace propeller shaft assembly.
VIBRATIONIf vibration is present at high speed, inspect propeller shaft runout first.1. With a dial indicator, measure propeller shaft runout at runout
measuring points by rotating final drive companion flange withhands.
2. If runout still exceeds specifications, separate propeller shaft atfinal drive companion flange, then rotate companion flange 60,120, 180, 240, 300 degrees and install propeller shaft.
3. Check runout again. If runout still exceeds specifications,replace propeller shaft assembly.
4. Check the vibration by driving vehicle.
RUNOUT MEASURING POINTPropeller shaft runout measuring point (Point “ ”).
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: F160A
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: F160A : Inspection INFOID:0000000004691639
OIL LEAKAGEMake sure that oil is not leaking from final drive assembly or around it.
OIL LEVEL
: Vehicle front
Dimension A: 192 mm (7.56 in)B: 172 mm (6.77 in)C: 172 mm (6.77 in)
JSDIA0169ZZ
LimitPropeller shaft runout : Refer to DLN-109, "Pro-
peller Shaft Runout".
SDIA1087E
: Vehicle front
Standard
A : 162 mm (6.38 in)B : 245 mm (9.65 in)C : 185 mm (7.28 in)
PDIA0772J
MA-24Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CHASSIS MAINTENANCE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
N
O
A
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
M
• Remove filler plug (1) and check oil level from filler plug mountinghole as shown in the figure.CAUTION:Never start engine while checking oil level.
• Set a gasket on filler plug (1) and install it on final drive assembly.Refer to DLN-122, "Exploded View".CAUTION:Never reuse gasket.
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: F160A : Draining INFOID:0000000004691640
1. Stop engine.2. Remove drain plug (1) and drain gear oil.3. Set a gasket on drain plug (1) and install it to final drive assem-
bly and tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-122,"Exploded View".CAUTION:Never reuse gasket.
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: F160A : Refilling INFOID:0000000004691641
1. Remove filler plug (1). Fill with new gear oil until oil level reachesthe specified level near filler plug mounting hole.
2. After refilling oil, check oil level. Set a gasket to filler plug (1),then install it to final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-122,"Exploded View".CAUTION:Never reuse gasket.
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200 : Inspection INFOID:0000000004691642
OIL LEAKAGEMake sure that oil is not leaking from final drive assembly or around it.
OIL LEVEL
JPDID0188ZZ
JPDID0189ZZ
Oil grade and Viscosity : Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants".
Oil capacity : Refer to DLN-147, "Gen-eral Specifications".
JPDID0188ZZ
MA-25Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CHASSIS MAINTENANCE
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >• Remove filler plug (1) and check oil level from filler plug mountinghole as shown in the figure.CAUTION:Never start engine while checking oil level.
• Set a gasket on filler plug (1) and install it on final drive assembly.Refer to DLN-176, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), DLN-189,"AWD : Exploded View"(AWD).CAUTION:Never reuse gasket.
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200 : Draining INFOID:0000000004691643
1. Stop the engine.2. Remove drain plug (1) and drain gear oil.3. Set a gasket on drain plug (1) and install it to final drive assem-
bly and tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-176, "2WD: Exploded View" (2WD), DLN-189, "AWD : Exploded View"(AWD).CAUTION:Never reuse gasket.
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200 : Refilling INFOID:0000000004691644
1. Remove filler plug (1). Fill with new gear oil until oil level reachesthe specified level near filler plug mounting hole.
2. After refilling oil, check oil level. Set a gasket to filler plug (1),then install it to final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-176, "2WD :Exploded View" (2WD), DLN-189, "AWD : Exploded View"(AWD).CAUTION:Never reuse gasket.
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200V
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200V : Inspection INFOID:0000000004667209
OIL LEAKAGE• Make sure that oil is not leaking from final drive assembly or around it.
OIL LEVEL
JPDID0190ZZ
JPDID0191ZZ
Oil grade and viscosity : Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants".
Oil capacity : Refer to DLN-220, "Gen-eral Specification".
JPDID0190ZZ
MA-26Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CHASSIS MAINTENANCE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
N
O
A
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
M
• Remove filler plug (1) and check oil level from filler plug mountinghole as shown in the figure.CAUTION:Never start engine while checking oil level.
• Set a gasket on filler plug (1) and install it on final drive assembly.Refer to DLN-249, "M/T : Exploded View" (M/T models), DLN-261,"A/T : Exploded View" (A/T models).CAUTION:Never reuse gasket.
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200V : Draining INFOID:0000000004667210
1. Stop engine.2. Remove drain plug (1) and drain gear oil.3. Set a gasket on drain plug (1) and install it to final drive assem-
bly and tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-249, "M/T :Exploded View" (M/T models), DLN-261, "A/T : Exploded View"(A/T models).CAUTION:Never reuse gasket.
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200V : Refilling INFOID:0000000004667211
1. Remove filler plug (1). Fill with new gear oil until oil level reachesthe specified level near filler plug mounting hole.
2. After refilling oil, check oil level. Set a gasket to filler plug (1),then install it to final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-249, "M/T :Exploded View" (M/T models), DLN-261, "A/T : Exploded View"(A/T models).CAUTION:Never reuse gasket.
WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE)
WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE) : Adjustment INFOID:0000000004667212
BALANCING WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE)
Preparation Before AdjustmentUsing releasing agent, remove double-faced adhesive tape from the road wheel.CAUTION:• Be careful not scratch the road wheel during removal.• After removing double-faced adhesive tape, wipe clean traces of releasing agent from the road
wheel.
Wheel Balance Adjustment• If a tire balance machine has adhesion balance weight mode settings and drive-in weight mode setting,
select and adjust a drive-in weight mode suitable for road wheels.1. Set road wheel on tire balance machine using the center hole as a guide. Start the tire balance machine.
PDIA0749J
PDIA0748J
Oil grade and viscosity : Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants".
Oil capacity : Refer to DLN-292, "Gen-eral Specification".
PDIA0749J
MA-27Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CHASSIS MAINTENANCE
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >2. When inner and outer unbalance values are shown on the tire balance machine indicator, multiply outerunbalance value by 5/3 to determine balance weight that should be used. Select the outer balance weightwith a value closest to the calculated value above and install in to the designated outer position of, or atthe designated angle in relation to the road wheel.CAUTION:• Never install the inner balance weight before installing the outer balance weight.• Before installing the balance weight, be sure to clean the mating surface of the road wheel.
a. Indicated un balance value × 5/3 = balance weight to beinstalledCalculation example:23 g (0.81 oz) × 5/3 = 38.33 g (1.35 oz) ⇒ 37.5 g (1.32 oz) bal-ance weight (closer to calculated balance weight value)NOTE:Note that balance weight value must be closer to the calculatedbalance weight value.Example:36.2 ⇒ 35 g (1.23 oz)36.3 ⇒ 37.5 g (1.32 oz)
b. Installed balance weight in the position.• When installing balance weight (1) to road wheels, set it into
the grooved area (A) on the inner wall of the road wheel asshown in the figure so that the balance weight center (B) isaligned with the tire balance machine indication position(angle) (C).CAUTION:• Always use genuine NISSAN adhesion balance weights.• Balance weights are non-reusable; always replace with
new ones.• Never install more than three sheets of balance weight.
c. If calculated balance weight value exceeds 50 g (1.76 oz), installtwo balance weight sheets in line with each other as shown inthe figure.CAUTION:Never install one balance weight sheet on top another.
3. Start tire balance machine again.4. Install drive-in balance weight on inner side of road wheel in the
tire balance machine indication position (angle).CAUTION:Never install more than two balance weight.
5. Start tire balance machine. Make sure that inner and outer resid-ual unbalance values are 5 g (0.17 oz) each or below.
6. If either residual unbalance value exceeds 5 g (0.17 oz), repeat installation procedures.
SMA054D
JPEIC0040ZZ
PEIA0033E
MA-28Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CHASSIS MAINTENANCE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
N
O
A
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
M
TIRE ROTATION (for 18 inch wheel models)• Follow the maintenance schedule for tire rotation service intervals.
Refer to MA-4, "Explanation of General Maintenance".• When installing the wheel, tighten wheel nuts to the specified
torque.CAUTION:• Never include the T-type spare tire when rotating the tires.• When installing wheels, tighten them diagonally by dividing
the work two to three times in order to prevent the wheelsfrom developing any distortion.
• Be careful not to tighten wheel nut at torque exceeding thecriteria for preventing strain of disc rotor.
• Use NISSAN genuine wheel nuts for aluminum wheels.
• Perform the ID registration, after tire rotation. Refer to WT-6, "ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : SpecialRepair Requirement".
TIRE ROTATION (for 19 inch wheel models)• Tire cannot be rotated in vehicle, as front tire are different size from rear tire is fixed in each tire.
CAUTION:• Never include the T-type spare tire when rotating the tires.• Use NISSAN genuine wheel nuts for aluminum wheels.
Safety Device Preventing from Being Incorrectly installed
FRONT BRAKE DISC ROTOR AND FRONT WHEEL• Front and rear wheel size for this model differs, therefore special pin (1) is adopted to the front brake disc
rotor (2). And a hole (3) that matches to this pin is adopted to the front wheel (4) (the rear wheel does nothave this wheel). This structure prevents the rear wheel from being mistakenly installed on the front.
T-TYPE SPARE TIRE WHEEL
Wheel balance Dynamic (At flange) Static (At flange)
Maximum allowable un-balance
Refer to MA-36, "ROAD WHEEL : Road Wheel".
Wheel nuts tighting torque : Refer to WT-102, "Wheel Nut".
SMA829C
Wheel nuts tighting torque : Refer to MA-36, "ROAD WHEEL : Road Wheel".
JPEIC0015ZZ
MA-29Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CHASSIS MAINTENANCE
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >• Regarding spare tire (for emergency) wheel, wrong assembly pro-tection pin through hole (1) has been set in addition to regular boltholes (2) in order to enable installation to front wheel.NOTE:Protection pin through hole of 18 inch spare wheel is non-throughtype.
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL AND LEAKS
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL AND LEAKS : Inspection INFOID:0000000004246070
• If fluid level is extremely low, check brake system for leaks.
BRAKE LINES AND CABLES
BRAKE LINES AND CABLES : Inspection INFOID:0000000004246071
• Check brake fluid lines and parking brake cables for improperattachment, leaks, chafing, abrasions, deterioration, etc.
BRAKE FLUID
BRAKE FLUID : Changing INFOID:0000000004246072
1. Drain brake fluid from each bleed valve.2. Refill until new brake fluid comes out from each bleed valve.
Use same procedure as in bleeding hydraulic system to refillbrake fluid.Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System".• Refill with recommended Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty
Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 (US FMVSS No. 116).Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants".
• Never reuse drained brake fluid.• Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas.
DISC BRAKE
JPEIC0029ZZ
SBR451D
SBR389C
SBR419C
MA-30Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CHASSIS MAINTENANCE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
N
O
A
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
M
DISC BRAKE : Inspection INFOID:0000000004246073
DISC ROTORCheck condition, wear, and damage.
CALIPER• Check for leakage.
BRAKE PAD• Check for wear or damage.
DISC BRAKE : Front Disc Brake INFOID:0000000004667213
1 PISTON TYPEUnit: mm (in)
2 PISTON TYPEUnit: mm (in)
4 PISTON TYPEUnit: mm (in)
SMA922A
BRA0010D
Item Limit
Brake pad Wear thickness 2.0 (0.079)
Disc rotor
Wear thickness 30.0 (1.181)
Thickness variation (measured at 8 positions) 0.015 (0.0006)
Runout (with it attached to the vehicle) 0.035 (0.0014)
Item Limit
Brake pad Wear thickness 2.0 (0.079)
Disc rotor
Wear thickness 26.0 (1.024)
Thickness variation (measured at 8 positions) 0.015 (0.0006)
Runout (with it attached to the vehicle) 0.035 (0.0014)
Item Limit
Brake pad Wear thickness 2.0 (0.079)
MA-31Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CHASSIS MAINTENANCE
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >DISC BRAKE : Rear Disc Brake INFOID:0000000004667214
1 PISTON (FRONT 1 PISTON) TYPEUnit: mm (in)
1 PISTON (FRONT 2 PISTON) TYPEUnit: mm (in)
2 PISTON TYPEUnit: mm (in)
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE : Inspection INFOID:0000000004246076
STEERING GEAR• Check gear housing and boots for looseness, damage and grease
leakage.• Check connection with steering column for looseness.
STEERING LINKAGECheck ball joint, dust cover and other component parts for looseness, wear, damage and grease leakage.POWER STEERING FLUID AND LINES
Disc rotor
Wear thickness 30.0 (1.181)
Thickness variation (measured at 8 positions) 0.015 (0.0006)
Runout (with it attached to the vehicle) 0.035 (0.0014)
Item Limit
Item Limit
Brake pad Wear thickness 2.0 (0.079)
Disc rotor
Wear thickness 15.0 (0.591)
Thickness variation (measured at 8 positions) 0.015 (0.0006)
Runout (with it attached to the vehicle) 0.055 (0.0022)
Item Limit
Brake pad Wear thickness 2.0 (0.079)
Disc rotor
Wear thickness 14.0 (0.551)
Thickness variation (measured at 8 positions) 0.015 (0.0006)
Runout (with it attached to the vehicle) 0.055 (0.0022)
Item Limit
Brake pad Wear thickness 2.0 (0.079)
Disc rotor
Wear thickness 18.0 (0.709)
Thickness variation (measured at 8 positions) 0.015 (0.0006)
Runout (with it attached to the vehicle) 0.055 (0.0022)
SLIA0014E
MA-32Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CHASSIS MAINTENANCE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
N
O
A
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
M
POWER STEERING FLUID AND LINES : Inspection INFOID:0000000004246077
Check fluid level in reservoir tank with engine off. Use “HOT” range at fluid temperatures of 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F)or “COLD” range at fluid temperatures of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).CAUTION:• Do not overfill.• Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent.
Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants".
• Check lines for improper attachment, leaks, cracks, damage,loose connections, chafing and deterioration.
• Check rack boots for accumulation of power steering fluid.
AXLE AND SUSPENSION PARTS
AXLE AND SUSPENSION PARTS : Inspection INFOID:0000000004246078
Check front and rear axle and suspension parts for excessive play,cracks, wear or other damage.• Shake each wheel to check for excessive play.• Check wheel bearings for smooth operation.• Check axle and suspension nuts and bolts for looseness.• Check strut (shock absorber) for oil leakage or other damage.• Check suspension ball joint for grease leakage and ball joint dust
cover for cracks or other damage.
DRIVE SHAFT
SST850C
SST851C
SMA525A
SFA392B
MA-33Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CHASSIS MAINTENANCE
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >DRIVE SHAFT : Inspection INFOID:0000000004667596
Check boot and drive shaft for cracks, wear, damage and greaseleakage.
SFA108A
MA-34Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BODY MAINTENANCE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
N
O
A
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
M
BODY MAINTENANCELOCKS, HINGES AND HOOD LATCH
LOCKS, HINGES AND HOOD LATCH : Lubricating INFOID:0000000004246079
For hood lock illustration. Refer to DLK-206, "HOOD ASSEMBLY : Exploded View" and DLK-209, "HOODLOCK CONTROL : Exploded View".For door lock illustration. Refer to DLK-228, "DOOR LOCK : Exploded View".For trunk lid lock illustration. Refer to DLK-235, "TRUNK LID LOCK : Exploded View".SEAT BELT, BUCKLES, RETRACTORS, ANCHORS AND ADJUSTERS
SEAT BELT, BUCKLES, RETRACTORS, ANCHORS AND ADJUSTERS : InspectionINFOID:0000000004246080
For front seat belt illustration. Refer to SB-6, "SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Exploded View".For rear seat belt illustration. Refer to SB-11, "SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Exploded View".CAUTION:• After any collision, inspect all seat belt assemblies, including retractors and other attached hard-
wares (I.e. anchor bolt, guide rail set). Nissan recommends to replace all seat belt assemblies in useduring a collision, unless not damaged and properly operating after minor collision.Also inspect seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision, and replace if damaged or improperlyoperating.Seat belt pre-tensioner should be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during a frontal colli-sion where the driver and passenger air bags are deployed.
• If any component of seat belt assembly is questionable, do not repair.Replace as seat belt assembly.
• If webbing is cut, frayed, or damaged, replace belt assembly.• Never oil tongue and buckle.• Use a genuine NISSAN seat belt assembly.For details, refer to SB-4, "SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Inspection", SB-9, "SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Inspec-tion" in SB section.• Check anchors for loose mounting• Check belts for damage• Check retractor for smooth operation• Check function of buckles and tongues when buckled and released
MA-35Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)DRIVE BELT
DRIVE BELT : Drive Belt INFOID:0000000004667186
DRIVE BELT
ENGINE COOLANT
ENGINE COOLANT : Periodical Maintenance Specification INFOID:0000000004667188
ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)Unit: (US qt, Imp qt)
ENGINE OIL
ENGINE OIL : Periodical Maintenance Specification INFOID:0000000004667189
ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)Unit: (US qt, lmp qt)
SPARK PLUG
SPARK PLUG : Spark Plug INFOID:0000000004667187
SPARK PLUGUnit: mm (in)
ROAD WHEEL
ROAD WHEEL : Road Wheel INFOID:0000000004667190
ALUMINUM WHEEL (CONVENTIONAL)
STEEL WHEEL (FOR EMERGENCY USE)
Tension of drive belt Belt tension is not necessary, as it is automatically adjusted by drive belt auto-tensioner.
Engine coolant capacity [With reservoir tank (“MAX” level)]A/T models 8.5 (9, 7-1/2)
M/T models 8.6 (9-1/8, 7-5/8)
Reservoir tank engine coolant capacity (At “MAX” level) 0.8 (7/8, 3/4)
Drain and refill With oil filter change 4.9 (5-1/8, 4-1/4)
Without oil filter change 4.6 (4-7/8, 4)
Dry engine (Overhaul) 5.7 (6, 5)
Make DENSO
Standard type FXE24HR11
Gap (Nominal) 1.1 (0.043)
Item Limit
Radial runoutLateral deflection
Less than 0.3 mm (0.012 in)Vertical deflection
Allowable unbalanceDynamic (At flange) Less than 5 g (0.17 oz) (one side)
Static (At flange) Less than 10 g (0.35 oz)
MA-36Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
N
O
A
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
M
Item Limit
Radial runoutLateral deflection
Less than 1.5 mm (0.059 in)Vertical deflection
Allowable unbalanceDynamic (At flange) Less than 5 g (0.17 oz) (one side)
Static (At flange) Less than 10 g (0.35 oz)
MA-37Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVER INFORMATION & MULTIMEDIA
C
D
E
BSECTION MWI
A
METER, WARNING LAMP & INDICATOR
WI
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
O
P
CONTENTS
M
BASIC INSPECTION .................................... 4
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW .......... 4Work flow ..................................................................4
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 6
METER SYSTEM ................................................. 6
METER SYSTEM .........................................................6METER SYSTEM : System Diagram ........................6METER SYSTEM : System Description ....................6METER SYSTEM : Component Parts Location ......10METER SYSTEM : Component Description ...........10
SPEEDOMETER ........................................................11SPEEDOMETER : System Diagram .......................11SPEEDOMETER : System Description ...................11SPEEDOMETER : Component Parts Location .......12SPEEDOMETER : Component Description ............12
TACHOMETER ..........................................................13TACHOMETER : System Diagram .........................13TACHOMETER : System Description .....................13TACHOMETER : Component Parts Location .........14TACHOMETER : Component Description ..............14
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE ........15ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : System Diagram ......................................................15ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : System Description .................................................15ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : Component Parts Location ......................................16ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : Component Description ...........................................16
FUEL GAUGE ............................................................17FUEL GAUGE : System Diagram ...........................17FUEL GAUGE : System Description .......................17FUEL GAUGE : Component Parts Location ...........18FUEL GAUGE : Component Description ................18
ODO/TRIP METER .....................................................19ODO/TRIP METER : System Diagram ....................19ODO/TRIP METER : System Description ................19ODO/TRIP METER : Component Parts Location ....20ODO/TRIP METER : Component Description .........20
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR ..................................21SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : System Diagram ....21SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : System Descrip-tion ...........................................................................21SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : Component Parts Location ..........................................................22SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : Component De-scription ...................................................................22
WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS ..................23WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : System Diagram ...................................................................23WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : System Description ...............................................................23WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Com-ponent Parts Location ..............................................24WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Com-ponent Description ...................................................24
METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL .........................25METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : System Di-agram ......................................................................25METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : System De-scription ...................................................................25METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : Component Parts Location ..........................................................26METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : Component Description ...............................................................26
INFORMATION DISPLAY ..........................................27INFORMATION DISPLAY : System Diagram ..........27INFORMATION DISPLAY : System Description .....27INFORMATION DISPLAY : Component Parts Lo-cation .......................................................................30INFORMATION DISPLAY : Component Descrip-tion ...........................................................................30
MWI-1Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMPASS ......................................................... 32Description .............................................................. 32Component Parts Location ..................................... 33Special Repair Requirement ................................... 33
CLOCK ............................................................... 34Component Parts Location ..................................... 34
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (METER) ....................... 35Diagnosis Description ............................................. 35
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.) .......................................................... 37
CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A) ................... 37
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 41
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............................ 41Description .............................................................. 41DTC Logic ............................................................... 41Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 41
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ......................... 42Description .............................................................. 42DTC Logic ............................................................... 42Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 42
B2201 COMMUNICATION ERROR 1 ............... 43Description .............................................................. 43DTC Logic ............................................................... 43Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 43
B2202 COMMUNICATION ERROR 2 ............... 45Description .............................................................. 45DTC Logic ............................................................... 45Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 45
B2205 VEHICLE SPEED ................................... 47Description .............................................................. 47DTC Logic ............................................................... 47Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 47
B2267 ENGINE SPEED ..................................... 48Description .............................................................. 48DTC Logic ............................................................... 48Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 48
B2268 WATER TEMP ........................................ 49Description .............................................................. 49DTC Logic ............................................................... 49Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 49
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ..... 50
COMBINATION METER ........................................... 50COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis Procedure .... 50
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. ............................. 50UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Pro-cedure ..................................................................... 50
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBU-TION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) .............................. 51
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBU-TION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : Diagnosis Pro-cedure ..................................................................... 51
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT ....... 53Description .............................................................. 53Component Function Check ................................... 53Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 53Component Inspection ............................................ 54
METER CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL CIR-CUIT ................................................................... 56
Description .............................................................. 56Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 56Component Inspection ............................................ 57
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT ... 58Description .............................................................. 58Component Function Check ................................... 58Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 58Component Inspection ............................................ 58
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CIR-CUIT ................................................................... 60
Description .............................................................. 60Component Function Check ................................... 60Diagnosis Procedure (A/T models) ......................... 60Diagnosis Procedure (M/T models) ........................ 61Component Inspection ............................................ 61
WASHER LEVEL SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT ... 63Description .............................................................. 63Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 63Component Inspection ............................................ 63
COMPASS ......................................................... 64Wiring Diagram - COMPASS - ................................ 64
CLOCK .............................................................. 66Wiring Diagram - CLOCK - ..................................... 66
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 68
COMBINATION METER .................................... 68Reference Value ..................................................... 68Wiring Diagram - METER - ..................................... 71Fail-safe .................................................................. 80DTC Index ............................................................... 81
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. ..................... 82Reference Value ..................................................... 82Wiring Diagram - METER - ..................................... 89Fail-safe .................................................................. 98DTC Index ............................................................... 99
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRI-BUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) ................101
Reference Value ................................................... 101Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R - ................................ 108
MWI-2Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
Fail-safe ................................................................ 111DTC Index ............................................................ 113
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 114
THE FUEL GAUGE POINTER DOES NOT MOVE ............................................................... 114
Description ............................................................ 114Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 114
THE METER CONTROL SWITCH IS INOPER-ATIVE ............................................................... 115
Description ............................................................ 115Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 115
THE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON ...................................... 116
Description ............................................................ 116Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 116
THE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF .................................... 117
Description ............................................................ 117Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 117
THE PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CONTINUES DISPLAYING, OR DOES NOT DISPLAY .......................................................... 118
Description ............................................................ 118Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 118
THE LOW WASHER FLUID WARNING CON-TINUES DISPLAYING, or DOES NOT DIS-PLAY ................................................................ 119
Description ............................................................ 119Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 119
THE DOOR OPEN WARNING CONTINUES DISPLAYING, OR DOES NOT DISPLAY ........ 120
Description ............................................................ 120Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 120
THE TRUNK OPEN WARNING CONTINUES DISPLAYING, OR DOES NOT DISPLAY ........ 121
Description .............................................................121Diagnosis Procedure .............................................121
THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DISPLAY IS INCORRECT ................................................... 122
Description .............................................................122Diagnosis Procedure .............................................122
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 123
COMPASS ...............................................................123COMPASS : Description ........................................123
INFORMATION DISPLAY ........................................123INFORMATION DISPLAY : Description ................123
PRECAUTION ............................................ 124
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 124Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-SIONER" ...............................................................124
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 125
COMBINATION METER ................................. 125Exploded View .......................................................125Removal and Installation .......................................125Disassembly and Assembly ...................................126
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. ................... 127Exploded View .......................................................127Removal and Installation .......................................127
METER CONTROL SWITCH .......................... 128Exploded View .......................................................128Removal and Installation .......................................128
COMPASS ....................................................... 129Exploded View .......................................................129Removal and Installation .......................................129
CLOCK ............................................................ 130Exploded View .......................................................130Removal and Installation .......................................130
MWI-3Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION >BASIC INSPECTIONDIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work flow INFOID:0000000004246336
OVERALL SEQUENCE
• Reference 1···MWI-35, "Diagnosis Description".• Reference 2···MWI-99, "DTC Index".• Reference 3···MWI-50, "COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis Procedure".
DETAILED FLOW
1.OBTAIN INFORMATION ABOUT SYMPTOM
Interview the customer to obtain as much information as possible about the conditions and environment underwhich the malfunction occurred.
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SYMPTOM
JSNIA0542GB
MWI-4Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< BASIC INSPECTION >• Check the symptom based on the information obtained from the customer.• Check that any other malfunctions are present.
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS OPERATION
Check that the on board diagnosis function operates. Refer to MWI-35, "Diagnosis Description". Does the on board diagnosis function operate normally?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> GO TO 6.
4.CHECK CONSULT-III SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Connect CONSULT-III and perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “METER/M&A”. Refer to MWI-37, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".Are self-diagnosis results normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> GO TO 8.
5.NARROW DOWN THE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Perform symptom diagnosis and narrow down the malfunctioning parts.
>> GO TO 8.
6.CHECK COMBINATION METER POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITS
Check combination meter power supply and ground circuits. Refer to MWI-50, "COMBINATION METER :Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 7.NO >> GO TO 8.
7.REPLACE COMBINATION METER
Replace combination meter.
>> GO TO 9.
8.REPAIR OR REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS
Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.NOTE:If DTC is displayed, erase DTC after repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
>> GO TO 9.
9.FINAL CHECK
Check that the combination meter operates normally.Do they operate normally?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> GO TO 1.
MWI-5Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
METER SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONMETER SYSTEMMETER SYSTEM
METER SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000004512963
METER SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000004512964
COMBINATION METER• The combination meter retrieves the information required for controlling the operations of the meters, indica-
tor lamps/warning lamps and information display from the communication signals from the unified meter andA/C amp. and the signals from various switches and sensors.
• The combination meter incorporates a trip computer that displays warnings and messages on the informa-tion display according to the information received from various units.
• The combination meter incorporates a buzzer function that sounds an audible alarm with the integratedbuzzer device. Refer to WCS-5, "WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : System Description" for further details.
• The combination meter integrates the meter circuit check function and the segment check function thatchecks the information display operation.
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.• Receives information required by the combination meter from various units via CAN communication line and
transmits it to the combination meter with communication line.• The unified meter and A/C amp. incorporates a power saving control function that reduces the power con-
sumption according to the vehicle status. Refer to BCS-11, "System Description" for details.• The unified meter and A/C amp. incorporates a diagnosis function that allows the technician to perform diag-
noses with CONSULT-III.
JSNIA2245GB
MWI-6Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
METER SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >Between unified meter and A/C amp. and combination meter.
IPDM E/R• IPDM E/R reads the ON/OFF signals of the oil pressure switch and transmits the oil pressure switch signal to
the unified meter and A/C amp. via BCM with the CAN communication line.• IPDM E/R is equipped with the diagnosis function. It can perform the operation check of oil pressure warning
lamp with the auto active test and the diagnosis with CONSULT-III.
METER CONTROL FUNCTION LISTX: Applicable
Unit Communication line Input from combination meter Output to combination meter
Unified meter and A/C amp.
Communication line(METER <-> AMP.)
• Parking brake switch signal • Washer level switch signal• Meter day/night condition signal• Illumination control switch signal• Refuel status signal• Low fuel warning lamp signal• Odo data signal
• Vehicle speed signal• Turn indicator signal• High beam request signal• Engine speed signal• Fuel level sensor signal• Engine coolant temperature signal• A/T CHECK indicator signal• Oil pressure switch signal• Door switch signal• Buzzer output signal • AFS OFF indicator lamp signal• Tire pressure signal • VDC OFF indicator signal• ABS warning lamp signal• Brake warning lamp signal• Malfunction indicator lamp signal• 4WAS warning lamp signal• Master warning signal• AWD warning lamp signal
Communication line(LCD <-> AMP.)
• Average fuel consumption reset signal• Travel time reset signal• Possible driving distance reset signal• Average vehicle speed reset signal• Select switch signal• Enter switch signal• Trip A/B reset switch signal• Ambient air temperature display signal
• Shift position signal• Meter display signal• Door switch signal• Trunk switch signal• Fuel level sensor signal• Parking brake switch signal• Washer level switch signal• Charge warning signal• Instantaneous fuel consumption display
signal• Ambient air temperature display signal• Average fuel consumption display signal• Average vehicle speed display signal• Possible driving distance display signal• Engine speed signal• Vehicle speed signal
System Description Signal sourceVia unified
meter and A/C amp.
Meter/gauge
SpeedometerReceives vehicle speed signal and indicates vehi-cle speed.
ABS actuator and elec-tric unit (control unit)
X
TachometerReceives engine speed signal and indicates en-gine speed.
ECM X
Fuel gaugeReceives fuel level sensor signal and indicates fuel level.
Fuel level sensor unit X
Water temperature gauge
Receives engine coolant temperature signal and indicates coolant temperature.
ECM X
Warning lamp/indicator lamp
Oil pressure warning lamp
Receives oil pressure warning lamp signal and il-luminates warning lamp.
IPDM E/R X
Master warningIlluminates according to warning output on infor-mation display.
— X
MWI-7Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
METER SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >Information display
Door open warningReceives door switch signals and displays warn-ing.
BCM X
Trunk open warningReceives trunk lid opener switch signal and dis-plays warning.
BCM X
Parking brake re-lease warning
Receives parking brake switch signal and vehicle speed signal and displays warnings.
Parking brake switch
ABS actuator and elec-tric unit (control unit)
X
Low fuel warningReceives fuel gauge signal and displays warning
if fuel level decreases to 12 (3-1/8 US gal, 2-5/8 Imp gal) or less.
Fuel level sensor unit X
Low washer fluid warning
Receives washer level switch signal and displays warning.
Washer level switch
Low outside tempera-ture warning
Monitors ambient sensor signal and displays warning if ambient temperature decreases to 3°C (37°F) or less. (If enabled)
Ambient sensor X
Instantaneous fuel consumption
Calculates instantaneous fuel consumption based on received vehicle speed signals and fuel con-sumption monitor signal and displays it.
ECM X
ABS actuator and elec-tric unit (control unit)
X
Average fuel con-sumption
Calculates average fuel consumption in a reset-to-reset interval based on received vehicle speed signals and fuel consumption monitor signal and displays it.
ECM X
ABS actuator and elec-tric unit (control unit)
X
Average vehicle speed
Calculates average vehicle speed in a reset-to-re-set interval based on received vehicle speed sig-nals and displays it.
ABS actuator and elec-tric unit (control unit)
X
Travel timeDisplays accumulated key switch ON time from reset to reset.
— X
Travel distanceCalculates accumulated travel distance in a reset-to-reset interval based on received vehicle speed signals and displays it.
ABS actuator and elec-tric unit (control unit)
X
Possible driving dis-tance
The unified meter and A/C amp. calculates the possible driving distance according to the vehicle speed signal and the fuel level sensor unit re-ceived with CAN communication line, and trans-mits it to the combination meter by means of communication line.
ABS actuator and elec-tric unit (control unit)
X
Fuel level sensor unit X
Ambient air tempera-ture
Corrects ambient air temperature value based on received ambient sensor signals and displays it.
Ambient sensor X
System Description Signal sourceVia unified
meter and A/C amp.
MWI-8Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
METER SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
ARRANGEMENT OF COMBINATION METER
JSNIA0533GB
A. U.S.A. B. Canada
MWI-9Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
METER SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >METER SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004512965
METER SYSTEM : Component Description INFOID:0000000004512966
JPNIA0501ZZ
1. Unified meter and A/C amp. 2. BCM 3. IPDM E/R
4. Oil pressure switch 5. Ambient sensor 6. Combination meter
7.Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main)
8. Fuel level sensor unit (sub)
A. Behind cluster lid C B. Oil pan (upper) RH side C. Condenser (front)
D. Rear seat (lower right) E. Rear seat (lower left)
Unit Description
Combination meter
Controls the following with the signals from the unified meter and A/C amp, switches and sensors.
• Speedometer • Tachometer
• Water temperature gauge • Fuel gauge
• Warning lamps • Indicator lamps
• Information display • Warning chime
MWI-10Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
METER SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
SPEEDOMETER
SPEEDOMETER : System Diagram INFOID:0000000004512967
SPEEDOMETER : System Description INFOID:0000000004512968
• The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) converts the pulse signal provided by the wheel sensor to avehicle speed signal and transmits it to the unified meter and A/C amp. with CAN communication line.
• The unified meter and A/C amp. receives the vehicle speed signal from the ABS actuator and electric unit(control unit) with CAN communication line and transmits it to the combination meter by means of communi-cation line.
• The combination meter indicates the vehicle speed according to the vehicle speed signal received from theunified meter and A/C amp. by means of communication line.
Unified meter and A/C amp.
• The combination meter receives the necessary information from various units via CAN communi-cation line and transmits them to the unified meter and A/C amp. with the communication line that connects both of them.
• Transmits the fuel gauge signal from the fuel gauge unit with the communication line that connects the unified meter and A/C amp. and the combination meter.
• Reads the signals from the A/T shift selector and paddle shifter and transmits them to TCM with CAN communication line.
IPDM E/RIPDM E/R reads the ON/OFF signals of the oil pressure switch and transmits the oil pressure switch signal to the unified meter and A/C amp. via BCM with CAN communication line.
Fuel level sensor unit Refer to MWI-53, "Description".
Oil pressure switch Refer to MWI-58, "Description".
ECM
Transmits the following signals to the unified meter and A/C amp. with CAN communication line.
• Engine speed signal • Engine coolant temperature signal
• Fuel consumption monitor signal
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Transmits the vehicle speed signal to the unified meter and A/C amp. with CAN communication line.
BCM• Transmits signals provided by various units to the unified meter and A/C amp. with CAN commu-
nication line.• Transmits the security signal to the combination meter.
A/T shift selector
Transmits the following signals to the unified meter and A/C amp.
• Manual mode signal • Not manual mode signal
• Manual mode shift up signal • Manual mode shift down signal
Paddle shifterTransmits the paddle shifter up signal and paddle shifter down signal to the unified meter and A/C amp.
TCM Transmits shift position signal to the unified meter and A/C amp.
Meter control switch Refer to MWI-56, "Description".
Washer level switch Transmits the washer level switch signal to the combination meter.
Brake fluid level switch Transmits the brake fluid level switch signal to the combination meter.
Parking brake switch Refer to MWI-60, "Description".
Unit Description
JSNIA0611GB
MWI-11Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
METER SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >SPEEDOMETER : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004512969
SPEEDOMETER : Component Description INFOID:0000000004512970
JPNIA0501ZZ
1. Unified meter and A/C amp. 2. BCM 3. IPDM E/R
4. Oil pressure switch 5. Ambient sensor 6. Combination meter
7.Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main)
8. Fuel level sensor unit (sub)
A. Behind cluster lid C B. Oil pan (upper) RH side C. Condenser (front)
D. Rear seat (lower right) E. Rear seat (lower left)
Unit Description
Combination meterIndicates the vehicle speed according to the vehicle speed signal received from the unified meter and A/C amp. by means of communication line.
Unified meter and A/C amp.Transmits the vehicle speed signal received from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) with CAN communication line to the combination meter by means of communication line.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Transmits the vehicle speed signal to the unified meter and A/C amp. with CAN communication line.
MWI-12Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
METER SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
TACHOMETER
TACHOMETER : System Diagram INFOID:0000000004512971
TACHOMETER : System Description INFOID:0000000004512972
• ECM converts the pulse signal provided by the crankshaft position sensor to an engine speed signal andtransmits it to the unified meter and A/C amp. with CAN communication line.
• Unified meter and A/C amp. transmits engine speed signal to combination meter with communication line.• The unified meter and A/C amp. receives the engine speed signal from ECM with CAN communication line
and transmits it to the combination meter by means of communication line.• Combination meter converses engine speed signal to the angle signal, and commands to tachometer.
JSNIA0160GB
MWI-13Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
METER SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >TACHOMETER : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004512973
TACHOMETER : Component Description INFOID:0000000004512974
JPNIA0501ZZ
1. Unified meter and A/C amp. 2. BCM 3. IPDM E/R
4. Oil pressure switch 5. Ambient sensor 6. Combination meter
7.Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main)
8. Fuel level sensor unit (sub)
A. Behind cluster lid C B. Oil pan (upper) RH side C. Condenser (front)
D. Rear seat (lower right) E. Rear seat (lower left)
Unit Description
Combination meterIndicates the engine speed according to the engine speed signal received from the unified meter and A/C amp. by means of communication line.
Unified meter and A/C amp.Transmits the engine speed signal received from ECM with CAN communication line to the com-bination meter by means of communication line.
ECMTransmits the engine speed signal to the unified meter and A/C amp. with CAN communication line.
MWI-14Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
METER SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : System Diagram INFOID:0000000004512975
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : System Description INFOID:0000000004512976
• ECM converses a signal from engine coolant temperature sensor to engine coolant temperature signal, andtransmits to unified meter and A/C amp. with CAN communication line.
• Unified meter and A/C amp. transmits engine coolant temperature signal to combination meter with commu-nication line.
• Combination meter converses engine coolant temperature signal to the angle signal, and commands toengine coolant temperature gauge.
JSNIA0162GB
MWI-15Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
METER SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : Component Parts LocationINFOID:0000000004512977
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : Component Description INFOID:0000000004512978
JPNIA0501ZZ
1. Unified meter and A/C amp. 2. BCM 3. IPDM E/R
4. Oil pressure switch 5. Ambient sensor 6. Combination meter
7.Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main)
8. Fuel level sensor unit (sub)
A. Behind cluster lid C B. Oil pan (upper) RH side C. Condenser (front)
D. Rear seat (lower right) E. Rear seat (lower left)
Unit Description
Combination meterIndicates the water temperature gauge according to the engine coolant temperature signal re-ceived from the unified meter and A/C amp. by means of communication line.
MWI-16Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
METER SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
FUEL GAUGE
FUEL GAUGE : System Diagram INFOID:0000000004512979
FUEL GAUGE : System Description INFOID:0000000004512980
CONTROL OUTLINE• The unified meter and A/C amp. reads the fuel level sensor signal from the fuel gauge unit and transmits it to
the combination meter with the communication line.• The combination meter indicates the fuel level on the fuel gauge according to the received fuel level sensor
signal.
REFUEL CONTROLThe unit judges that the driver is refueling the vehicle and accelerates the fuel gauge needle movement if thefuel level changes by 15 (4 US gal, 3-3/10 Imp gal) or more.
Unified meter and A/C amp.Transmits the engine coolant temperature signal received from ECM with CAN communication line to the combination meter by means of communication line.
ECMTransmits the engine coolant temperature signal to the unified meter and A/C amp. with CAN communication line.
Unit Description
JSNIA0612GB
MWI-17Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
METER SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >FUEL GAUGE : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004512981
FUEL GAUGE : Component Description INFOID:0000000004512982
JPNIA0501ZZ
1. Unified meter and A/C amp. 2. BCM 3. IPDM E/R
4. Oil pressure switch 5. Ambient sensor 6. Combination meter
7.Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main)
8. Fuel level sensor unit (sub)
A. Behind cluster lid C B. Oil pan (upper) RH side C. Condenser (front)
D. Rear seat (lower right) E. Rear seat (lower left)
Unit Description
Combination meterIndicates the fuel gauge according to the fuel level sensor signal received from the unified meter and A/C amp. by means of communication line.
Unified meter and A/C amp.Transmits the fuel level sensor signal from the fuel level sensor unit to the combination meter by means of communication line.
Fuel level sensor unit Refer to MWI-53, "Description".
MWI-18Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
METER SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
ODO/TRIP METER
ODO/TRIP METER : System Diagram INFOID:0000000004512983
ODO/TRIP METER : System Description INFOID:0000000004512984
• The unified meter and A/C amp. transmits the vehicle speed signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (con-trol unit) to the combination meter.
• The combination meter calculates the vehicle distance according to the vehicle speed signal. The vehicledistance is displayed.
JSNIA0613GB
MWI-19Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
METER SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >ODO/TRIP METER : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004512985
ODO/TRIP METER : Component Description INFOID:0000000004512986
JPNIA0501ZZ
1. Unified meter and A/C amp. 2. BCM 3. IPDM E/R
4. Oil pressure switch 5. Ambient sensor 6. Combination meter
7.Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main)
8. Fuel level sensor unit (sub)
A. Behind cluster lid C B. Oil pan (upper) RH side C. Condenser (front)
D. Rear seat (lower right) E. Rear seat (lower left)
Unit Description
Combination meterThe combination meter calculates the vehicle distance according to the vehicle speed signal. The vehicle distance is displayed.
Unified meter and A/C amp.The unified meter and A/C amp. transmits the vehicle speed signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) to the combination meter.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Transmits the vehicle speed signal to the unified meter and A/C amp. with CAN communication line.
MWI-20Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
METER SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : System Diagram INFOID:0000000004512987
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : System Description INFOID:0000000004512988
Shift position is displayed in the information display LCD in the combination meter.
MANUAL MODE
When Operated with A/T Shift Selector• Unified meter and A/C amp. inputs manual mode signal and manual mode shift-up/down signal from A/T
shift selector (manual mode switch), and transmits the signals to TCM with CAN communication line.• TCM processes manual mode signal and manual mode shift-up/down signal, and transmits manual mode
indicator signal and shift position signal to unified meter and A/C amp. with CAN communication line.• Unified meter and A/C amp. transmits manual mode indicator signal and shift position signal to combination
meter with the communication line.• Combination meter indicates A/T gear position and manual mode indicator, when receiving manual mode
indicator signal and shift position signal.
When Operated with Paddle Shifter• Unified meter and A/C amp. inputs manual mode signal from A/T shift selector (manual mode switch) or the
paddle shifter-up/down signal from the paddle shifter, and transmits the signals to TCM with CAN communi-cation line.
• TCM processes manual mode signal and paddle shifter-up/down signal, and transmits manual mode indica-tor signal and shift position signal to unified meter and A/C amp. with CAN communication line.
• Unified meter and A/C amp. transmits manual mode indicator signal and shift position signal to combinationmeter with the communication line.
• Combination meter indicates A/T gear position and manual mode indicator, when receiving manual modeindicator signal and shift position signal.
NOT MANUAL MODE• Unified meter and A/C amp. inputs not manual mode signal from A/T shift selector (manual mode switch),
and transmits the signals to TCM with CAN communication line.• TCM transmits shift position signal to unified meter and A/C amp. with CAN communication line.• Unified meter and A/C amp. transmits shift position signal to combination meter with the communication line.• Combination meter indicates shift position when receiving shift position signal.
JSNIA2246GB
MWI-21Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
METER SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004512989
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : Component Description INFOID:0000000004512990
JPNIA0501ZZ
1. Unified meter and A/C amp. 2. BCM 3. IPDM E/R
4. Oil pressure switch 5. Ambient sensor 6. Combination meter
7.Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main)
8. Fuel level sensor unit (sub)
A. Behind cluster lid C B. Oil pan (upper) RH side C. Condenser (front)
D. Rear seat (lower right) E. Rear seat (lower left)
Unit Description
Combination meterDisplays the shift position on the information display with shift position signal and manual mode in-dicator signal received from unified meter and A/C amp.
Unified meter and A/C amp.
• Transmits the signals from the A/T shift selector and paddle shifter to TCM with CAN communi-cation line.
• Transmits shift position signal and manual mode indicator signal received from TMC with CAN communication line to the combination meter by means of communication line.
MWI-22Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
METER SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS
WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : System Diagram INFOID:0000000004512991
WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : System Description INFOID:0000000004512992
OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP• IPDM E/R inputs oil pressure switch signal from oil pressure switch, and transmits the signal to unified meter
and A/C amp. through BCM with CAN communication line.• Unified meter and A/C amp. transmits oil pressure switch signal to combination meter with communication
line.• Let the combination meter turn oil pressure warning lamp ON with received oil pressure switch signal.
A/T shift selector
Transmits the following signals to the unified meter and A/C amp.
• Manual mode signal • Not manual mode signal
• Manual mode shift up signal • Manual mode shift down signal
Paddle shifterTransmits the paddle shifter up signal and paddle shifter down signal to the unified meter and A/C amp.
TCM Transmits shift position signal and manual mode indicator signal to the unified meter and A/C amp.
Unit Description
JSNIA0163GB
MWI-23Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
METER SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004512993
WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Component Description INFOID:0000000004512994
JPNIA0501ZZ
1. Unified meter and A/C amp. 2. BCM 3. IPDM E/R
4. Oil pressure switch 5. Ambient sensor 6. Combination meter
7.Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main)
8. Fuel level sensor unit (sub)
A. Behind cluster lid C B. Oil pan (upper) RH side C. Condenser (front)
D. Rear seat (lower right) E. Rear seat (lower left)
Unit Description
Combination meterTurns the oil pressure warning lamp ON/OFF according to the oil pressure switch signal received from the unified meter and A/C amp. by means of communication line.
Unified meter and A/C amp.Transmits the oil pressure switch signal received from the IPDM E/R with BCM to the combination meter by means of communication line.
IPDM E/RIPDM E/R reads the ON/OFF signals from the oil pressure switch and transmits the oil pressure switch signal to the unified meter and A/C amp. via BCM with the CAN communication line.
MWI-24Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
METER SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL
METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000004512995
METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000004512996
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONThe combination meter controls the meter illumination by the illumination control switch signal from the metercontrol switch and the position light request signal transmitted by BCM with unified meter and A/C amp.
Daytime ModeMeter illumination is adjusted to 5 steps by illumination control switch(1) in daytime mode.
Nighttime Mode• Combination meter is transferred to nighttime mode with position light request signal from BCM with CAN
communication line.• Meter illumination is adjusted to 22 steps by illumination control switch in nighttime.
Oil pressure switch Refer to MWI-58, "Description".
BCMTransmits the oil pressure switch signal received from IPDM E/R via CAN communication to the unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communication line.
Unit Description
JSNIA0615GB
JSNIA0026GB
MWI-25Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
METER SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004512997
METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : Component Description INFOID:0000000004512998
JPNIA0501ZZ
1. Unified meter and A/C amp. 2. BCM 3. IPDM E/R
4. Oil pressure switch 5. Ambient sensor 6. Combination meter
7.Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main)
8. Fuel level sensor unit (sub)
A. Behind cluster lid C B. Oil pan (upper) RH side C. Condenser (front)
D. Rear seat (lower right) E. Rear seat (lower left)
Unit Description
Combination meterControls the meter illumination with the illumination control switch signal from the meter control switch and the position light request signal from unified meter and A/C amp.
Unified meter and A/C amp.Transmits the position light request signal received from BCM via CAN communication to the com-bination meter by means of communication.
MWI-26Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
METER SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
INFORMATION DISPLAY
INFORMATION DISPLAY : System Diagram INFOID:0000000004512999
INFORMATION DISPLAY : System Description INFOID:0000000004513000
DESCRIPTION• The combination meter retrieves the information required for controlling the operations of the information
display from the communication signals from the unified meter and A/C amp., etc.• The combination meter incorporates a trip computer that displays the warning / information according to the
information received from various units.
PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNINGThe combination meter indicates parking brake release warning judged with the vehicle speed signal receivedfrom the unified meter and A/C amp. by means of communication line and the parking brake switch signal fromthe parking brake switch.
Warning Operation ConditionParking brake release warning is judged if all of the following conditions are fulfilled• Vehicle speed is 7 km/h (4.3 MPH) or higher• Parking brake switch ON
LOW FUEL WARNINGThe combination meter indicates low fuel warning judged with the fuel level sensor signal received from theunified meter and A/C amp.
Warning Operation Condition• Fuel level: Approx. 12.7 (3-3/8 US gal, 2-6/8 Imp gal) or less
LOW WASHER FLUID WARNINGThe combination meter indicates low washer fluid warning judged with the signal from the washer level switch.
Warning Operation Condition
Meter control switchTransmits the following signals to the combination meter.
• Illumination control switch signal (+) • Illumination control switch signal (–)
Unit Description
JSNIA0032GB
MWI-27Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
METER SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >• Indicates the warning when it is in washer level switch ON condition for 180 seconds or more. Release thewarning when it is in washer level switch OFF condition for 30 seconds or more.
DOOR/TRUNK OPEN WARNING• The combination meter indicates door open warning judged with each door switch signal received from the
unified meter and A/C amp. by means of communication line.• The combination meter indicates trunk open warning judged with the trunk switch signal received from the
unified meter and A/C amp. by means of communication line.
INSTANTANEOUS FUEL CONSUMPTION• The unified meter and A/C amp. receives the fuel consumption monitor signal from ECM and the vehicle
speed signal from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) with CAN communication line.• The unified meter and A/C amp. calculates the instantaneous fuel consumption according to the fuel con-
sumption monitor signal and the vehicle speed signal received with CAN communication line, and transmitsit to the combination meter.
AVERAGE FUEL CONSUMPTION• The unified meter and A/C amp. receives the fuel consumption monitor signal from ECM and the vehicle
speed signal from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) with CAN communication line.• The unified meter and A/C amp. calculates the average fuel consumption according to the fuel consumption
monitor signal and the vehicle speed signal received with CAN communication line, and transmits it to thecombination meter.
• The average fuel consumption displayed on the information display is uploaded at approximately 30-secondintervals.
NOTE:“−−−−” is displayed for approximately 30 seconds just after the reset operation and after the ignition switch isOFF → ON. It is displayed simultaneously until the vehicle drives approximately 500 m (0.31 mile).
AVERAGE VEHICLE SPEED• The unified meter and A/C amp. receives the vehicle speed signal from the ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication line.• Measures the time during the ignition switch ON with the unified meter and A/C amp.• The unified meter and A/C amp. calculates the average vehicle speed according to the above signals. These
signals are transmitted to the combination meter with the communication line.• The average vehicle speed displayed on the information display is uploaded at approximately 30-second
intervals.NOTE:“−−−−” is displayed for 30 seconds just after the reset operation and after the ignition switch is OFF → ON. It isdisplayed simultaneously until the vehicle drives approximately 500 m (0.31 mile).
TRAVEL TIMEMeasures the time during the ignition switch ON with the unified meter and A/C amp, and transmits it to thecombination meter by means of communication line.
TRAVEL DISTANCE• The unified meter and A/C amp. transmits the vehicle speed signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
trol unit) to the combination meter.• The combination meter calculates the vehicle distance according to the vehicle speed signal. The vehicle
distance is displayed.
POSSIBLE DRIVING DISTANCE
JSNIA0033GB
MWI-28Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
METER SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >The unified meter and A/C amp. calculates possible driving distance according to the vehicle speed signaltransmitted through CAN communication and the fuel level sensor signal transmitted from the fuel level sen-sor. These signals are transmitted to the combination meter with the communication line.NOTE:• “−−−−” is displayed for 30 seconds after the ignition switch is OFF → ON. It is displayed simultaneously until
the vehicle drives approximately 500 m (0.31 mile).• The indicated values may not match each other when filling the fuel with the ignition switch ON. Refer to
MWI-123, "INFORMATION DISPLAY : Description".
AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE• The unified meter and A/C amp. receives the ambient sensor signal from the ambient sensor.• The unified meter and A/C amp. calculates the ambient temperature according to the ambient sensor signal,
and transmits it to the combination meter.• The indicated temperature is corrected by the ignition switch signal, the ambient sensor detection tempera-
ture, and the vehicle speed signal. It does not increase if the vehicle speed is less than 20 km/h (12 MPH).
Correction Process (Ignition Switch OFF → ON)The ambient temperature sensor detection temperature is not displayed in real time if all of the following con-ditions are fulfilled. The indicated temperature before the ignition switch OFF is displayed.• The ignition switch OFF time is less than 3.5 hours.• The ambient temperature sensor detection temperature is higher than the indicated temperature before the
ignition switch OFF.
Correction Process (Ignition Switch ON)Perform the following correction if the ambient sensor detection temperature is higher than the indicated tem-perature when the vehicle speed is 20 km/h (12 MPH) or more.• Shorten the update time of the indicated temperature according to the increase of the vehicle speed.• Increase the indicated temperature by 1°C (34°F) per 1 minute until it reaches to the ambient air tempera-
ture detection value when the ambient sensor detection temperature is higher than the indicated tempera-ture at 8°C (46°F) or more.
NOTE:The ambient sensor input value that is displayed on “Data Monitor” of CONSULT-III is the value before the cor-rection. It may not match the indicated temperature on the information display.
SETTING
Setting item list
* : Press and hold the switch (1 second or more).
Items Setting range Setting unit Description
ALERT
TIME TO REST No setting - 6 hours30 minutes,
[60 minutes]*
Time to rest is displayed on the informa-tion display if the vehicle reached the set travel distance.
ICY ON/OFF —Low outside temperature is displayed on the information display if the ambient tem-perature is 3°C (37°F) or less.
MAINTENANCE
ENGINE OILNo setting - 18,500 miles, (No setting - 30,000 km)
250 miles (500 km), [500 miles (1000 km)]*
The engine oil replacement interval is dis-played on the information display if the ve-hicle reached the set distance.
OIL FILTERNo setting - 18,500 miles, (No setting - 30,000 km)
250 miles (500 km), [500 miles (1000 km)]*
The oil filter replacement interval is dis-played on the information display if the ve-hicle reached the set distance.
TIRENo setting - 18,500 miles, (No setting - 30,000 km)
250 miles (500 km), [500 miles (1000 km)]*
The tire replacement interval is displayed on the information display if the vehicle reached the set distance.
OTHERNo setting - 18,500 miles, (No setting - 30,000 km)
250 miles (500 km), [500 miles (1000 km)]*
The other replacement interval is dis-played on the information display if the ve-hicle reached the set distance.
DISPLAY
LANGUAGE ENGLISH/FRANCAIS —Changing the language setting can be performed.
UNIT US/METRIC —Changing the unit setting can be per-formed.
MWI-29Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
METER SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >INFORMATION DISPLAY : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004513001
INFORMATION DISPLAY : Component Description INFOID:0000000004513002
JPNIA0501ZZ
1. Unified meter and A/C amp. 2. BCM 3. IPDM E/R
4. Oil pressure switch 5. Ambient sensor 6. Combination meter
7.Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main)
8. Fuel level sensor unit (sub)
A. Behind cluster lid C B. Oil pan (upper) RH side C. Condenser (front)
D. Rear seat (lower right) E. Rear seat (lower left)
Unit Description
Combination meterControls the information display with the signals received from the unified meter and A/C amp. by means of communication and the signals from various switches and sensors.
Unified meter and A/C amp.Transmits signals received from various units to the combination meter by means of communica-tion.
Fuel level sensor unit Refer to MWI-53, "Description".
MWI-30Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
METER SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
ECMTransmits the following signals to the unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communication.
• Engine speed signal • Fuel consumption monitor signal
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Transmits the vehicle speed signal to the unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communication.
BCMTransmits signals provided by various units to the unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN commu-nication.
Meter control switchTransmits the following signals to the combination meter.
• Enter switch signal • Select switch signal
Washer level switch Transmits the washer level switch signal to the combination meter.
Parking brake switch Refer to MWI-60, "Description".
Door switch Transmits the door switch signals to BCM.
Trunk room lamp switch Transmits the room lamp switch signal to BCM.
Ambient sensorDetects the ambient air temperature and transmits the ambient sensor signal to the unified meter and A/C amp.
Unit Description
MWI-31Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMPASS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >COMPASS
Description INFOID:0000000004246377
DESCRIPTION• This electronic compass is able to display 8 primary directions: N, NE, E, SE, S, SW, W, NW.• The compass switch (1) is used to operate the compass.
Switch Operation
• All standard compasses determine direction relative to Magnetic North; however, this electronic compass isdesigned to display direction relative to True North.
• The difference between Magnetic North and True North varies from place to place across the surface of theearth.
• This electronic compass must be “told” approximately where it is on the earth’s surface so that the MagneticNorth reading can be properly converted into a True North display.
• To tell the electronic compass where it’s at, the earth is separated into numbered “Zone Variances”. TheZone Variance number in which the compass is to function must be entered into this electronic compass.
• Each zone is magnetically about 4.2° wide. Typically, anything under 22.5° total zone change is not noticedon the electronic compass display. However, over 22.5°, a reading may be off by one or more primary direc-tions.
• On long trips, a vehicle may leave its original zone and enter one or more new zones. Generally, you do notneed to reset the compass zone if you travel between 3 or 4 zones, such as business travel or vacation. Thetypical driver will not notice any difference on the display within 3 or 4 zones. However, if the vehicle is “per-manently” moved to a new location, it is recommended that the compass zone be reset.
ZONE VARIATION SETTING PROCEDURE1. Press and hold the compass switch for 3 – 9 seconds.2. The current zone setting appears on the compass display.3. Find the current geographical location number in the Zone Varia-
tion Chart.4. Select the new zone number. (Press the compass switch until
the new zone number appears on the compass display.)5. After select the new zone number, the compass display will
automatically shows a direction within a few seconds.6. Perform the following Calibration Procedure for more accurate
indications.
Press Compass is turned ON/OFF
Press and hold(for 3 - 9 sec.)
Compass display (2) turns to zone variation change mode
Press and hold (for more than 9 sec.)
Compass display turns to calibration mode
SKIB8868E
SEL168Y
MWI-32Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
COMPASS
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
CALIBRATION PROCEDURENOTE:The compass calibrates itself under normal driving conditions. However, occasional circumstances may causethe compass to operate inaccurately. Example: Driving from rural (wide open) areas to crowded city areas, orif an aftermarket (i.e., non original equipment) antenna with a magnetic base is attached to the vehicle. Cali-brate the mirror compass if the display shows only one direction or a limited number of directions.NOTE:• If “magnetic hats” are used in the dealership for vehicle identification, remove the hat from the vehicle before
performing the following steps. Do not put the hat back on the vehicle after the procedure is completed.• Drive the vehicle to an open level area; away from large metallic objects, structures, and overhead power
lines.• Turn off “non-essential” electrical accessories (rear window defrost, heater/air conditioning, wipers) and
close the doors.1. Verify the correct compass zone setting for the geographical location.2. Press and hold the compass switch for more than 9 seconds.3. “C” is displayed on the compass display, when calibration starts.4. Drive slowly [less than 8 km/h (5 MPH)] in a circle until the “C / CAL” is replaced with primary headings (N,
NE, E, SE, S, SW, W, or NW).NOTE:This will require driving at least 2 complete 360 degree circles; 3 complete circles may be required.
5. The compass calibration procedure is now complete. The compass should operate normally.NOTE:If at any time the compass continually displays the incorrect direction or the reading is erratic or locked,repeat the calibration procedure.
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004246378
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004246379
1.PERFORM ZONE VARIATION SETTING
Perform the zone variation setting. Refer to MWI-32, "Description".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM CALIBRATION
Perform the calibration. Refer to MWI-32, "Description".
>> Setting completion
1 : Compass switch
2 : Compass display
SKIB8868E
MWI-33Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CLOCK
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >CLOCK
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004246380
1 : Clock
JSNIA0038GB
MWI-34Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (METER)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (METER)
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000004246381
SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE• Information display LCD segment operation can be checked in self-diagnosis mode.• Meters/gauges can be checked in self-diagnosis mode.
OPERATION PROCEDURE1. Turn ignition switch ON, and switch the trip meter to “trip A” or “trip B”.
NOTE:If the diagnosis function is activated with “trip A” displayed, the mileage on “trip A” is reset to “0000.0”.(The same way for “trip B”.)
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.3. While pressing the trip A/B reset switch (1), turn ignition switch
ON again.4. Make sure that the trip meter displays “0000.0”.5. Press the trip A/B reset switch at least 3 times. (Within 7 sec-
onds after the ignition switch is turned ON.)
6. The unified meter control unit is turned to self-diagnosis mode.• Displays "888888" (1) and "8888.8" (2) in the information display LCD (3) for approximately 5 seconds
and then blinks the segment dots of the information display LCD alternately.
• Water temperature gauge and fuel gauge return to zero, and at the same time.
NOTE:• Check trip A/B reset switch and combination meter power supply and ground circuit when self-diagnosis
mode of combination meter does not start. Replace combination meter if they are normal.• If any of the segments is not displayed, replace combination meter.
JSNIA0019GB
JSNIA0616GB
MWI-35Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (METER)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >7. Each meter activates during pressing trip A/B reset switch.NOTE:• If any of the meter and gages is not activated, replace combination meter.• The figure is reference.
JSNIA0021GB
MWI-36Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.)
CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A) INFOID:0000000004246382
CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMSCONSULT-III can perform the following diagnosis modes with CAN communication with the unified meter andA/C amp.
SELF DIAG RESULTRefer to MWI-99, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR
Display Item ListX: Applicable
System Diagnosis mode Description
METER/M&ASelf Diagnostic Result Unified meter and A/C amp. checks the conditions and displays memorized error.
Data Monitor Displays unified meter and A/C amp. input/output data in real time.
Display item [Unit]MAIN
SIGNALSDescription
SPEED METER[km/h]
X
Value of vehicle speed signal received from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) with CAN communication line.NOTE:655.35 is displayed when the malfunction signal is received.
SPEED OUTPUT[km/h]
X
Vehicle speed signal value transmitted to other units with CAN communication line.NOTE:655.35 is displayed when the malfunction signal is received.
ODO OUTPUT[km]
Odometer signal value transmitted to other units with CAN communication line.
TACHO METER[rpm]
X
Value of the engine speed signal received from ECM with CAN communication line.NOTE:8191.875 is displayed when the malfunction signal is received.
FUEL METER[L]
X Fuel level indicated on combination meter.
W TEMP METER[°C]
X
Value of engine coolant temperature signal received from ECM with CAN commu-nication line. NOTE:215 is displayed when the malfunction signal is input.
ABS W/L[On/Off]
Status of ABS warning lamp judged from ABS warning lamp signal received from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) with CAN communication line.
VDC/TCS IND[On/Off]
Status of VDC OFF indicator lamp judged from VDC OFF indicator lamp signal re-ceived from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) with CAN communication line.
SLIP IND[On/Off]
Status of SLIP indicator lamp judged from slip indicator lamp signal received from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) with CAN communication line.
BRAKE W/L[On/Off]
Status of brake warning lamp judged from brake warning lamp signal received from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) with CAN communication line.NOTE:Displays “Off” if the brake warning lamp is illuminated when the valve check starts, the parking brake switch is turned ON or the brake fluid level switch is turned ON.
DOOR W/L[On/Off]
Status of door warning judged from door switch signal received from BCM with CAN communication line.
TRUNK/GLAS-H[On/Off]
Status of trunk warning judged from trunk switch signal received from BCM with CAN communication line.
MWI-37Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >HI-BEAM IND[On/Off]
Status of high beam indicator lamp judged from high beam request signal received from BCM with CAN communication line.
TURN IND[On/Off]
Status of turn indicator lamp judged from turn indicator signal received from BCM with CAN communication line.
FR FOG IND[On/Off]
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
RR FOG IND[Off]
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
LIGHT IND[On/Off]
Status of light indicator lamp judged from position light request signal received from BCM with CAN communication line.
OIL W/L[On/Off]
Status of oil pressure warning lamp judged from oil pressure switch signal re-ceived from IPDM E/R with CAN communication line.
MIL[On/Off]
Status of malfunction indicator lamp judged from malfunctioning indicator lamp signal received from ECM with CAN communication line.
GLOW IND[On/Off]
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
C-ENG2 W/L[On/Off]
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
CRUISE IND[On/Off]
Status of CRUISE indicator judged from ASCD status signal received from ECM with CAN communication line.
SET IND[On/Off]
Status of SET indicator judged from ASCD SET indicator signal received from ECM with CAN communication line.
CRUISE W/L[On/Off]
Status of CRUISE warning lamp judged from ASCD status signal received from ECM with CAN communication line.
BA W/L[Off]
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
ATC/T-AMT W/L[On/Off]
Status of A/T check warning lamp judged from A/T check indicator signal received from TCM with CAN communication line.
4WD W/L[On/Off]
Status of AWD warning lamp judged from AWD warning lamp signal received from AWD control unit with CAN communication line.
4WD LOCK IND[Off]
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
FUEL W/L[On/Off]
Low-fuel warning lamp status judged by the identified fuel level.
WASHER W/L[On/Off]
Status of washer warning lamp judged from washer level switch input to combina-tion meter.
AIR PRES W/L[On/Off]
Status of low tire pressure warning lamp judged from tire pressure signal received from BCM with CAN communication line.
KEY G/Y W/L[On/Off]
Status of key warning lamp (G/Y) judged from key warning signal received from BCM with CAN communication line.
AFS OFF IND[On/Off]
Status of AFS OFF indicator lamp judged from AFS OFF indicator lamp signal re-ceived from AFS control unit with CAN communication line.
4WAS/RAS W/L[On/Off]
Status of 4WAS warning lamp judged from 4WAS warning lamp signal received from 4WAS main control unit with CAN communication line.
DDS W/L[On/Off]
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
LANE W/L[On/Off]
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
LDP IND[On/Off]
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
Display item [Unit]MAIN
SIGNALSDescription
MWI-38Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
LCD[B&P N, B&P I, ID NG, ROTAT, SFT P, INSRT, BATT, NO KY,OUTKY, LK WN, C&P N, C&P I]
Displays status of Intelligent Key system warning judged from meter display signal received from BCM with CAN communication line.
ACC TARGET[On/Off]
Status of vehicle ahead detection indicator judged from meter display signal re-ceived from ICC sensor integrated unit with CAN communication line.
ACC DISTANCE[Off, SHOR, MID, LONG]
Status of set distance indicator judged from meter display signal received from ICC sensor integrated unit with CAN communication line.
ACC OWN VHL[On/Off]
Status of own vehicle indicator judged from meter display signal received from ICC sensor integrated unit with CAN communication line.
ACC SET SPEEDDisplay ICC set vehicle speed from meter display signal received from ICC sensor integrated unit with CAN communication line.
ACC UNIT[On/Off]
Status of display unit judged from meter display signal received from ICC sensor integrated unit with CAN communication line.
O/D OFF SW[On/Off]
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
SHIFT IND[P, R, N, D, M1, M2, M3, M4, M5, M6, M7]
Status of shift position indicator judged from shift position signal and manual mode indicator signal received from TCM with CAN communication line.
AT S MODE SW[On/Off]
Status of snow mode switch.
AT P MODE SW[On/Off]
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
M RANGE SW[On/Off]
Status of manual mode switch.
NM RANGE SW[On/Off]
Status of not manual mode switch.
AT SFT UP SW[On/Off]
Status of A/T shift up switch.
AT SFT DWN SW[On/Off]
Status of A/T shift down switch.
ST SFT UP SW[On/Off]
Status of paddle shifter up switch.
ST SFT DWN SW[On/Off]
Status of paddle shifter down switch.
COMP F/B SIG[On/Off]
A/C compressor activation condition that ECM judges according to the water tem-perature and the acceleration degree.
4WD LOCK SW[Off]
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
PKB SW[On/Off]
Status of parking brake switch.
BUCKLE SW[On/Off]
Status of seat belt buckle switch.
BRAKE OIL SW[On/Off]
Status of brake fluid level switch.
DISTANCE[km]
Value of possible driving distance calculated by unified meter and A/C amp.
OUTSIDE TEMP[°C or °F]
Ambient air temperature value converted from ambient sensor signal received from ambient sensor.NOTE:This may not match with the temperature value indicated on the information dis-play. (Because the information display value is a corrected value from the ambient sensor input value.)
Display item [Unit]MAIN
SIGNALSDescription
MWI-39Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >NOTE:
Some items are not available according to vehicle specification.
FUEL LOW SIG[On/Off]
Status of fuel level low warning signal to output to AV control unit with CAN com-munication line.
BUZZER [On/Off]
XBuzzer status (in the combination meter) is judged with the buzzer output signal received from each unit with CAN communication line and the warning output con-dition of the combination meter.
Display item [Unit]MAIN
SIGNALSDescription
MWI-40Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISU1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004246383
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with othercontrol units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with twocommunication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.CAN Communication Signal Chart. Refer to LAN-27, "CAN Communication Signal Chart".
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004246384
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004246385
1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.2. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” of “METER/M&A”. Is “CAN COMM CIRCUIT” displayed?YES >> Refer to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
DTCDisplay contents of
CONSULT-IIIDiagnostic item is detected when ... Probable malfunction location
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUITWhen unified meter and A/C amp. is not trans-mitting or receiving CAN communication sig-nal for 2 seconds or more.
CAN communication system
MWI-41Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
Description INFOID:0000000004246386
Initial diagnosis of unified meter and A/C amp.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004246387
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004246388
1.REPLACE UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
When DTC “U1010” is detected, replace unified meter and A/C amp.
>> INSPECTION END
DTCDisplay contents of CON-
SULT-IIIDiagnostic item is detected when ... Probable malfunction location
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)If any malfunction is detected during initial di-agnosis of unified meter and A/C amp. CAN controller
Unified meter and A/C amp.
MWI-42Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
B2201 COMMUNICATION ERROR 1
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
B2201 COMMUNICATION ERROR 1
Description INFOID:0000000004246389
The communication line (LCD <-> AMP.) is used to communicate signals between the combination meter andthe unified meter and A/C amp. in order to control the information display.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004246390
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004246391
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
Check combination meter, unified meter and A/C amp. and terminals (combination meter side, unified meterand A/C amp. side, and harness side) for looseness or bent.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair terminal or connector.
2.CHECK CONTINUITY COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect combination meter connector and unified meter and A/C amp. connector.3. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector terminal and unified meter and A/C amp.
harness connector terminal.
4. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector terminal and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. OUTPUT VOLTAGE
1. Connect unified meter and A/C amp. connector.2. Turn ignition switch ON.3. Check voltage between unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminal and ground.
DTCDisplay contents of
CONSULT-IIIDiagnostic item is detected when ... Probable malfunction location
B2201 COMM ERROR 1If a communication error is present in the communication line (LCD <-> AMP.) for 2 sec-onds or more
Communication line (LCD <-> AMP.) circuit
Combination meter Unified meter and A/C amp.Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
M5324
M6614
Existed25 34
Combination meter
Ground
ContinuityConnector Terminals
M5324
Not existed25
MWI-43Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
B2201 COMMUNICATION ERROR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace unified meter and A/C amp.
4.CHECK COMBINATION METER OUTPUT VOLTAGE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect unified meter and A/C amp. connector.3. Connect combination meter connector.4. Turn ignition switch ON.5. Check voltage between combination meter harness connector terminal and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace combination meter.
Terminal
Voltage(Approx.)
(+)
(–)Unified meter and A/C amp.
Connector Terminal
M66 14 Ground 12 V
Terminal
Voltage(Approx.)
(+)
(–)Combination meter
Connector Terminal
M53 25 Ground 5 V
MWI-44Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
B2202 COMMUNICATION ERROR 2
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
B2202 COMMUNICATION ERROR 2
Description INFOID:0000000004246392
The communication line (METER <-> AMP.) is used to communicate signals between the combination meterand the unified meter and A/C amp. in order to control the information display.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004246393
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004246394
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
Check combination meter, unified meter and A/C amp. and terminals (combination meter side, unified meterand A/C amp. side, and harness side) for looseness or bent.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair terminal or connector.
2.CHECK CONTINUITY COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect combination meter connector and unified meter and A/C amp. connector.3. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector terminal and unified meter and A/C amp.
harness connector terminal.
4. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector terminal and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. OUTPUT VOLTAGE
1. Connect unified meter and A/C amp. connector.2. Turn ignition switch ON.3. Check voltage between unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminal and ground.
DTCDisplay contents of
CONSULT-IIIDiagnostic item is detected when ... Probable malfunction location
B2202 COMM ERROR 2If a communication error is present in the communication line (METER <-> AMP.) for 2 seconds or more
Communication line (METER <-> AMP.) circuit
Combination meter Unified meter and A/C amp.Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
M532
M6627
Existed3 7
Combination meter
Ground
ContinuityConnector Terminals
M532
Not existed3
MWI-45Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
B2202 COMMUNICATION ERROR 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace unified meter and A/C amp.
4.CHECK COMBINATION METER OUTPUT VOLTAGE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect unified meter and A/C amp. connector.3. Connect combination meter connector.4. Turn ignition switch ON.5. Check voltage between combination meter harness connector terminal and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace combination meter.
Terminal
Voltage(Approx.)
(+)
(–)Unified meter and A/C amp.
Connector Terminal
M66 27 Ground 5 V
Terminal
Voltage(Approx.)
(+)
(–)Combination meter
Connector Terminal
M53 3 Ground 5 V
MWI-46Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
B2205 VEHICLE SPEED
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
B2205 VEHICLE SPEED
Description INFOID:0000000004246395
Vehicle speed signal is transmitted from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communicationto unified meter and A/C amp.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004246396
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004246397
1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), and repair or replace malfunc-tioning parts.
>> Refer to BRC-26, "CONSULT-III Function".
DTCDisplay contents of
CONSULT-IIIDiagnostic item is detected when ... Probable malfunction location
B2205 VEHICLE SPEEDIf the abnormal vehicle speed signal is input from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for 2 seconds or more
• Wheel sensor• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
MWI-47Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
B2267 ENGINE SPEED
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >B2267 ENGINE SPEED
Description INFOID:0000000004246398
The engine speed signal is transmitted from ECM to the unified meter and A/C amp. with CAN communica-tion.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004246399
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004246400
1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ECM
Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of ECM, and repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
>> Refer to EC-125, "CONSULT-III Function".
DTCDisplay contents of
CONSULT-IIIDiagnostic item is detected when ... Probable malfunction location
B2267 ENGINE SPEEDIf ECM continuously transmits abnormal en-gine speed signals for 2 seconds or more
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)• ECM
MWI-48Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
B2268 WATER TEMP
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
B2268 WATER TEMP
Description INFOID:0000000004246401
The engine coolant temperature signal is transmitted from ECM to the unified meter and A/C amp. via CANcommunication.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004246402
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004246403
1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ECM
Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of ECM, and repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
>> Refer to EC-125, "CONSULT-III Function".
DTCDisplay contents of
CONSULT-IIIDiagnostic item is detected when ... Probable malfunction location
B2268 WATER TEMPIf ECM continuously transmits abnormal en-gine coolant temperature signals for 60 sec-onds or more
• Engine coolant temperature sensor• ECM
MWI-49Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITCOMBINATION METER
COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004246404
1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between combination meter harness connector terminal and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Check harness between combination meter and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect combination meter connector.3. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector terminal and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Repair harness or connector.
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004246405
1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.
Power source Fuse No.
Battery 11
Ignition switch ON or START 4
Terminals
Ignition switchVoltage
(Approx.)
(+)
(–)Combination meter
Connector Terminals
M531
GroundOFF
Battery voltage21 ON
Combination meter
Ground
ContinuityConnector Terminals
M53
5
Existed15
22
Power source Fuse No.
Battery 11
MWI-50Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminal and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Check harness between unified meter and A/C amp. and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect unified meter and A/C amp. connector.3. Check continuity between unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminal and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Repair harness or connector.
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : Di-agnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004704601
1.CHECK FUSES AND FUSIBLE LINK
Check that the following IPDM E/R fuses or fusible links are not blown.
Is the fuse fusing?YES >> Replace the blown fuse or fusible link after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse or fusible link is
blown.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Ignition switch ACC or ON 19
Ignition switch ON or START 3
Power source Fuse No.
Terminals
Ignition switchVoltage
(Approx.)
(+)
(–)Unified meter and A/C amp.
Connector Terminals
M67
54
Ground
OFF
Battery voltage41 ACC
53 ON
Unified meter and A/C amp.
Ground
ContinuityConnector Terminals
M6755
Existed71
Signal name Fuses and fusible link No.
Battery power supply
C
50
51
MWI-51Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and the ground.Is the measurement value normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the harness or connector.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connectors and the ground.
Does continuity exist?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Repair the harness or connector.
Terminals
Voltage(Approx.)
(+)(−)
IPDM E/R
Connector TerminalGround
E4 1 Battery voltage
IPDM E/R
Ground
ContinuityConnector Terminal
E5 12Existed
E6 41
MWI-52Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004246409
The fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main) and the fuel level sensor unit (sub) detect the fuel level in thefuel tank and transmit the fuel gauge signal to the unified meter and A/C amp.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004246410
1.CHECK UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect the CONSULT-III.2. Select the “Data Monitor” for the “METER/M&A” and compare the “FUEL METER” monitor value with the
fuel gauge reading on the combination meter.
Does monitor value match fuel gauge reading?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace combination meter.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004246411
1.CHECK UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Check voltage between unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminal and ground.
Does it match fuel gauge reading?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Replace the unified meter and A/C amp.
2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (SUB) CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect unified meter and A/C amp. connector and fuel level sensor unit (sub) connector.3. Check continuity between unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminal and fuel level sensor
unit (sub) harness connector terminal.
Fuel gauge pointer Reference value of data monitor [lit.]
Full Approx. 72.8
Three quarters Approx. 59.2
Half Approx. 40.0
A quarter Approx. 20.8
Empty Approx. 5.6
Terminal
Voltage(Approx.)
(+)
(–)Unified meter and A/C amp.
Connector Terminal
M67 42 Ground
JSNIA0013GB
MWI-53Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >4. Check continuity between unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminal and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?OK >> GO TO 3.NG >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (MAIN-SUB) CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main) connector.2. Check continuity between fuel level sensor unit (sub) harness connector terminal and fuel level sensor
unit and fuel pump (main) harness connector terminal.
3. Check continuity between fuel level sensor unit (sub) harness connector terminal and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?OK >> GO TO 4.NG >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (MAIN) CIRCUIT
Check continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main) harness connector terminal and unifiedmeter and A/C amp. harness connector terminal.
Is the inspection result normal?OK >> INSPECTION ENDNG >> Repair harness or connector.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004246412
1.REMOVE FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT
Remove the fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-5, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT AND FUEL PUMP (MAIN)
Unified meter and A/C amp. Fuel level sensor unit (sub)Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M67 42 B21 1 Existed
Unified meter and A/C amp.
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M67 42 Not existed
Fuel level sensor unit (sub) Fuel level sensor unit (main)Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B21 2 B22 2 Existed
Fuel level sensor unit (sub)
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B21 2 Not existed
Fuel level sensor unit (main) Unified meter and A/C amp.Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B22 5 M67 58 Existed
MWI-54Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Check the resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump(main).
Standard float position
Is the inspection result OK?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main).
3.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT (SUB)
Inspect the resistance of fuel level sensor unit (sub).
Standard float position
Is the inspection result OK?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit (sub).
Terminal Float position Resistance value (Ω)
2 5Full (A) Approx. 3
Empty (B) Approx. 80
JPNIA0841ZZ
Float position [mm (in)]
Full Approx. 206.1 (8.11)
Empty Approx. 34.5 (1.36)
Terminal Float position Resistance value (Ω)
1 2Full (A) Approx. 3
Empty (B) Approx. 42.5
JPNIA1261ZZ
Float position [mm (in)]
Full Approx. 5.5 (0.22)
Empty Approx. 176.8 (6.96)
MWI-55Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
METER CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >METER CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004246413
Transmits the following signals to the combination meter.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004246414
1.CHECK METER CONTROL SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn the ignition switch ON.2. Measure voltage between the following terminals of the combination meter.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK METER CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the combination meter and meter control switch connectors.3. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector terminal and meter control switch har-
ness connector terminal.
4. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector terminal and ground.
• (Illumination control) switch signal (+) • (Illumination control) switch signal (–)
• Trip A/B reset switch signal • (select) switch signal
• (enter) switch is pressed
Terminal No.
ConditionVoltage
(Approx.)
36 - 16When (select) switch is pressed 0 V
Other than the above 5 V
37 - 16When (enter) switch is pressed 0 V
Other than the above 5 V
38 - 16When trip A/B reset switch is pressed 0 V
Other than the above 5 V
39 - 16When (illumination control) switch is pressed
0 V
Other than the above 5 V
40 - 16When (illumination control) switch is pressed
0 V
Other than the above 5 V
Combination meter Meter control switchContinuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
M53
16
M54
7
Existed
36 2
37 1
39 10
40 9
38 5
MWI-56Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
METER CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Repair harness or connector.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004246415
1.CHECK METER CONTROL SWITCH UNIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect the meter control switch connector.3. Check continuity of the meter control switch.
Is the inspection result OK?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace the meter control switch.
Combination meter
Ground
ContinuityConnector Terminals
M53
36
Not existed
37
39
40
38
Connector Terminal No. Operation and status Continuity
M54
2 7When (select) switch is pressed Existed
Other than the above Not existed
1 7When (enter) switch is pressed Existed
Other than the above Not existed
5 7When trip A/B reset switch is pressed Existed
Other than the above Not existed
10 7When (illumination control) switch is pressed
Existed
Other than the above Not existed
9 7When (illumination control) switch is pressed
Existed
Other than the above Not existed
MWI-57Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004246416
Detects the engine oil pressure and transmits the oil pressure switch signal to IPDM E/R.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004246417
1.CHECK UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. INPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect the CONSULT-III.2. Select the “Data Monitor” for the “METER/M&A” and check the “OIL W/L” monitor value.
>> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004246418
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and oil pressure switch connector.3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector terminal and oil pressure switch harness connec-
tor terminal.
4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector terminal and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Repair harness or connector.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004246419
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Check continuity between oil pressure switch and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
“OIL W/L”
Ignition switch ON : On
Engine running : Off
IPDM E/R Oil pressure switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E7 75 F37 1 Existed
IPDM E/R
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
E7 75 Not existed
Condition Continuity
Engine stopped Existed
Engine running Not existed
ELF0044D
MWI-58Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace the oil pressure switch.
MWI-59Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >PARKING BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004246420
Transmits the parking brake switch signal to the combination meter.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004246421
1.CHECK UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. INPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect the CONSULT-III.2. Select the “Data Monitor” for the “METER/M&A” and check the “PKB SW” monitor value.
>> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure (A/T models) INFOID:0000000004246422
1.CHECK COMBINATION METER INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Check the voltage and waveform between combination meter harness connector terminal and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect combination meter connector and parking brake switch connector. 3. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector terminal and parking brake switch har-
ness connector terminal.
4. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector terminal and ground.
“PKB SW”
Parking brake is applied : On
Parking brake is released : Off
Terminal
ConditionVoltage
(Approx.)
(+)
(–)Combination meter
Connector Terminal
M53 27 Ground
Parking brake applied 0 V
Parking brake released
JSNIA0007GB
Combination meter Parking brake switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M53 27 E107 1 Existed
MWI-60Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Repair harness or connector.
Diagnosis Procedure (M/T models) INFOID:0000000004246423
1.CHECK COMBINATION METER INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Check the voltage and waveform between combination meter harness connector terminal and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect combination meter connector and parking brake switch connector. 3. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector terminal and parking brake switch har-
ness connector terminal.
4. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector terminal and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Repair harness or connector.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004246424
1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
Combination meter
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M53 27 Not existed
Terminals
ConditionVoltage
(Approx.)
(+)
(–)Combination meter
Connector Terminal
M53 27 Ground
Parking brake applied 0 V
Parking brake released
JSNIA0007GB
Combination meter Parking brake switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M53 27 B14 1 Existed
Combination meter
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M53 27 Not existed
MWI-61Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Check parking brake switch. Refer to BRC-72, "Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace parking brake switch.MWI-62Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
WASHER LEVEL SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
WASHER LEVEL SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004246425
Transmits the washer level switch signal to the combination meter.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004246426
1.CHECK WASHER LEVEL SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect combination meter connector and washer level switch connector.3. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector terminal and washer level switch har-
ness connector terminal.
4. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector terminal and ground.
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Repair harness or connector.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004246427
1.CHECK WASHER LEVEL SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect washer level switch connector. 3. Check washer level switch.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace washer level switch. Refer to WW-89, "Removal and Installation".
Combination meter Washer level switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M53 31 E32 1 Existed
Combination meter
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M53 31 Not existed
Terminal Washer level switch Continuity
1 2ON Existed
OFF Not existed
MWI-63Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMPASS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >COMPASS
Wiring Diagram - COMPASS - INFOID:0000000004246428
JCNWM1759GB
MWI-64Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
COMPASS
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCNWM1760GB
MWI-65Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CLOCK
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >CLOCK
Wiring Diagram - CLOCK - INFOID:0000000004246429
JCNWM1761GB
MWI-66Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
CLOCK
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCNWM1762GB
MWI-67Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONCOMBINATION METER
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004246430
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLRefer to MWI-82, "Reference Value".
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PHYSICAL VALUES
JSNIA0457ZZ
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)+ – Signal name
Input/Output
1(V)
Ground Battery power supply InputIgnition switch OFF
— Battery voltage
2(LG)
GroundCommunication signal (METER→ AMP.)
OutputIgnition switch ON
—
3(GR)
GroundCommunication signal (AMP.→ METER)
InputIgnition switch ON
—
5(B)
Ground Ground —Ignition switch ON
— 0 V
6(W)
Ground Alternator signal InputIgnition switch ON
Charge warning lamp ON 0 V
Charge warning lamp OFF 12 V
7(LG)
Ground Air bag signal InputIgnition switch ON
Air bag warning lamp ON 4 V
Air bag warning lamp OFF 0 V
10(R)
Ground Security signal InputIgnition switch OFF
Security warning lamp ON 0 V
Security warning lamp OFF 12 V
JSNIA0027GB
JSNIA0027GB
MWI-68Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
COMBINATION METER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
15(B)
Ground Ground —Ignition switch ON
— 0 V
16(B)
Ground Meter control switch ground —Ignition switch ON
— 0 V
21(R)
Ground Ignition signal InputIgnition switch ON
— 12 V
22(B)
Ground Ground —Ignition switch ON
— 0 V
24(BR)
GroundCommunication signal (LCD→ AMP.)
OutputIgnition switch ON
—
25(Y)
GroundCommunication signal (AMP.→ LCD)
InputIgnition switch ON
—
26(R)
GroundVehicle speed signal(8-pulse)
InputIgnition switch ON
Speedometer operated[When vehicle speed is ap-prox. 40 km/h (25 MPH)]
NOTE:The maximum voltage varies de-pending on the specification (destination unit).
27(O)
Ground Parking brake switch signal InputIgnition switch ON
Parking brake applied 0 V
Parking brake released
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)+ – Signal name
Input/Output
JSNIA0028GB
JSNIA0027GB
JSNIA0012GB
JSNIA0007GB
MWI-69Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >28(LG)
GroundBrake fluid level switch sig-nal
InputIgnition switch ON
Brake fluid level is normal.
The brake fluid level is low-er than the low level
0 V
29(LG)
GroundSeat belt buckle switch sig-nal (driver side)
InputIgnition switch ON
When driver seat belt is fas-tened
12 V
When driver seat belt is un-fastened
0 V
30(G)
GroundSeat belt buckle switch sig-nal (passenger side)
InputIgnition switch ON
• When getting in the pas-senger seat
• When passenger seat belt is fastened
12 V
• When getting in the pas-senger seat
• When passenger seat belt is unfastened
0 V
31(L)
Ground Washer level switch signal InputIgnition switch ON
Washer level switch ON 0 V
Washer level switch OFF 5 V
33(R)
Ground Illumination control signal OutputIgnition switch ON
Lighting switch ON, then operate the illumination control switch.
NOTE:When brightness level is midway
36(LG)
16(B)
Select switch signal InputIgnition switch ON
When is pressed 0 V
Other than the above 5 V
37(SB)
16(B)
Enter switch signal InputIgnition switch ON
When is pressed 0 V
Other than the above 5 V
38(L)
16(B)
Trip A/B reset switch signal InputIgnition switch ON
When trip A/B reset switch is pressed
0 V
Other than the above 5 V
39(P)
16(B)
Illumination control switch signal (–)
InputIgnition switch ON
When switch is pressed
0 V
Other than the above 5 V
40(O)
16(B)
Illumination control switch signal (+)
InputIgnition switch ON
When switch is pressed
0 V
Other than the above 5 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)+ – Signal name
Input/Output
JSNIA0008GB
JSNIA0010GB
MWI-70Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
COMBINATION METER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - METER - INFOID:0000000004246431
JCNWM1749GB
MWI-71Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCNWM1750GB
MWI-72Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
COMBINATION METER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
JCNWM1751GB
MWI-73Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCNWM1752GB
MWI-74Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
COMBINATION METER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
JCNWM1753GB
MWI-75Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCNWM1754GB
MWI-76Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
COMBINATION METER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
JCNWM1755GB
MWI-77Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCNWM1756GB
MWI-78Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
COMBINATION METER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
JCNWM1757GB
MWI-79Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >Fail-safe INFOID:0000000004246432
FAIL SAFECombination meter performs fail-safe operation when unified meter and A/C amp. communication is malfunc-tion.Solution for communication error between the unified meter and A/C amp. and combination meter.
JCNWM1758GB
MWI-80Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
COMBINATION METER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC Index INFOID:0000000004246433
Refer to MWI-99, "DTC Index".
Function Specifications
Speedometer
Reset to zero by suspending communication.Tachometer
Fuel gauge
Water temperature gauge
Illumination control When suspending communication, change to nighttime mode.
Information display The display turns off by suspending communication.
Buzzer The buzzer turns off by suspending communication.
Warning lamp/indicator lamp
ABS warning lamp
The lamp turns on by suspending communication.
VDC OFF indicator lamp
SLIP indicator lamp
Brake warning lamp
CRUISE warning lamp
High beam indicator
The lamp turns off by suspending communication.
Turn signal indicator lamp
Oil pressure warning lamp
Malfunction indicator lamp
A/T CHECK warning lamp
Low tire pressure warning lamp
Key warning lamp
AFS OFF indicator lamp
4WAS warning lamp
Master warning lamp
AWD warning lamp
MWI-81Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004246434
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL
CONSULT-III MONITOR ITEM
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
SPEED METER[km/h]
Ignition switch ON
While driving
Equivalent to speedometer readingNOTE:655.35 is displayed when the malfunc-tion signal is received
SPEED OUTPUT[km/h]
Ignition switch ON
While driving
Equivalent to speedometer readingNOTE:655.35 is displayed when the malfunc-tion signal is received
ODO OUTPUT[km]
Ignition switch ON
—Equivalent to odometer reading in combination meter
TACHO METER[rpm]
Ignition switch ON
While driving
Equivalent to tachometer readingNOTE:8191.875 is displayed when the mal-function signal is received
FUEL METER[L]
Ignition switch ON
— Values according to fuel level
W TEMP METER[°C]
Ignition switch ON
—
Values according to engine coolant temperatureNOTE:215 is displayed when the malfunction signal is input
ABS W/LIgnition switch ON
ABS warning lamp ON On
ABS warning lamp OFF Off
VDC/TCS INDIgnition switch ON
VDC OFF indicator lamp ON On
VDC OFF indicator lamp OFF Off
SLIP INDIgnition switch ON
SLIP indicator lamp ON On
SLIP indicator lamp OFF Off
BRAKE W/LIgnition switch ON
Blake warning lamp ON On
Blake warning lamp OFF Off
DOOR W/LIgnition switch ON
Door warning displayed On
Door warning not displayed Off
TRUNK/GLAS-HIgnition switch ON
Trunk warning displayed On
Trunk warning not displayed Off
HI-BEAM INDIgnition switch ON
Hi-beam indicator lamp ON On
Hi-beam indicator lamp OFF Off
TURN INDIgnition switch ON
Turn indicator lamp ON On
Turn indicator lamp OFF Off
FR FOG INDIgnition switch ON
NOTE:This item is displayed, but cannot be moni-tored.
Off
RR FOG INDIgnition switch ON
NOTE:This item is displayed, but cannot be moni-tored.
Off
LIGHT INDIgnition switch ON
NOTE:This item is displayed, but cannot be moni-tored.
Off
MWI-82Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
OIL W/L Ignition switch ON
Oil pressure warning lamp ON On
Oil pressure warning lamp OFF Off
MILIgnition switch ON
Malfunction warning lamp ON On
Malfunction warning lamp OFF Off
GLOW INDIgnition switch ON
NOTE:This item is displayed, but cannot be moni-tored.
Off
C-ENG2 W/LIgnition switch ON
NOTE:This item is displayed, but cannot be moni-tored.
Off
CRUISE INDIgnition switch ON
Cruise indicator displayed On
Cruise indicator not displayed Off
SET INDIgnition switch ON
Set indicator lamp ON On
Set indicator lamp OFF Off
CRUISE W/L Ignition switch ON
Cruise warning lamp ON On
Cruise warning lamp OFF Off
BA W/LIgnition switch ON
NOTE:This item is displayed, but cannot be moni-tored.
Off
ATC/T-AMT W/LIgnition switch ON
A/T check warning lamp ON On
A/T check warning lamp OFF Off
4WD W/LIgnition switch ON
AWD warning lamp ON On
AWD warning lamp OFF Off
4WD LOCK INDIgnition switch ON
NOTE:This item is displayed, but cannot be moni-tored.
Off
FUEL W/L Ignition switch ON
Low-fuel warning lamp displayed On
Low-fuel warning lamp not displayed Off
WASHER W/LIgnition switch ON
Washer warning displayed On
Washer warning not displayed Off
AIR PRES W/L Ignition switch ON
Low tire pressure lamp ON On
Low tire pressure lamp OFF Off
KEY G/Y W/L Ignition switch ON
Key warning lamp ON On
Key warning lamp OFF Off
AFS OFF INDIgnition switch ON
AFS OFF indicator lamp ON On
AFS OFF indicator lamp OFF Off
4WAS/RAS W/LIgnition switch ON
4WAS warning lamp ON On
4WAS warning lamp OFF Off
DDS W/LIgnition switch ON
NOTE:This item is displayed, but cannot be moni-tored.
Off
LANE W/LIgnition switch ON
NOTE:This item is displayed, but cannot be moni-tored.
Off
LDP INDIgnition switch ON
NOTE:This item is displayed, but cannot be moni-tored.
Off
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
MWI-83Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >LCD
Ignition switch ON
Engine start information display (A/T model) B&P I
Engine start information display (M/T model) C&P I
Ignition switch ACC
Engine start information display (A/T model) B&P N
Engine start information display (M/T model) C&P N
Ignition switch LOCK
Key ID warning display ID NG
Ignition switch LOCK
Steering lock information display ROTAT
Ignition switch LOCK
P position warning display SFT P
Ignition switch LOCK
Intelligent Key insert information display INSRT
Ignition switch LOCK
Intelligent Key low battery warning display BATT
Ignition switch ON
Take away warning display NO KY
Ignition switch LOCK
Key warning display OUTKY
Ignition switch ON
ICC sensor integrated unit warning display LK WN
ACC TARGETIgnition switch ON
Vehicle ahead detection indicator displayed On
Vehicle ahead detection indicator not dis-played
Off
ACC DISTANCEIgnition switch ON
When following distance set to "LONG" LONG
When following distance set to "MIDDLE" MID
When following distance set to "SHORT" SHORT
Set distance indicator not displayed Off
ACC OWN VHLIgnition switch ON
Own vehicle indicator displayed On
Own vehicle indicator not displayed Off
ACC SET SPEEDIgnition switch ON
ICC set vehicle speed display Vehicle speed
ACC UNITIgnition switch ON
Set vehicle speed indicator unit display ON On
Set vehicle speed indicator unit display OFF Off
O/D OFF SWIgnition switch ON
NOTE:This item is displayed, but cannot be moni-tored.
Off
SHIFT INDIgnition switch ON
Shift position indicator P display P
Shift position indicator R display R
Shift position indicator N display N
Shift position indicator D display D
Shift position indicator M1 display M1
Shift position indicator M2 display M2
Shift position indicator M3 display M3
Shift position indicator M4 display M4
Shift position indicator M5 display M5
Shift position indicator M6 display M6
Shift position indicator M7 display M7
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
MWI-84Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
NOTE:
Some items are not available according to vehicle specification.
TERMINAL LAYOUT
AT S MODE SWIgnition switch ON
Snow mode switch ON On
Snow mode switch OFF Off
AT P MODE SWIgnition switch ON
NOTE:This item is displayed, but cannot be moni-tored.
Off
M RANGE SWIgnition switch ON
Selector lever DS position On
Other than the above Off
NM RANGE SWIgnition switch ON
Selector lever DS position Off
Other than the above On
AT SFT UP SWIgnition switch ON
Selector lever up position On
Other than the above Off
AT SFT DWN SWIgnition switch ON
Selector lever – position On
Other than the above Off
ST SFT UP SWIgnition switch ON
Paddle shifter up operation On
Other than the above Off
ST SFT DWN SWIgnition switch ON
Paddle shifter down operation On
Other than the above Off
COMP F/B SIGIgnition switch ON
A/C compressor activation condition On
A/C compressor deactivation condition Off
4WD LOCK SWIgnition switch ON
NOTE:This item is displayed, but cannot be moni-tored.
Off
PKB SWIgnition switch ON
Parking brake applied On
Parking brake released Off
BUCKLE SWIgnition switch ON
Seat belt (driver side) unfastened On
Seat belt (driver side) fastened Off
BRAKE OIL SWIgnition switch ON
Brake fluid level is lower than the low level On
Brake fluid level is normal Off
DISTANCE[km]
Ignition switch ON
—Possible driving distance calculated by unified meter and A/C amp.
OUTSIDE TEMP[°C] or [°F]
Ignition switch ON
—
Equivalent to ambient temperatureNOTE:This may not match the indicated val-ue on the information display.
FUEL LOW SIGIgnition switch ON
Low-fuel warning signal output On
Low-fuel warning signal not output Off
BUZZERIgnition switch ON
Buzzer ON On
Buzzer OFF Off
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
MWI-85Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >PHYSICAL VALUES
JSNIA0097ZZ
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)+ – Signal name
Input/Output
4(P)
Ground Stop lamp switch signal InputIgnition switch OFF
Brake pedal is depressed 12 V
Other than the above 0 V
5(L)
GroundManual mode shift up sig-nal
InputIgnition switch ON
Selector lever up position 0 V
Other than the above 12 V
6(O)
Ground Paddle shifter up signal InputIgnition switch ON
Paddle shifter up operation 0 V
Other than the above 12 V
7(GR)
GroundCommunication signal (AMP. → METER)
OutputIgnition switch ON
—
8(L)
GroundVehicle speed signal output(2-pulse)
OutputIgnition switch ON
Speedometer operated[When vehicle speed is ap-prox. 40 km/h (25 MPH)]
NOTE:The maximum voltage varies de-pending on the specification (destination unit).
9(SB)
GroundSeat belt buckle switch sig-nal (driver side)
InputIgnition switch ON
When seat belt (driver side) is fastened
12 V
When seat belt (driver side) is unfastened
0 V
10(W)
Ground Manual mode signal InputIgnition switch ON
Selector lever DS position 0 V
Other than the above 12 V
11(G)
Ground Not manual mode signal InputIgnition switch ON
Selector lever DS position 12 V
Other than the above 0 V
SKIA3362E
JSNIA0015GB
MWI-86Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
14(BR)
GroundCommunication signal (LCD → AMP.)
InputIgnition switch ON
—
23(L)
Ground A/T snow switch signal InputIgnition switch
ON
Snow mode switch ON 12 V
Snow mode switch OFF 0 V
25(V)
GroundManual mode shift down signal
InputIgnition switch ON
Selector lever down posi-tion
0 V
Other than the above 12 V
26(G)
Ground Paddle shift down signal InputIgnition switch ON
Paddle shifter down opera-tion
0 V
Other than the above 12 V
27(LG)
GroundCommunication signal (METER → AMP.)
InputIgnition switch ON
—
28(R)
GroundVehicle speed signal output(8-pulse)
OutputIgnition switch ON
Speedometer operated[When vehicle speed is ap-prox. 40 km/h (25 MPH)]
NOTE:The maximum voltage varies de-pending on the specification (destination unit).
30(V)
Ground Parking brake switch signal InputIgnition switch ON
Parking brake applied 0 V
Parking brake released
34(Y)
GroundCommunication signal (AMP. → LCD)
OutputIgnition switch ON
—
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)+ – Signal name
Input/Output
JSNIA0028GB
SKIA3361E
JSNIA0012GB
JSNIA0007GB
JSNIA0027GB
MWI-87Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >41(L)
Ground ACC power supply InputIgnition switch ACC
— Battery voltage
42(BR)
Ground Fuel level sensor signal InputIgnition switch ON
—
45(V)
Ground Ambient sensor signal Input — —
53(W)
Ground Ignition signal InputIgnition switch ON
— Battery voltage
54(Y)
Ground Battery power supply InputIgnition switch OFF
— Battery voltage
55(B)
Ground Ground —Ignition switch ON
— 0 V
56(L)
Ground CAN-H — — — —
57(BR)
GroundBrake fluid level switch sig-nal
InputIgnition switch ON
Brake fluid level is normal.
The brake fluid level is low-er than the low level
0 V
58(Y)
GroundFuel level sensor signal ground
—Ignition switch ON
— 0 V
61(R)
GroundAmbient sensor signal ground
—Ignition switch ON
— 0 V
71(GR)
Ground Ground —Ignition switch ON
— 0 V
72(P)
Ground CAN-L — — — —
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)+ – Signal name
Input/Output
JSNIA0013GB
JSNIA0014GB
JSNIA0008GB
MWI-88Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - METER - INFOID:0000000004704596
JCNWM1749GB
MWI-89Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCNWM1750GB
MWI-90Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
JCNWM1751GB
MWI-91Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCNWM1752GB
MWI-92Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
JCNWM1753GB
MWI-93Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCNWM1754GB
MWI-94Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
JCNWM1755GB
MWI-95Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCNWM1756GB
MWI-96Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
JCNWM1757GB
MWI-97Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >Fail-safe INFOID:0000000004246436
FAIL SAFEThe unified meter and A/C amp. activates the fail-safe control if CAN communication with each unit is malfunc-tioning.
JCNWM1758GB
MWI-98Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC Index INFOID:0000000004246437
NOTE:The details of TIME display are as follows.• CRNT: The malfunctions that are detected now.• PAST: The malfunctions was detected in the past. IGN counter is displayed on FFD (Freeze Frame data).
Function Specifications
SpeedometerReset to zero by suspending communication.
Tachometer
Fuel gauge Indicates fuel level
Water temperature gauge Reset to zero by suspending communication.
Illumination control When suspending communication, change to nighttime mode.
Information display The display turns off by suspending communication.
Buzzer The buzzer turns off by suspending communication.
Warning lamp/indicator lamp
ABS warning lamp
The lamp turns on by suspending communication.
VDC OFF indicator lamp
SLIP indicator lamp
Brake warning lamp
AWD warning lamp
4WAS warning lamp
CRUISE warning lamp
Low tire pressure warning lamp The lamp turns ON after flashing for 1 minute.
AFS OFF indicator lamp The lamp blinking caused by communication malfunction
High beam indicator
The lamp turns off by suspending communication.
Turn signal indicator lamp
Oil pressure warning lamp
Malfunction indicator lamp
A/T CHECK warning lamp
Key warning lamp
Master warning lamp
Display contents of CONSULT-III Time Diagnostic item is detected when... Refer to
U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT CRNT PASTWhen unified meter and A/C amp. is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or more.
MWI-41
U1010: CONTROL UNIT (CAN) CRNT PASTWhen detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN control-ler of unified meter and A/C amp.
MWI-42
B2201: COMM ERROR 1 CRNT PASTIf a communication error is present in the communication line between unified meter and A/C amp. and combination meter for 2 seconds or more.
MWI-43
B2202: COMM ERROR 2 CRNT PASTIf a communication error is present in the communication line between unified meter and A/C amp. and combination meter for 2 seconds or more.
MWI-45
B2205: VEHICLE SPEED CRNT PASTThe abnormal vehicle speed signal is input from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for 2 seconds or more.
MWI-47
B2267: ENGINE SPEED CRNT PASTIf ECM continuously transmits abnormal engine speed signals for 2 seconds or more.
MWI-48
B2268: WATER TEMP CRNT PASTIf ECM continuously transmits abnormal engine coolant temper-ature signals for 60 seconds or more.
MWI-49
MWI-99Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >- 1 - 39: The number is indicated when it is normal at present and a malfunction was detected in the past. Itincreases like 0 → 1 → 2 ··· 38 → 39 after returning to the normal condition whenever IGN OFF → ON. It isfixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39. It returns to 0 when a malfunction isdetected again in the process.
MWI-100Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINEROOM)
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004704597
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
RAD FAN REQ Engine idle speed
Changes depending on engine coolant temperature, air conditioner operation status, vehicle speed, etc.
0 - 100 %
AC COMP REQ Engine running
A/C switch OFF Off
A/C switch ON(Compressor is operating)
On
TAIL&CLR REQLighting switch OFF Off
Lighting switch 1ST, 2ND, HI or AUTO (Light is illuminated) On
HL LO REQLighting switch OFF Off
Lighting switch 2ND HI or AUTO (Light is illuminated) On
HL HI REQLighting switch OFF Off
Lighting switch HI On
FR FOG REQLighting switch 2ND orAUTO (Light is illuminated)
Front fog lamp switch OFF Off
• Front fog lamp switch ON• Daytime running light activated
(Only for Canada)On
FR WIP REQ Ignition switch ON
Front wiper switch OFF Stop
Front wiper switch INT 1LOW
Front wiper switch LO Low
Front wiper switch HI Hi
WIP AUTO STOP Ignition switch ON
Front wiper stop position STOP P
Any position other than front wiper stop position
ACT P
WIP PROT Ignition switch ON
Front wiper operates normally Off
Front wiper stops at fail-safe opera-tion
BLOCK
IGN RLY1 -REQIgnition switch OFF or ACC Off
Ignition switch ON On
IGN RLYIgnition switch OFF or ACC Off
Ignition switch ON On
PUSH SWRelease the push-button ignition switch Off
Press the push-button ignition switch On
INTER/NP SW
Ignition switch ON
Selector lever in any position other than P or N (A/T models) Off
Release clutch pedal (M/T models)
Ignition switch ON
Selector lever in P or N position (A/T models) On
Depress clutch pedal (M/T models)
ST RLY CONTIgnition switch ON Off
At engine cranking On
MWI-101Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >IHBT RLY -REQIgnition switch ON Off
At engine cranking On
ST/INHI RLY
Ignition switch ON Off
At engine cranking INHI ON → ST ON
The status of starter relay or starter control relay cannot be recognized by the battery voltage malfunction, etc. when the starter relay is ON and the starter control relay is OFF
UNKWN
DETENT SW
Ignition switch ON
• Press the selector button with se-lector lever in P position
• Selector lever in any position oth-er than P
Off
Release the selector button with selector lever in P positionNOTE: Fixed On for M/T models
On
S/L RLY -REQ
None of the conditions below are present Off
• Open the driver door after the ignition switch is turned OFF (for a few seconds)
• Press the push-button ignition switch when the steering lock is activat-ed
• Depress the clutch pedal when the steering lock is activated
On
S/L STATE
Steering lock is activated LOCK
Steering lock is deactivated UNLOCK
[DTC: B210A] is detected UNKWN
DTRL REQNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
OIL P SWIgnition switch OFF, ACC or engine running Open
Ignition switch ON Close
HOOD SWClose the hood Off
Open the hood On
HL WASHER REQNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
THFT HRN REQ
Not operation Off
• Panic alarm is activated• Horn is activated with VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYS-
TEMOn
HORN CHIRPNot operating Off
Door locking with Intelligent Key (horn chirp mode) On
CRNRNG LMP REQNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
MWI-102Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PHYSICAL VALUES
JSMIA0001ZZ
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ −
1(W)
Ground Battery power supply Input Ignition switch OFF Battery voltage
2(L)
Ground Battery power supply Input Ignition switch OFF Battery voltage
4(V)
Ground Front wiper LO OutputIgnition switch ON
Front wiper switch OFF 0 V
Front wiper switch LO Battery voltage
5(L)
Ground Front wiper HI OutputIgnition switch ON
Front wiper switch OFF 0 V
Front wiper switch HI Battery voltage
7(R)
GroundTail, license plate lamps & illuminations
OutputIgnition switch ON
Lighting switch OFF 0 V
Lighting switch 1ST Battery voltage
11(BR)
GroundSteering lock unit power supply
Output
Ignition switch OFF
A few seconds after open-ing the driver door
Battery voltage
Ignition switch LOCK
Press the push-button ig-nition switch
Battery voltage
Ignition switch ACC or ON 0 V
12(B/W)
Ground Ground — Ignition switch ON 0 V
MWI-103Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >13(Y)
Ground Fuel pump power supply Output
Approximately 1 second or more after turning the ignition switch ON
0 V
• Approximately 1 second after turning the ignition switch ON
• Engine runningBattery voltage
16(LG)
Ground Front wiper auto stop InputIgnition switch ON
Front wiper stop position 0 V
Any position other than front wiper stop position
Battery voltage
19(W)
Ground Ignition relay power supply OutputIgnition switch OFF 0 V
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
25(G)
Ground Ignition relay power supply OutputIgnition switch OFF 0 V
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
26*1
(R)Ground Ignition relay power supply Output
Ignition switch OFF 0 V
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
27(O)
Ground Ignition relay monitor InputIgnition switch OFF or ACC Battery voltage
Ignition switch ON 0 V
28(L)
GroundPush-button ignition switch
InputPress the push-button ignition switch 0 V
Release the push-button ignition switch Battery voltage
30(GR)
Ground Starter relay control Input
A/T mod-els
Selector lever in any posi-tion other than P or N (Igni-tion switch ON)
0 V
Selector lever P or N (Igni-tion switch ON)
Battery voltage
M/T mod-els
Release the clutch pedal 0 V
Depress the clutch pedal Battery voltage
32(V)
GroundSteering lock unit condi-tion-1
InputSteering lock is activated 0 V
Steering lock is deactivated Battery voltage
33(P)
GroundSteering lock unit condi-tion-2
InputSteering lock is activated Battery voltage
Steering lock is deactivated 0 V
36(G)
Ground Battery power supply Input Ignition switch OFF Battery voltage
39(P)
— CAN-LInput/ Output
— —
40(L)
— CAN-HInput/ Output
— —
41(B/W)
Ground Ground — Ignition switch ON 0 V
42(Y)
Ground Cooling fan relay control InputIgnition switch OFF or ACC 0 V
Ignition switch ON 0.7 V
43*2
(SB)Ground
A/T shift selector(Detention switch)
InputIgnition switch ON
Press the selector button (selector lever P)
Battery voltage
• Selector lever in any po-sition other than P
• Release the selector button (selector lever P)
0 V
44(W)
Ground Horn relay control InputThe horn is deactivated Battery voltage
The horn is activated 0 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ −
MWI-104Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
45(G)
Ground Anti theft horn relay control InputThe horn is deactivated Battery voltage
The horn is activated 0 V
46
(W)*2
(P)*3Ground Starter relay control Input
A/T mod-els
Selector lever in any posi-tion other than P or N (Igni-tion switch ON)
0 V
Selector lever P or N (Igni-tion switch ON)
Battery voltage
M/T mod-els
Release the clutch pedal 0 V
Depress the clutch pedal Battery voltage
48(BR)
Ground A/C relay power supply OutputEngine running
A/C switch OFF 0 V
A/C switch ON(A/C compressor is oper-ating)
Battery voltage
49(O)
Ground ECM relay power supply Output
Ignition switch OFF(More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF)
0 V
• Ignition switch ON• Ignition switch OFF
(For a few seconds after turning igni-tion switch OFF)
Battery voltage
51(Y)
Ground Ignition relay power supply OutputIgnition switch OFF 0 V
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
53(W)
Ground ECM relay power supply Output
Ignition switch OFF(More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF)
0 V
• Ignition switch ON• Ignition switch OFF
(For a few seconds after turning igni-tion switch OFF)
Battery voltage
54(P)
GroundThrottle control motor re-lay power supply
Output
Ignition switch OFF(More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF)
0 V
• Ignition switch ON• Ignition switch OFF
(For a few seconds after turning igni-tion switch OFF)
Battery voltage
55(SB)
Ground ECM power supply Output Ignition switch OFF Battery voltage
56(LG)
Ground Ignition relay power supply OutputIgnition switch OFF 0 V
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
57(G)
Ground Ignition relay power supply OutputIgnition switch OFF 0 V
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
58*2
(L)Ground Ignition relay power supply Output
Ignition switch OFF 0 V
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
69(BR)
Ground ECM relay control Output
Ignition switch OFF(More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF)
Battery voltage
• Ignition switch ON• Ignition switch OFF
(For a few seconds after turning igni-tion switch OFF)
0 - 1.5 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ −
MWI-105Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >70(O)
GroundThrottle control motor re-lay control
OutputIgnition switch ON → OFF
0 -1.0 V ↓
Battery voltage↓
0 V
Ignition switch ON 0 - 1.0 V
73*3
(P)Ground Ignition relay power supply Output
Ignition switch OFF 0 V
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
74(G)
Ground Ignition relay power supply OutputIgnition switch OFF 0 V
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
75(SB)
Ground Oil pressure switch InputIgnition switch ON
Engine stopped 0 V
Engine running Battery voltage
76(Y)
GroundPower generation com-mand signal
Output
Ignition switch ON
6.3 V
40% is set on “ACTIVE TEST”, “AL-TERNATOR DUTY” of “ENGINE”
3.8 V
80% is set on “ACTIVE TEST”, “AL-TERNATOR DUTY” of “ENGINE”
1.4 V
77(R)
Ground Fuel pump relay control Output
• Approximately 1 second after turning the ignition switch ON
• Engine running0 - 1.0 V
Approximately 1 second or more after turning the ignition switch ON
Battery voltage
80(W)
Ground Starter motor Output At engine cranking Battery voltage
83(R)
Ground Headlamp LO (RH) OutputIgnition switch ON
Lighting switch OFF 0 V
Lighting switch 2ND Battery voltage
84(P)
Ground Headlamp LO (LH) OutputIgnition switch ON
Lighting switch OFF 0 V
Lighting switch 2ND Battery voltage
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ −
JPMIA0001GB
JPMIA0002GB
JPMIA0003GB
MWI-106Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
*1: Only for the models with ICC system
*2: A/T models only
*3: M/T models only
86(W)
Ground Front fog lamp (RH) OutputLighting switch 2ND
Front fog lamp switch OFF 0 V
• Front fog lamp switch ON
• Daytime running light activated (Only for Can-ada)
Battery voltage
87(L)
Ground Front fog lamp (LH) OutputLighting switch 2ND
Front fog lamp switch OFF 0 V
• Front fog lamp switch ON
• Daytime running light activated (Only for Can-ada)
Battery voltage
88(G)
GroundWasher pump power sup-ply
Output Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
89(BR)
Ground Headlamp HI (RH) OutputIgnition switch ON
Lighting switch OFF 0 V
• Lighting switch HI• Lighting switch PASS
Battery voltage
90(LG)
Ground Headlamp HI (LH) OutputIgnition switch ON
Lighting switch OFF 0 V
• Lighting switch HI• Lighting switch PASS
Battery voltage
91(P)
Ground Parking lamp (RH) OutputIgnition switch ON
Lighting switch OFF 0 V
Lighting switch 1ST Battery voltage
92(O)
Ground Parking lamp (LH) OutputIgnition switch ON
Lighting switch OFF 0 V
Lighting switch 1ST Battery voltage
97(V)
Ground Cooling fan control Output Engine idling 0 - 5 V
104(LG)
Ground Hood switch InputClose the hood Battery voltage
Open the hood 0 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ −
MWI-107Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R - INFOID:0000000004704598
JCMWM3058GB
MWI-108Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
JCMWM3059GB
MWI-109Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCMWM3060GB
MWI-110Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000004704599
CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROLWhen CAN communication with ECM and BCM is impossible, IPDM E/R performs fail-safe control. After CANcommunication recovers normally, it also returns to normal control.
If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM
JCMWM3061GB
MWI-111Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM
IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION• IPDM E/R monitors the voltage at the contact circuit and excitation coil circuit of the ignition relay inside it. • IPDM E/R judges the ignition relay error if the voltage differs between the contact circuit and the excitation
coil circuit.• If the ignition relay cannot turn OFF due to contact seizure, it activates the tail lamp relay for 10 minutes to
alert the user to the ignition relay malfunction when the ignition switch is turned OFF.
FRONT WIPER CONTROLIPDM E/R detects front wiper stop position by a front wiper stop position signal.When a front wiper stop position signal is in the conditions listed below, IPDM E/R stops power supply to wiperafter repeating a front wiper 10 seconds activation and 20 seconds stop five times.
Control part Fail-safe operation
Cooling fan• Outputs the pulse duty signal (PWM signal) 100% when the ignition switch is turned
ON• Outputs the pulse duty signal (PWM signal) 0% when the ignition switch is turned OFF
A/C compressor A/C relay OFF
Alternator Outputs the power generation command signal (PWM signal) 0%
Control part Fail-safe operation
Headlamp• Turns ON the headlamp low relay when the ignition switch is turned ON• Turns OFF the headlamp low relay when the ignition switch is turned OFF• Headlamp high relay OFF
• Parking lamps• Side maker lamp• License plate lamps• Illuminations• Tail lamps
• Turns ON the tail lamp relay when the ignition switch is turned ON• Turns OFF the tail lamp relay when the ignition switch is turned OFF
Front wiper
• The status just before activation of fail-safe control is maintained until the ignition switch is turned OFF while the front wiper is operating at LO or HI speed.
• The wiper is operated at LO speed until the ignition switch is turned OFF if the fail-safe control is activated while the front wiper is set in the INT mode and the front wiper motor is operating.
Horn Horn relay OFF
Ignition relay The status just before activation of fail-safe is maintained.
Starter motor Starter control relay OFF
Steering lock unit Steering lock relay OFF
Voltage judgment
IPDM E/R judgment OperationIgnition relay contact side
Ignition relay excitation coil side
ON ON Ignition relay ON normal —
OFF OFF Ignition relay OFF normal —
ON OFF Ignition relay ON stuck• Detects DTC “B2098: IGN RELAY ON”• Turns ON the tail lamp relay for 10 min-
utes
OFF ON Ignition relay OFF stuck Detects DTC “B2099: IGN RELAY OFF”
Ignition switch Front wiper switch Front wiper stop position signal
ON
OFFThe front wiper stop position signal (stop position) cannot be input for 10 seconds.
ONThe front wiper stop position signal does not change for 10 seconds.
MWI-112Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >NOTE:This operation status can be confirmed on the IPDM E/R “Data Monitor” that displays “BLOCK” for the item“WIP PROT” while the wiper is stopped.
STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTIONIPDM E/R turns OFF the starter control relay to protect the starter motor when the starter control relay remainsactive for 90 seconds.
DTC Index INFOID:0000000004704600
NOTE:• The details of time display are as follows.- CRNT: A malfunction is detected now.- PAST: A malfunction was detected in the past.• IGN counter is displayed on FFD (Freeze Frame data).- The number is 0 when is detected now.- The number increases like 1 → 2 ··· 38 → 39 after returning to the normal condition whenever IGN OFF →
ON.- The number is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39.
×: Applicable
CONSULT display Fail-safe Refer to
No DTC is detected.further testingmay be required.
— —
U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT × PCS-14
B2098: IGN RELAY ON × PCS-15
B2099: IGN RELAY OFF — PCS-16
B2108: STRG LCK RELAY ON — SEC-104
B2109: STRG LCK RELAY OFF — SEC-106
B210A: STRG LCK STATE SW — SEC-107
B210B: START CONT RLY ON — SEC-111
B210C: START CONT RLY OFF — SEC-112
B210D: STARTER RELAY ON — SEC-113
B210E: STARTER RELAY OFF — SEC-114
B210F: INTRLCK/PNP SW ON — SEC-116
B2110: INTRLCK/PNP SW OFF — SEC-118
MWI-113Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
THE FUEL GAUGE POINTER DOES NOT MOVE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISTHE FUEL GAUGE POINTER DOES NOT MOVE
Description INFOID:0000000004246447
Fuel gauge needle will not move from a certain position.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004246448
1.CHECK UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect the CONSULT-III.2. Select the “Data Monitor” of the “METER/M&A” and compare the “FUEL METER” monitor value with the
fuel gauge reading on the combination meter. Refer to MWI-53, "Component Function Check".Does monitor value match fuel gauge reading?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Replace combination meter.
2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Check the fuel level sensor signal circuit. Refer to MWI-53, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT
Check the fuel level sensor unit. Refer to MWI-54, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-5, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK FLOAT INTERFERENCE
Check that the float arm interferes with or binds to other components in the fuel tank.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace unified meter and A/C amp.NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
MWI-114Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
THE METER CONTROL SWITCH IS INOPERATIVE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
THE METER CONTROL SWITCH IS INOPERATIVE
Description INFOID:0000000004246449
If any of the following malfunctions is found for the meter control switch operation.• All switches are inoperative.• The specified switch cannot be operated.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004246450
1.CHECK METER CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Check the meter control switch signal circuit. Refer to MWI-56, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK METER CONTROL SWITCH
Check the meter control switch. Refer to MWI-57, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace combination meter.NG >> Replace meter control switch.
MWI-115Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
THE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >THE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON
Description INFOID:0000000004246451
The oil pressure warning lamp stays off when the ignition switch is turned ON.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004246452
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
Perform auto active test of IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-9, "Diagnosis Description".Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Check the oil pressure switch signal circuit. Refer to MWI-58, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Check the oil pressure switch. Refer to MWI-58, "Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Replace oil pressure switch.
4.CHECK UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. INPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect the CONSULT-III.2. Select the “Data Monitor” of the “METER/M&A” and check the “OIL W/L” monitor value. Refer to MWI-58,
"Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace combination meter.NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation".
MWI-116Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
THE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
THE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF
Description INFOID:0000000004246453
The oil pressure warning lamp remains illuminated while the engine is running. (normal oil pressure)
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004246454
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
Perform auto active test of IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-9, "Diagnosis Description".Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK IPDM E/R OUTPUT VOLTAGE
1. Disconnect the oil pressure switch connector.2. Turn ignition switch ON.3. Check voltage between the oil pressure switch harness connector terminal and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Check the oil pressure switch. Refer to MWI-58, "Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Replace oil pressure switch.
4.CHECK OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Check the oil pressure switch signal circuit. Refer to MWI-58, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. INPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect the CONSULT-III.2. Select the “Data Monitor” of the “METER/M&A” and check the “OIL W/L” monitor value. Refer to MWI-58,
"Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace combination meter.NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation".
Terminals
Voltage(Approx.)
(+)
(–)Oil pressure switch
Connector Terminal
F37 1 Ground 12 V
MWI-117Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
THE PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CONTINUES DISPLAYING, OR DOES NOT DISPLAY
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
THE PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CONTINUES DISPLAYING,OR DOES NOT DISPLAY
Description INFOID:0000000004246455
• The parking brake warning is displayed during vehicle travel even though the parking brake is released.• The parking brake warning is not displayed even though driving the vehicle with the parking brake applied.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004246456
1.CHECK UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. INPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect the CONSULT-III.2. Select the “Data Monitor” of the “METER/M&A” and check the “PKB SW” monitor value. Refer to MWI-60,
"Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace combination meter.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Check the parking brake switch signal circuit. Refer to MWI-60, "Diagnosis Procedure (A/T models)" or MWI-61, "Diagnosis Procedure (M/T models)". Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NG >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
Check the parking brake switch. Refer to BRC-72, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace combination meter.NO >> Replace parking brake switch.
MWI-118Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
THE LOW WASHER FLUID WARNING CONTINUES DISPLAYING, OR DOES NOT DISPLAY
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
THE LOW WASHER FLUID WARNING CONTINUES DISPLAYING, ORDOES NOT DISPLAY
Description INFOID:0000000004246457
• The warning is still displayed even after washer fluid is added.• The warning is not displayed even though the washer tank is empty.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004246458
1.CHECK WASHER LEVEL SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Check the washer level switch signal circuit. Refer to MWI-63, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK WASHER LEVEL SWITCH
Check the washer level switch. Refer to MWI-63, "Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace combination meter.NO >> Replace washer level switch. Refer to WW-89, "Removal and Installation".
MWI-119Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
THE DOOR OPEN WARNING CONTINUES DISPLAYING, OR DOES NOT DIS-PLAY
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
THE DOOR OPEN WARNING CONTINUES DISPLAYING, OR DOES NOTDISPLAY
Description INFOID:0000000004246459
• The door ajar warning is displayed even though all of the doors are closed.• The door ajar warning is not displayed even though a door is ajar.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004246460
1.CHECK BCM INPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect the CONSULT-III.2. Check the BCM input signals. Refer to DLK-62, "Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. INPUT SIGNAL
Select the “Data Monitor” for the “METER/M&A” and check the “DOOR W/L” monitor value.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace combination meter.NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK DOOR SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Check the door switch signal circuit. Refer to DLK-62, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK DOOR SWITCH
Check the door switch. Refer to DLK-63, "Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace combination meter.NO >> Replace applicable door switch. Refer to DLK-237, "Removal and Installation".
“DOOR W/L”
Door open : On
Door closed : Off
MWI-120Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
THE TRUNK OPEN WARNING CONTINUES DISPLAYING, OR DOES NOT DIS-PLAY
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
THE TRUNK OPEN WARNING CONTINUES DISPLAYING, OR DOES NOTDISPLAY
Description INFOID:0000000004246461
• The trunk ajar warning is displayed continuously even though the trunk lid is closed.• The trunk ajar warning is not displayed even though the trunk lid is open.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004246462
1.CHECK BCM INPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect the CONSULT-III.2. Check the BCM input signals. Refer to DLK-78, "Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. INPUT SIGNAL
Select the “Data Monitor” for the “METER/M&A” and check the “TRUNK/GLAS-H” monitor value.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace combination meter.NO >> Replace BCM.
3.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Check the trunk lid opener switch signal circuit. Refer to DLK-78, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH
Check the trunk lid opener switch. Refer to DLK-79, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace combination meter.NO >> Replace trunk lid switch. Refer to DLK-244, "Removal and Installation".
“TRUNK/GLAS-H”
Trunk lid open : On
Trunk lid closed : Off
MWI-121Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DISPLAY IS INCORRECT
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DISPLAY IS INCORRECT
Description INFOID:0000000004246463
• The displayed ambient air temperature is higher than the actual temperature.• The displayed ambient air temperature is lower than the actual temperature.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004246464
NOTE:Check that the symptom is not applicable to the normal operating condition before starting diagnosis. Refer toMWI-123, "INFORMATION DISPLAY : Description".
1.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Check the ambient sensor signal circuit. Refer to HAC-64, "Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR
Check the ambient sensor. Refer to HAC-65, "Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace unified meter and A/C amp.NO >> Replace ambient sensor. Refer to HAC-115, "Removal and Installation".
MWI-122Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONCOMPASS
COMPASS : Description INFOID:0000000004246465
COMPASS• The electronic compass is highly protected from changes in most magnetic fields. However, some large
changes in magnetic fields can affect it. Some examples are (but not limited to): high tension power lines,large steel buildings, subways, steel bridges, automatic car washes, large piles of scrap metal, etc. Whilethis does not happen very often, it is possible.
• During normal operation, the Compass Mirror will continuously update the compass calibration to adjust forgradual changes in the vehicle's magnetic “remnant” field. If the vehicle is subjected to high magnetic influ-ences, the compass may appear to indicate false headings, become locked, or appear that it is unable to becalibrated. If this occurs, perform the calibration procedure.
• If at any time the compass continually displays the incorrect direction or the reading is erratic or locked, ver-ify the correct zone variance.
Symptom Chart
INFORMATION DISPLAY
INFORMATION DISPLAY : Description INFOID:0000000004246466
AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATUREThe displayed ambient air temperature on the information display may differ from the actual temperaturebecause it is a corrected value calculated from the ambient sensor signal by the unified meter and A/C amp.Refer to MWI-27, "INFORMATION DISPLAY : System Description" for details on the correction process.
POSSIBLE DRIVING DISTANCEThe calculated possible driving distance may differ from the actual distance to empty if the refueling amount isapproximately 15 (4 US gal, 3-3/10 Imp gal) or less. This is because the refuel control (moves the fuelgauge needle quicker than normal judging that the driver is refueling the vehicle) is not performed in such acase.
Symptom Cause Solution / Reference
The compass display reads “C”.
• Compass is not calibrated.• Incorrect zone variance setting.• Large change in magnetic field (Steel
bridges, subways, concentrations of metal, carwashes, etc.)
• Compass was calibrated incorrectly or in the presence of a strong magnetic field.
Perform Calibration. Refer to MWI-32, "De-scription".
Compass shows the wrong direction.
Compass does not change direction ap-pears “Locked”.
Compass does not show all the directions, one or more is missing.
The compass was calibrated but it “loses” calibration.
On long trips the compass shows the wrong direction.
Perform Zone Variation Setting if correct reading is desired in that location. Refer toMWI-32, "Description".
MWI-123Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >PRECAUTIONPRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000004704651
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used alongwith a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certaintypes of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRSsystem uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one frontair bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT” of thisService Manual.WARNING:• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed byan authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personalinjury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air BagModule, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in thisService Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSWARNING:• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possiblycausing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect thebattery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
MWI-124Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
COMBINATION METER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONCOMBINATION METER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004246468
REMOVAL
Cluster lid A assemblyRefer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
Combination meter
DISASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004246469
REMOVAL
JPNIA0497ZZ
1. Cluster lid A 2. Meter control switch 3. Cluster lid A under cover
4. Bracket (LH) 5. Bracket (RH) 6. Steering column cover upper
7. Steering column blind 8. Blind 9. Meter housing
10. Combination meter stay 11. Combination meter 12. Cluster lid A cover
JSNIA0102ZZ
1. Front cover 2. Unified meter control unit
MWI-125Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >1. Remove cluster lid A assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".2. Remove screw (A) and remove combination meter stay (1).3. Remove screws (B) and remove cluster lid A cover (2).4. Remove screws (A), (B) and remove combination meter (1).5. Remove meter control switch connector (2) from combination
meter.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.
Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000004246470
DISASSEMBLYDisengage the tabs to separate front cover.
ASSEMBLYAssemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
JSNIA0100ZZ
JSNIA0101ZZ
MWI-126Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004246471
REMOVALRefer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004246472
REMOVAL1. Remove the display unit. Refer to AV-112, "Removal and Installation".2. Remove the unified meter and A/C amp and AV control unit as an assembly.3. Remove the bracket screws and remove the unified meter and A/C amp.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.NOTE:• Unified meter and A/C amp. screws are different from other screws. Never confuse them when installing.• Since AV control unit connector and unified meter and A/C amp. connector have the same from, be careful
not insert them wrongly.
JPNIA0498ZZ
1. Unified meter and A/C amp. 2. Bracket (LH) 3. AV control unit
4. Bracket (RH)
MWI-127Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
METER CONTROL SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >METER CONTROL SWITCH
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004246473
REMOVALRefer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004246474
REMOVAL1. Remove combination meter.2. Remove screws (A) and remove bracket RH (1), LH (2).3. Remove screws (B) and remove meter control switch.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.
JPNIA0499ZZ
1. Cluster lid A 2. Meter control switch 3. Cluster lid A under cover
4. Bracket (LH) 5. Bracket (RH) 6. Steering column cover upper
7. Steering column blind 8. Meter housing
JPNIA0500ZZ
MWI-128Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WI
COMPASS
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
A
O
P
M
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
COMPASS
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004246475
Refer to MIR-16, "Exploded View".
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004246476
Refer to MIR-16, "Removal and Installation".
MWI-129Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CLOCK
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >CLOCK
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004246477
REMOVALRefer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004246478
REMOVAL1. Remove cluster lid C assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".2. Remove screws (A), (B), (C) and remove clock (1) in conjunction
with preset switch (2) from cluster lid C.3. Disengage the tabs to separate clock.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.NOTE:Never confuse screws when installing.
JSNIA0107ZZ
1. Clock 2. Cluster lid C 3. Preset switch
JPNIA1289ZZ
MWI-130Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BRAKES
C
D
E
SECTION PBA
B
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
B
N
O
P
CONTENTS
PPREPARATION ............................................ 2
PREPARATION ................................................... 2Commercial Service Tool ..........................................2
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE .......................... 3
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM ............................... 3
PEDAL TYPE ...............................................................3PEDAL TYPE : Inspection and Adjustment ...............3
LEVER TYPE ...............................................................3LEVER TYPE : Inspection and Adjustment ...............4
PARKING BRAKE SHOE ................................... 5Adjustment ................................................................5
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ................ 6
PARKING BRAKE CONTROL ............................ 6
PEDAL TYPE ...............................................................6
PEDAL TYPE : Exploded View ................................. 6PEDAL TYPE : Removal and Installation ................. 6PEDAL TYPE : Adjustment ...................................... 7
LEVER TYPE .............................................................. 7LEVER TYPE : Exploded View ................................. 7LEVER TYPE : Removal and Installation ................. 7LEVER TYPE : Adjustment ...................................... 8
PARKING BRAKE SHOE .................................. 9Exploded View .......................................................... 9Removal and Installation .......................................... 9Inspection and Adjustment ......................................10
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ............................................................12
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .................................................................12
Parking Drum Brake ................................................12Parking Brake Control .............................................12
PB-1Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >PREPARATIONPREPARATION
Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000004500557
Tool name Description
Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts
PBIC0190E
PB-2Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM
C
D
E
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
B
N
O
P
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
P
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEPARKING BRAKE SYSTEMPEDAL TYPE
PEDAL TYPE : Inspection and Adjustment INFOID:0000000004500558
INSPECTION
Pedal Stroke
1. Operate the parking brake pedal with a force of 196 N (20 kg, 44 lb). Check that the pedal stroke is withinthe specified number of notches. (Check it by listening to clicks of ratchet.)
2. When brake warning lamp turns ON, check that the pedal stroke is within the specified number ofnotches. (Check it by listening to clicks of ratchet.)
Inspect Components• Check each component for installation condition such as looseness.• Check the device assembly for bend, damage and cracks. Replace if necessary.• Check the cables and equalizer for wear, damage and cracks. Replace if necessary.• Check the parking brake switch, and replace it if necessary. Refer to BRC-72, "Component Inspection".
ADJUSTMENT1. Fix the disc rotor using wheel nuts.2. Release the parking brake pedal by turning the adjusting nut with a deep socket wrench and loosening the
cable.3. Remove the adjusting hole plug from the disc rotor. Turn the
adjuster (1) in the direction (A) as shown in the figure using asuitable tool until the disc rotor is locked.
4. Turn back the adjuster 5 or 6 notches from the locked position.5. Rotate the disc rotor to check that there is no drag. Install the
adjusting hole plug.6. Adjust the cable with the following procedure.a. Operate the parking brake pedal with a force of 490 N (50 kg,
110 lb) for 10 strokes or more. b. Adjust the parking brake pedal stroke by turning the adjusting
nut with a deep socket wrench.CAUTION:Never reuse the adjusting nut if the nut is removed.
c. Operate the parking brake pedal with a force of 196 N (20 kg, 44 lb). Check that the pedal stroke is withinthe specified number of notches. (Check it by listening to clicks of ratchet.)
d. Rotate the disc rotor with the parking brake pedal released and check that there is no drag. Refer to PB-10, "Inspection and Adjustment".
LEVER TYPE
StandardNumber of notches : Refer to PB-12, "Parking Brake Control"
StandardNumber of notches : Refer to PB-12, "Parking Brake Control"
StandardNumber of notches : Refer to PB-12, "Parking Brake Control"
JPFIB0002ZZ
PB-3Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >LEVER TYPE : Inspection and Adjustment INFOID:0000000004500559
INSPECTION
Lever Stroke
1. Operate the parking brake lever with a force of 196 N (20 kg, 44 lb). Check that the lever stroke is withinthe specified number of notches. (Check it by listening to clicks of ratchet.)
2. When brake warning lamp turns ON, check that the lever stroke is within the specified number of notches.(Check it by listening to clicks of ratchet.)
Inspect Components• Check each component for installation condition such as looseness.• Check the device assembly for bend, damage and cracks. Replace if necessary.• Check the cables and equalizer for wear, damage and cracks. Replace if necessary.• Check the parking brake switch, and replace it if necessary. Refer to BRC-72, "Component Inspection".
ADJUSTMENT1. Fix the disc rotor using wheel nuts.2. Release the parking brake lever by turning the adjusting nut with a deep socket wrench and loosening the
cable.3. Remove the adjusting hole plug from the disc rotor. Turn the
adjuster (1) in the direction (A) as shown in the figure using asuitable tool until the disc rotor is locked.
4. Turn back the adjuster 5 or 6 notches from the locked position.5. Rotate the disc rotor to check that there is no drag. Install the
adjusting hole plug.6. Adjust the cable with the following procedure.a. Operate the parking brake lever with a force of 294 N (30 kg, 66
lb) for 10 strokes or more. b. Adjust the parking brake lever stroke by turning the adjusting nut
with a deep socket wrench.CAUTION:Never reuse the adjusting nut if the nut is removed.
c. Operate the parking brake lever with a force of 196 N (20 kg, 44 lb). Check that the lever stroke is withinthe specified number of notches. (Check it by listening to clicks of ratchet.)
d. Rotate the disc rotor with the parking brake lever released and check that there is no drag. Refer to PB-10, "Inspection and Adjustment".
StandardNumber of notches : Refer to PB-12, "Parking Brake Control"
StandardNumber of notches : Refer to PB-12, "Parking Brake Control"
StandardNumber of notches : Refer to PB-12, "Parking Brake Control"
JPFIB0002ZZ
PB-4Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PARKING BRAKE SHOE
C
D
E
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
B
N
O
P
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
P
PARKING BRAKE SHOE
Adjustment INFOID:0000000004500560
1. Adjust parking brake pedal (pedal type) or parking brake lever (lever type) stroke. Refer to PB-3, "PEDALTYPE : Inspection and Adjustment" (pedal type), PB-4, "LEVER TYPE : Inspection and Adjustment" (levertype).
2. Perform parking brake break-in (drag on) operation by driving vehicle under the following conditions:• Drive forward• Vehicle speed: Approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) set (constant and forward)• Parking brake operating force: 318.5 N (32.5 kg, 71.6 lb) set contact• Time: Approx. 35 sec.CAUTION:To prevent lining from getting too hot, allow a cool off period of approximately 5 minutes afterevery break-in operation.
3. After the break-in procedure, check parking brake pedal (pedal type) or parking brake lever (lever type)stroke of parking brake.CAUTION:If it is out of the specification, adjust again. Refer to PB-3, "PEDAL TYPE : Inspection and Adjust-ment" (pedal type), PB-4, "LEVER TYPE : Inspection and Adjustment" (lever type).
PB-5Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PARKING BRAKE CONTROL
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONPARKING BRAKE CONTROLPEDAL TYPE
PEDAL TYPE : Exploded View INFOID:0000000004500561
PEDAL TYPE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004500562
REMOVAL1. Remove rear tires.2. Remove instrument lower panel LH. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".3. Disconnect parking brake switch harness connector.4. Remove adjusting nut and loosen front cable. 5. Remove device assembly.6. Remove center console. Refer to IP-23, "Exploded View".
1. Return spring 2. Stopper rubber 3. Device assembly
4. Pedal pad 5. Adjusting nut 6. Parking brake switch
7. Lock plate 8. Front cable 9. Equalizer
10. Spring 11. Pin 12. Rear cable (left side)
13. Rear cable (right side)
A. Hexagon size: 14 mm (0.55 in) B. Hexagon size: 16 mm (0.63 in)
: Apply multi-purpose grease.
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described on the above.
JPFIB0108GB
PB-6Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PARKING BRAKE CONTROL
C
D
E
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
B
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
P
7. Remove the center muffler and heat insulator. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".8. Separate front cable from rear cable, and remove front cable and spring.9. Remove parking brake shoe, and remove rear cable from toggle lever. Refer to PB-9, "Exploded View". 10. Remove rear cable mounting bolts and nuts, pull out rear cable from vehicle.
INSTALLATIONNote the following, Install the reverse order of the removal.• Never reuse the adjusting nut.
PEDAL TYPE : Adjustment INFOID:0000000004500563
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATIONAdjust the parking brake pedal stroke. Refer to PB-3, "PEDAL TYPE : Inspection and Adjustment".LEVER TYPE
LEVER TYPE : Exploded View INFOID:0000000004500564
LEVER TYPE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004500565
REMOVAL1. Remove rear tires.2. Remove center console. Refer to IP-23, "Exploded View".3. Disconnect parking brake switch harness connector.4. Remove adjusting nut and loosen front cable. 5. Remove device assembly.6. Remove the center muffler and heat insulator. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".7. Separate front cable from rear cable, and remove front cable and spring.8. Remove parking brake shoe, and remove rear cable from toggle lever. Refer to PB-9, "Exploded View". 9. Remove rear cable mounting bolts and nuts, pull out rear cable from vehicle.
INSTALLATION
1. Adjusting nut 2. Device assembly 3. Front cable
4. Rear cable (left side) 5. Rear cable (right side) 6. Pin
A. Hexagon size: 14 mm (0.55 in) B. Hexagon size: 16 mm (0.63 in)
: Apply multi-purpose grease.
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described on the above.
JPFIB0091GB
PB-7Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PARKING BRAKE CONTROL
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >Note the following, Install the reverse order of the removal.• Never reuse the adjusting nut.LEVER TYPE : Adjustment INFOID:0000000004500566
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATIONAdjust the parking brake pedal stroke. Refer to PB-4, "LEVER TYPE : Inspection and Adjustment".
PB-8Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PARKING BRAKE SHOE
C
D
E
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
B
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
P
PARKING BRAKE SHOE
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004500567
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004500568
REMOVALWARNING:Clean any dust from the parking brake shoes and back plates with a vacuum dust collector. Neverblow with compressed air.1. Remove rear tires.2. Remove disc rotor.
• 1 piston (front caliper 1 piston) type: refer to BR-65, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (FRONT CALIPER1 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and Installation".
• 1 piston (front caliper 2 piston) type: refer to BR-69, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (FRONT CALIPER2 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and Installation".
• 2 piston type: refer to BR-73, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and Installa-tion".
CAUTION:Parking brake completely in the released position.
3. If disc rotor cannot be removed, remove as follows:a. Fix the disc rotor with wheel nuts and remove the adjusting hole plug.b. Using suitable tool, rotate adjuster (1) in the direction (B) to
retract and loosen brake shoe.4. Remove anti-rattle pins, retainers, anti-rattle springs, and return
spring, adjuster spring.CAUTION:Never drop the removed parts.
5. Remove parking brake shoes, adjuster assembly, and togglelever.CAUTION:
1. Back plate 2. Parking brake shoe 3. Adjuster
4. Adjuster spring 5. Return spring 6. Anti-rattle spring
7. Retainer 8. Anti-rattle pin 9. Toggle lever
: Apply PBC (Poly Butyl Cuprysil) grease or silicone-based grease.
JPFIB0046ZZ
JPFIB0007ZZ
PB-9Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PARKING BRAKE SHOE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >• The parking brake shoes for the front wheels are made of different materials from those for therear wheels. Never misidentify them when removing.
• Never drop the removed parts.6. For the removal of back plate, refer to RAX-7, "Exploded View".
INSTALLATIONNote the following, install in the reverse order of removal.• Apply PBC (Poly Butyl Cuprysil) grease or silicone-based grease to the back plate and brake shoe.
CAUTION:The parking brake shoes for the front wheels are made of different materials from those for the rearwheels. Never misidentify them when removing and replacing.
• Assemble adjusters so that threaded part is expanded when rotat-ing it in the direction shown by arrow.
• Shorten adjuster by rotating it.• When disassembling apply PBC (Poly Butyl Cuprysil) grease or sil-
icone-based grease to threads.• Check brake shoe sliding surface and drum inner surface for
grease. Wipe it off if it adhere on the surfaces.
Inspection and Adjustment INFOID:0000000004500569
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Lining Thickness Inspection• Check thickness (A) of lining.
Drum Inner Diameter Inspection• Check inner diameter (B) of drum.
Other InspectionsCheck the following items, and replace the parts if necessary.• Lining for excessive wear, damage, and peeling.• Brake shoe sliding surface for excessive wear and damage.• Anti-rattle pin and retainer for excessive wear, damage and rust.• Adjuster spring, return spring and anti-rattle spring for settling, excessive wear, damage, and rust.
A : For right side brake
B : For left side brake
: Vehicle front
: Adjuster expands
JPFIB0009ZZ
LimitA : Refer to PB-12, "Parking Drum Brake".
SBR021A
LimitB : Refer to PB-12, "Parking Drum Brake".
JPFIB0008ZZ
PB-10Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PARKING BRAKE SHOE
C
D
E
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
B
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
P
• Adjuster for smoothness.• Toggle lever for excessive wear, damage and rust.• Visually check inside of the drum for excessive wear, cracks, and damage with a pair of vernier calipers.
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION1. Adjust the parking brake pedal (pedal type), or parking brake lever (lever type) stroke. Refer to PB-3,
"PEDAL TYPE : Inspection and Adjustment" (pedal type), PB-4, "LEVER TYPE : Inspection and Adjust-ment" (lever type).
2. Check a drag of the parking brake.CAUTION:If any drag is found, inspect the rear disc brake.• 1 piston (front caliper 1 piston) type: refer to BR-67, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (FRONT CAL-
IPER 1 PISTON TYPE) : Inspection".• 1 piston (front caliper 2 piston) type: refer to BR-72, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (FRONT CAL-
IPER 2 PISTON TYPE) : Inspection".• 2 piston type: refer to BR-76, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Inspection".
3. Adjust the parking brake shoe. Refer to PB-5, "Adjustment".
PB-11Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Parking Drum Brake INFOID:0000000004500570
Unit: mm (in)
Parking Brake Control INFOID:0000000004500571
Item Limit
Brake lining 1.5 (0.059)
Drum (disc of inner diameter) 173 (6.81)
Item Standard
Control type Pedal type Lever type
Number of notches [under force of 196 N (20 kg, 44 lb)] 2 – 3 notches 7 – 8 notches
Number of notches when brake warning lamp turns ON 1 notch
PB-12Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe